Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Just pick any two audiobooks free from 400,000+ best sellers, new releases sci-fi, romances, mysteries, classics, and more. Select your favorite audiobook, free, stream or download your audiobook instantly on your smartphone, tablet, laptop or desktop. It's that easy! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/user/685/ en-US All rights reserved Wed, 21 Feb 2018 20:48:38 GMT Wed, 21 Feb 2018 20:48:38 GMT Notepad++ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/user/685/ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/user/685/logo.jpg https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/user/685/ Greatest Free Audiobook no Zakary Johns Sr. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Just pick any two audiobooks free from 400,000+ best sellers, new releases sci-fi, romances, mysteries, classics, and more. Select your favorite audiobook, free, stream or download your audiobook instantly on your smartphone, tablet, laptop or desktop. It's that easy! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Project-Management-Audiobook/B06XKRYTJ4 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Project Management Subtitle: Proven Project Management and Project Planning Techniques to Complete Any Project Successfully Author: Henry Hubbard Narrator: Douglas Birk Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 50 mins Language: English Release date: 03-17-17 Publisher: Open Spirit Publishing, LLC Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 10 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Do you often look at how your organization runs its projects and wish things could be done better? Are you a project manager who is tired of poor planning and organization of projects? You are about to learn exactly what it takes to become one of the most effective and efficient project managers around! Project Management: Proven Project Management and Project Planning Techniques to Complete Any Project Successfully is the book that will launch your project management career into the future. If you have ever wanted to improve your project management skills and take them to the next level, this is the book for you. In this book, you will learn: This book is a great place for project management practitioners to get started. If you have been waiting for a simple yet widely researched project management guide that has it all, download a copy of this book today! bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Henry Hubbard) Fri, 17 Mar 2017 21:32:35 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Project-Management-Audiobook/B06XKRYTJ4 thebookvoice.com 02:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Project Management Subtitle: Proven Project Management and Project Planning Techniques to Complete Any Project Successfully Author: Henry Hubbard Narrator: Douglas Birk Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 50 mins Language: English Release date: 03-17-17 Publisher: Open Spirit Publishing, LLC Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 10 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Do you often look at how your organization runs its projects and wish things could be done better? Are you a project manager who is tired of poor planning and organization of projects? You are about to learn exactly what it takes to become one of the most effective and efficient project managers around! Project Management: Proven Project Management and Project Planning Techniques to Complete Any Project Successfully is the book that will launch your project management career into the future. If you have ever wanted to improve your project management skills and take them to the next level, this is the book for you. In this book, you will learn: This book is a great place for project management practitioners to get started. If you have been waiting for a simple yet widely researched project management guide that has it all, download a copy of this book today! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Project Management Subtitle: Proven Project Management and Project Planning Techniques to Complete Any Project Successfully Author: Henry Hubbard Narrator: Douglas Birk Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 50 mins Language: English Release date: 03-17-17 Publisher: Open Spirit Publishing, LLC Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 10 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Do you often look at how your organization runs its projects and wish things could be done better? Are you a project manager who is tired of poor planning and organization of projects? You are about to learn exactly what it takes to become one of the most effective and efficient project managers around! Project Management: Proven Project Management and Project Planning Techniques to Complete Any Project Successfully is the book that will launch your project management career into the future. If you have ever wanted to improve your project management skills and take them to the next level, this is the book for you. In this book, you will learn: This book is a great place for project management practitioners to get started. If you have been waiting for a simple yet widely researched project management guide that has it all, download a copy of this book today! Members Reviews: Solid Advice This is simple and solid advice. Good for beginners and experts. Goos stuff. I will be listening to this again! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Learn-or-Die-Audiobook/B00UIE746Q Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Learn or Die Subtitle: Using Science to Build a Leading-Edge Learning Organization Author: Edward D. Hess Narrator: Stefan Rudnicki Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 49 mins Language: English Release date: 03-31-15 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 58 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: To compete with today's increasing globalization and rapidly evolving technologies, individuals, and organizations must take their ability to learn - the foundation for continuous improvement, operational excellence, and innovation - to a much higher level. In Learn or Die, Edward D. Hess combines recent advances in neuroscience, psychology, behavioral economics, and education with key research on high-performance businesses to create an actionable blueprint for becoming a leading-edge learning organization. Learn or Die examines the process of learning from an individual and an organizational standpoint. From an individual perspective, the audiobook discusses the cognitive, emotional, motivational, attitudinal, and behavioral factors that promote better learning. Organizationally, Learn or Die focuses on the kinds of structures, culture, leadership, employee learning behaviors, and human resource policies that are necessary to create an environment that enables critical and innovative thinking, learning conversations, and collaboration. The volume also provides strategies to mitigate the reality that humans can be reflexive, lazy thinkers who seek confirmation of what they believe to be true and affirmation of their self-image. Exemplar learning organizations discussed include the secretive Bridgewater Associates, LP; Intuit, Inc.; United Parcel Service (UPS); W. L. Gore & Associates; and IDEO. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Edward D. Hess) Tue, 31 Mar 2015 08:52:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Learn-or-Die-Audiobook/B00UIE746Q thebookvoice.com 08:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Learn or Die Subtitle: Using Science to Build a Leading-Edge Learning Organization Author: Edward D. Hess Narrator: Stefan Rudnicki Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 49 mins Language: English Release date: 03-31-15 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 58 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: To compete with today's increasing globalization and rapidly evolving technologies, individuals, and organizations must take their ability to learn - the foundation for continuous improvement, operational excellence, and innovation - to a much higher level. In Learn or Die, Edward D. Hess combines recent advances in neuroscience, psychology, behavioral economics, and education with key research on high-performance businesses to create an actionable blueprint for becoming a leading-edge learning organization. Learn or Die examines the process of learning from an individual and an organizational standpoint. From an individual perspective, the audiobook discusses the cognitive, emotional, motivational, attitudinal, and behavioral factors that promote better learning. Organizationally, Learn or Die focuses on the kinds of structures, culture, leadership, employee learning behaviors, and human resource policies that are necessary to create an environment that enables critical and innovative thinking, learning conversations, and collaboration. The volume also provides strategies to mitigate the reality that humans can be reflexive, lazy thinkers who seek confirmation of what they believe to be true and affirmation of their self-image. Exemplar learning organizations discussed include the secretive Bridgewater Associates, LP; Intuit, Inc.; United Parcel Service (UPS); W. L. Gore & Associates; and IDEO. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Learn or Die Subtitle: Using Science to Build a Leading-Edge Learning Organization Author: Edward D. Hess Narrator: Stefan Rudnicki Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 49 mins Language: English Release date: 03-31-15 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 58 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: To compete with today's increasing globalization and rapidly evolving technologies, individuals, and organizations must take their ability to learn - the foundation for continuous improvement, operational excellence, and innovation - to a much higher level. In Learn or Die, Edward D. Hess combines recent advances in neuroscience, psychology, behavioral economics, and education with key research on high-performance businesses to create an actionable blueprint for becoming a leading-edge learning organization. Learn or Die examines the process of learning from an individual and an organizational standpoint. From an individual perspective, the audiobook discusses the cognitive, emotional, motivational, attitudinal, and behavioral factors that promote better learning. Organizationally, Learn or Die focuses on the kinds of structures, culture, leadership, employee learning behaviors, and human resource policies that are necessary to create an environment that enables critical and innovative thinking, learning conversations, and collaboration. The volume also provides strategies to mitigate the reality that humans can be reflexive, lazy thinkers who seek confirmation of what they believe to be true and affirmation of their self-image. Exemplar learning organizations discussed include the secretive Bridgewater Associates, LP; Intuit, Inc.; United Parcel Service (UPS); W. L. Gore & Associates; and IDEO. Members Reviews: Very inspiring Loving the simplicity and the systematic way the author is presenting the materials. The cases presented are good examples of practitioners of learning organizations. Good example. Read it! Worth every second...unless you want to remain a self centered dolt the rest of your life Great examples! This book provides great examples and tactics for applying the principles espoused within it. A great read no matter where your organization is in the journey. the Narrator completely ruins this book Struggled to finish, the Narrator has the most non-engaging voice. Truly the worst I have ever heard. I sent obscenities to my manager for assigning us this book. No feedback for E. Ness, as I was unable to finish the book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Lets-Stop-Meeting-like-This-Audiobook/B00O2F9320 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Let's Stop Meeting like This Subtitle: Tools to Save Time and Get More Done Author: Dick Axelrod, Emily Axelrod Narrator: Wes Bleed Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 56 mins Language: English Release date: 10-01-14 Publisher: Berrett-Koehler Publishers Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 12 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Most people regard meetings as places where productivity goes to die. But in this audiobook, leading consultants Dick and Emily Axelrod share a way to meet that enables you to get work done right there in the meeting, an approach theyve spent 30 years field testing. Using the same work-design principles that transformed the mind-numbing assembly line into the dynamic factory floor and make video games so engaging, they offer a flexible, repeatable process that has already been used to run thousands of productive meetings in all kinds of organizations. The Axelrods show how to design every aspect of a meeting - from the way you greet people at the beginning to how you sum up at the end - so that the experience will be energizing, rather than exhausting, and relevant and helpful to every participant. Dubbed the Meeting Canoe (since, like a canoe, it adapts to changing conditions and is a collective effort), this approach is a seismic shift in the way we view, use, and participate in meetings. The many current users of this system will never go back. Neither will you. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Dick Axelrod) Wed, 01 Oct 2014 21:16:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Lets-Stop-Meeting-like-This-Audiobook/B00O2F9320 thebookvoice.com 02:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Let's Stop Meeting like This Subtitle: Tools to Save Time and Get More Done Author: Dick Axelrod, Emily Axelrod Narrator: Wes Bleed Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 56 mins Language: English Release date: 10-01-14 Publisher: Berrett-Koehler Publishers Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 12 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Most people regard meetings as places where productivity goes to die. But in this audiobook, leading consultants Dick and Emily Axelrod share a way to meet that enables you to get work done right there in the meeting, an approach theyve spent 30 years field testing. Using the same work-design principles that transformed the mind-numbing assembly line into the dynamic factory floor and make video games so engaging, they offer a flexible, repeatable process that has already been used to run thousands of productive meetings in all kinds of organizations. The Axelrods show how to design every aspect of a meeting - from the way you greet people at the beginning to how you sum up at the end - so that the experience will be energizing, rather than exhausting, and relevant and helpful to every participant. Dubbed the Meeting Canoe (since, like a canoe, it adapts to changing conditions and is a collective effort), this approach is a seismic shift in the way we view, use, and participate in meetings. The many current users of this system will never go back. Neither will you. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Let's Stop Meeting like This Subtitle: Tools to Save Time and Get More Done Author: Dick Axelrod, Emily Axelrod Narrator: Wes Bleed Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 56 mins Language: English Release date: 10-01-14 Publisher: Berrett-Koehler Publishers Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 12 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Most people regard meetings as places where productivity goes to die. But in this audiobook, leading consultants Dick and Emily Axelrod share a way to meet that enables you to get work done right there in the meeting, an approach theyve spent 30 years field testing. Using the same work-design principles that transformed the mind-numbing assembly line into the dynamic factory floor and make video games so engaging, they offer a flexible, repeatable process that has already been used to run thousands of productive meetings in all kinds of organizations. The Axelrods show how to design every aspect of a meeting - from the way you greet people at the beginning to how you sum up at the end - so that the experience will be energizing, rather than exhausting, and relevant and helpful to every participant. Dubbed the Meeting Canoe (since, like a canoe, it adapts to changing conditions and is a collective effort), this approach is a seismic shift in the way we view, use, and participate in meetings. The many current users of this system will never go back. Neither will you. Members Reviews: If only all meetings ran like this Some interesting concepts here about ensuring everyone knows what the meeting is about and the meeting canoe. 'Reading' this book has not significantly altered the way I run my own meetings. However, it has enabled me to better share with and teach others why I do certain actions. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Green-Giants-Audiobook/B012EHTV5Q Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Green Giants Subtitle: How Smart Companies Turn Sustainability into Billion-Dollar Businesses Author: E. Freya Williams Narrator: Kelly Bourquin Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 6 mins Language: English Release date: 07-24-15 Publisher: Gildan Media, LLC Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 22 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: What do Brazil's top beauty brand, America's second-fastest-growing restaurant chain, and the world's third best-selling car have in common? They are shattering the myth that acting sustainably and building a billion-dollar business are mutually exclusive. Green Giants examines nine companies that are merging social responsibility with wild profitability - and reveals the six factors responsible for their success, including: iconoclastic leadership fueled by deep conviction and a rebellious streak; disruptive innovation that uses sustain ability to spur the development of radically better products and services; and a higher purpose that ignites the company - when the mission leads, profits follow. Mainstream appeal with positioning and packaging stripped of the crunchy cliches that alienate the average customer: This new breed of billion-dollar business proves it's possible to achieve enormous success while implementing sustainable principles that help consumers live better lives. Ranging from start-ups to business lines incubated within major multi nationals, these companies collectively represent over $60 billion in revenue. What's more, many command wider profit margins and are growing faster than their conventional counterparts. Packed with eye-opening research, exclusive interviews, and enlightening examples from Chipotle, Toyota, Unilever, Tesla, General Electric, and more, Green Giants serves as a blueprint for sustainable success that anyone can follow. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (E. Freya Williams) Fri, 24 Jul 2015 01:47:44 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Green-Giants-Audiobook/B012EHTV5Q thebookvoice.com 07:06:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Green Giants Subtitle: How Smart Companies Turn Sustainability into Billion-Dollar Businesses Author: E. Freya Williams Narrator: Kelly Bourquin Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 6 mins Language: English Release date: 07-24-15 Publisher: Gildan Media, LLC Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 22 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: What do Brazil's top beauty brand, America's second-fastest-growing restaurant chain, and the world's third best-selling car have in common? They are shattering the myth that acting sustainably and building a billion-dollar business are mutually exclusive. Green Giants examines nine companies that are merging social responsibility with wild profitability - and reveals the six factors responsible for their success, including: iconoclastic leadership fueled by deep conviction and a rebellious streak; disruptive innovation that uses sustain ability to spur the development of radically better products and services; and a higher purpose that ignites the company - when the mission leads, profits follow. Mainstream appeal with positioning and packaging stripped of the crunchy cliches that alienate the average customer: This new breed of billion-dollar business proves it's possible to achieve enormous success while implementing sustainable principles that help consumers live better lives. Ranging from start-ups to business lines incubated within major multi nationals, these companies collectively represent over $60 billion in revenue. What's more, many command wider profit margins and are growing faster than their conventional counterparts. Packed with eye-opening research, exclusive interviews, and enlightening examples from Chipotle, Toyota, Unilever, Tesla, General Electric, and more, Green Giants serves as a blueprint for sustainable success that anyone can follow. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Green Giants Subtitle: How Smart Companies Turn Sustainability into Billion-Dollar Businesses Author: E. Freya Williams Narrator: Kelly Bourquin Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 6 mins Language: English Release date: 07-24-15 Publisher: Gildan Media, LLC Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 22 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: What do Brazil's top beauty brand, America's second-fastest-growing restaurant chain, and the world's third best-selling car have in common? They are shattering the myth that acting sustainably and building a billion-dollar business are mutually exclusive. Green Giants examines nine companies that are merging social responsibility with wild profitability - and reveals the six factors responsible for their success, including: iconoclastic leadership fueled by deep conviction and a rebellious streak; disruptive innovation that uses sustain ability to spur the development of radically better products and services; and a higher purpose that ignites the company - when the mission leads, profits follow. Mainstream appeal with positioning and packaging stripped of the crunchy cliches that alienate the average customer: This new breed of billion-dollar business proves it's possible to achieve enormous success while implementing sustainable principles that help consumers live better lives. Ranging from start-ups to business lines incubated within major multi nationals, these companies collectively represent over $60 billion in revenue. What's more, many command wider profit margins and are growing faster than their conventional counterparts. Packed with eye-opening research, exclusive interviews, and enlightening examples from Chipotle, Toyota, Unilever, Tesla, General Electric, and more, Green Giants serves as a blueprint for sustainable success that anyone can follow. Members Reviews: My niece thought the voice was computer generated. Seriously I believe the content is valuable but it really is painful to listen to. Content is great but presentation needs work Would you say that listening to this book was time well-spent? Why or why not? I could not listen to this book. The performance was so awful. I was having a difficult time determining whether it was read by computer or by a person. Words were mispronounced, it was recorded in pieces that were poorly stitched together, and it was read in an almost monotone voice. Would you be willing to try another one of Kelly Bourquins performances? I would not at all be willing to try another of Kelly Bourquin's performances. Who do you think would benefit most from listening to Green Giants? The content is the only redeeming value of this book. If you can stand to listen to it for a couple hours then you will find that it might pique your interest enough to buy the physical book, as I did. Reader of the book sounds like a robot The story of the book was interesting. However the reader of the book sounds like a robot and very boring to listen to. Informative and inspirational This book gives an in depth analysis on how and how not to be sustainable. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Influence-Without-Authority-3rd-Edition-Audiobook/B0783PM454 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Influence Without Authority, 3rd Edition Author: Allan R. Cohen, David L. Bradford Narrator: Christopher Price Format: Unabridged Length: 12 hrs and 5 mins Language: English Release date: 11-21-17 Publisher: Audible Studios Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Get what you need to achieve your objectives and produce results Influence Without Authority is the classic guide to getting what you need from people you don't control. Getting things done requires collaboration, and convincing others to contribute requires political skill; this book introduces the Exchange Model, in which you get what you need by offering something of value in return. The key lies in knowing what the other person values - that's their "currency", and it's your immediate tool for coaxing their cooperation. This model has been proven over decades, as organizations around the world have turned away from frustration and resignation toward collaboration and results. This book shows you how to implement the Exchange Model at the personal, team, and organizational level to raise the bar for performance and leadership. This new third edition has been updated reflect the changing face of the workplace, and includes new examples and information on geographically dispersed virtual teams. Supplementary PDF materials facilitate classroom and training use with discussions, role-play, videos, and other ancillaries that deepen understanding and promote practical application. The ability to influence those not under your authority is becoming ever more valuable. Organizations are flattening, and outside contractors are taking on larger roles than ever before - getting results now means lateral cooperation, often across borders, time zones, organizations, and more. Influence Without Authority provides a proven model for success in this new environment, with expert guidance for real-world application. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Allan R. Cohen) Tue, 21 Nov 2017 17:09:21 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Influence-Without-Authority-3rd-Edition-Audiobook/B0783PM454 thebookvoice.com 12:05:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Influence Without Authority, 3rd Edition Author: Allan R. Cohen, David L. Bradford Narrator: Christopher Price Format: Unabridged Length: 12 hrs and 5 mins Language: English Release date: 11-21-17 Publisher: Audible Studios Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Get what you need to achieve your objectives and produce results Influence Without Authority is the classic guide to getting what you need from people you don't control. Getting things done requires collaboration, and convincing others to contribute requires political skill; this book introduces the Exchange Model, in which you get what you need by offering something of value in return. The key lies in knowing what the other person values - that's their "currency", and it's your immediate tool for coaxing their cooperation. This model has been proven over decades, as organizations around the world have turned away from frustration and resignation toward collaboration and results. This book shows you how to implement the Exchange Model at the personal, team, and organizational level to raise the bar for performance and leadership. This new third edition has been updated reflect the changing face of the workplace, and includes new examples and information on geographically dispersed virtual teams. Supplementary PDF materials facilitate classroom and training use with discussions, role-play, videos, and other ancillaries that deepen understanding and promote practical application. The ability to influence those not under your authority is becoming ever more valuable. Organizations are flattening, and outside contractors are taking on larger roles than ever before - getting results now means lateral cooperation, often across borders, time zones, organizations, and more. Influence Without Authority provides a proven model for success in this new environment, with expert guidance for real-world application. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Influence Without Authority, 3rd Edition Author: Allan R. Cohen, David L. Bradford Narrator: Christopher Price Format: Unabridged Length: 12 hrs and 5 mins Language: English Release date: 11-21-17 Publisher: Audible Studios Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Get what you need to achieve your objectives and produce results Influence Without Authority is the classic guide to getting what you need from people you don't control. Getting things done requires collaboration, and convincing others to contribute requires political skill; this book introduces the Exchange Model, in which you get what you need by offering something of value in return. The key lies in knowing what the other person values - that's their "currency", and it's your immediate tool for coaxing their cooperation. This model has been proven over decades, as organizations around the world have turned away from frustration and resignation toward collaboration and results. This book shows you how to implement the Exchange Model at the personal, team, and organizational level to raise the bar for performance and leadership. This new third edition has been updated reflect the changing face of the workplace, and includes new examples and information on geographically dispersed virtual teams. Supplementary PDF materials facilitate classroom and training use with discussions, role-play, videos, and other ancillaries that deepen understanding and promote practical application. The ability to influence those not under your authority is becoming ever more valuable. Organizations are flattening, and outside contractors are taking on larger roles than ever before - getting results now means lateral cooperation, often across borders, time zones, organizations, and more. Influence Without Authority provides a proven model for success in this new environment, with expert guidance for real-world application. Members Reviews: Good place to start and examine your own influence. This was okay. It was fairly academic and made me wonder if the author had as much insight and experience as needed to truly address the subject. It's not an in depth treatment of the subject, but it's a good start. Title does not equate to influence, and the author does a fairly decent job of describing how to build influence in your environment. Five Stars Great book for anyone trying to lead or influence without legitimate power. Everyone should read before joining an organization Clear writing style, real world examples. Should be in every must read list. One of the best management books I've read. Three Stars Good read. Mostly common sense but good nonetheless Four Stars It was a good read and served as a refresher of already learned ideas. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Roberts-Rules-Audiobook/B06X9P63KH Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Robert's Rules Subtitle: The Ultimate Guide to Understanding and Practicing Robert's Rules of Order Author: Elliot J. Smith Narrator: Mike Norgaard Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 28 mins Language: English Release date: 02-27-17 Publisher: Elliot J. Smith Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 34 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Since the late 1800s, Robert's Rules of Order has been used in corporate governance and executive boardrooms. Robert's Rules of Order were designed to properly assemble a group of people, of any size. It's a form of organizing assemblies intelligently. Any group, society, or assembly who adopts Robert's rules has the liberty to adopt their own rules - eventually creating their own book of rules. This book was written for executives, organizers, parliamentarians, and other organizations to easily understand the fundamentals of Robert's Rules of Order and put them into action. Here's what you will learn in this book: Get your copy of Robert's Rules: The Ultimate Guide to Understanding and Practicing Robert's Rules of Order today! bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Elliot J. Smith) Mon, 27 Feb 2017 01:21:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Roberts-Rules-Audiobook/B06X9P63KH thebookvoice.com 01:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Robert's Rules Subtitle: The Ultimate Guide to Understanding and Practicing Robert's Rules of Order Author: Elliot J. Smith Narrator: Mike Norgaard Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 28 mins Language: English Release date: 02-27-17 Publisher: Elliot J. Smith Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 34 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Since the late 1800s, Robert's Rules of Order has been used in corporate governance and executive boardrooms. Robert's Rules of Order were designed to properly assemble a group of people, of any size. It's a form of organizing assemblies intelligently. Any group, society, or assembly who adopts Robert's rules has the liberty to adopt their own rules - eventually creating their own book of rules. This book was written for executives, organizers, parliamentarians, and other organizations to easily understand the fundamentals of Robert's Rules of Order and put them into action. Here's what you will learn in this book: Get your copy of Robert's Rules: The Ultimate Guide to Understanding and Practicing Robert's Rules of Order today! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Robert's Rules Subtitle: The Ultimate Guide to Understanding and Practicing Robert's Rules of Order Author: Elliot J. Smith Narrator: Mike Norgaard Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 28 mins Language: English Release date: 02-27-17 Publisher: Elliot J. Smith Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 34 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Since the late 1800s, Robert's Rules of Order has been used in corporate governance and executive boardrooms. Robert's Rules of Order were designed to properly assemble a group of people, of any size. It's a form of organizing assemblies intelligently. Any group, society, or assembly who adopts Robert's rules has the liberty to adopt their own rules - eventually creating their own book of rules. This book was written for executives, organizers, parliamentarians, and other organizations to easily understand the fundamentals of Robert's Rules of Order and put them into action. Here's what you will learn in this book: Get your copy of Robert's Rules: The Ultimate Guide to Understanding and Practicing Robert's Rules of Order today! Members Reviews: A good source of information about Robert's Rule If you could sum up Robert's Rules in three words, what would they be? "extremely helpful" What other book might you compare Robert's Rules to and why? I was able to learn about Robert's Rules: foundation for success, creating bylaws, foundations of a proper meeting and also the role and responsibility. Nothing to compare. Did you have an extreme reaction to this book? Did it make you laugh or cry? N/A Any additional comments? A good source of information about Robert's Rule, a standard manual for parliament procedures. If you are someone who is into this kind of topic, then I am sure you will enjoy this book. You will surely know better when watching news or just discussing politics with your friends. A brief but definitive explanation of Robert's Rule. Not for everyone.... This book is for persons wishing to start a club. It is also very basic. Highly appreciated!! Have you listened to any of Mike Norgaards other performances before? How does this one compare? This summary not only updates information to the most current level but also manages to synthesize important points in entertaining and useful manner. Nothing to compare of If you were to make a film of this book, what would the tag line be? This book was written for executives, organizers, parliamentarians, and other organizations to easily understand the fundamentals of Robert's Rules of Order and put them into action. Any additional comments? Robert's Rules is a standard work that anyone who is involved with any type of deliberative organization must be familiar with. One thing I did find strange with this book was that there was no author or executive editor listed. If there was, I would be happy to commend them.The book makes plain that Robert's Rules themselves are intended to help users avoid wasting time. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Summary-The-Checklist-Manifesto-How-to-Get-Things-Right-Audiobook/B01I226FW4 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Summary: The Checklist Manifesto: How to Get Things Right Author: Summary Station Narrator: Michelle Murillo Format: Unabridged Length: 35 mins Language: English Release date: 07-07-16 Publisher: Summary Station Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 25 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The Checklist Manifesto: How to Get Things Right | Summary Book Preview: Over nine chapters, Gawande makes a detailed and persuasive argument for the use of checklists, not only in surgery, but also in other fields where their use is not as widespread, such as aviation and construction, which have made checklists mandatory. As a consequence of his interest in implementing checklists during surgery, the World Health Organization put Gawande in charge of a team which investigated a trial of surgical checklists over eight countries. This trial showed to most people their great worth, to the extent that over 2,000 hospitals globally, including 10% of US hospitals, have introduced them. This is a summary and analysis of the book, and not the original book This book contains: bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Summary Station) Thu, 07 Jul 2016 13:00:36 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Summary-The-Checklist-Manifesto-How-to-Get-Things-Right-Audiobook/B01I226FW4 thebookvoice.com 00:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Summary: The Checklist Manifesto: How to Get Things Right Author: Summary Station Narrator: Michelle Murillo Format: Unabridged Length: 35 mins Language: English Release date: 07-07-16 Publisher: Summary Station Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 25 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The Checklist Manifesto: How to Get Things Right | Summary Book Preview: Over nine chapters, Gawande makes a detailed and persuasive argument for the use of checklists, not only in surgery, but also in other fields where their use is not as widespread, such as aviation and construction, which have made checklists mandatory. As a consequence of his interest in implementing checklists during surgery, the World Health Organization put Gawande in charge of a team which investigated a trial of surgical checklists over eight countries. This trial showed to most people their great worth, to the extent that over 2,000 hospitals globally, including 10% of US hospitals, have introduced them. This is a summary and analysis of the book, and not the original book This book contains: Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Summary: The Checklist Manifesto: How to Get Things Right Author: Summary Station Narrator: Michelle Murillo Format: Unabridged Length: 35 mins Language: English Release date: 07-07-16 Publisher: Summary Station Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 25 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The Checklist Manifesto: How to Get Things Right | Summary Book Preview: Over nine chapters, Gawande makes a detailed and persuasive argument for the use of checklists, not only in surgery, but also in other fields where their use is not as widespread, such as aviation and construction, which have made checklists mandatory. As a consequence of his interest in implementing checklists during surgery, the World Health Organization put Gawande in charge of a team which investigated a trial of surgical checklists over eight countries. This trial showed to most people their great worth, to the extent that over 2,000 hospitals globally, including 10% of US hospitals, have introduced them. This is a summary and analysis of the book, and not the original book This book contains: Members Reviews: Good overview Good overview of the topic covering key points. worth a listen regardless of your industry. quick and useful great to get the idea of the book really quickly and a reasonable price too https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Thats-Not-How-We-Do-It-Here-Audiobook/B076PLNCJC Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: That's Not How We Do It Here! Subtitle: A Story About How Organizations Rise, Fall - and Can Rise Again Author: John Kotter, Holger Rathgeber Narrator: Bahni Turpin, John Kotter Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 53 mins Language: English Release date: 11-16-17 Publisher: Penguin Books Ltd Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audio edition of That's Not How We Do It Here! by John Kotter and Holger Rathgeber, read by Bahni Turpin and John Kotter. Includes a downloadable PDF of diagrams. That's Not How We Do It Here! is a business parable about a clan of meerkats who live in the Kalahari. Well-organised and efficient, the colony enjoys many years of successful growth until it suddenly comes under threat from a new form of predator and is forced to rethink its organizational structure. John Kotter uses this charming parable to explore why organizations often struggle no matter their past success and why they fall. Kotter shows that by embracing reliability, efficiency, speed and agility and building passion, discipline and personal growth, organizations can once again prosper, fulfil their mission, create great jobs and services and generate wealth. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio on our desktop site. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (John Kotter) Thu, 16 Nov 2017 15:58:42 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Thats-Not-How-We-Do-It-Here-Audiobook/B076PLNCJC thebookvoice.com 02:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: That's Not How We Do It Here! Subtitle: A Story About How Organizations Rise, Fall - and Can Rise Again Author: John Kotter, Holger Rathgeber Narrator: Bahni Turpin, John Kotter Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 53 mins Language: English Release date: 11-16-17 Publisher: Penguin Books Ltd Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audio edition of That's Not How We Do It Here! by John Kotter and Holger Rathgeber, read by Bahni Turpin and John Kotter. Includes a downloadable PDF of diagrams. That's Not How We Do It Here! is a business parable about a clan of meerkats who live in the Kalahari. Well-organised and efficient, the colony enjoys many years of successful growth until it suddenly comes under threat from a new form of predator and is forced to rethink its organizational structure. John Kotter uses this charming parable to explore why organizations often struggle no matter their past success and why they fall. Kotter shows that by embracing reliability, efficiency, speed and agility and building passion, discipline and personal growth, organizations can once again prosper, fulfil their mission, create great jobs and services and generate wealth. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio on our desktop site. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: That's Not How We Do It Here! Subtitle: A Story About How Organizations Rise, Fall - and Can Rise Again Author: John Kotter, Holger Rathgeber Narrator: Bahni Turpin, John Kotter Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 53 mins Language: English Release date: 11-16-17 Publisher: Penguin Books Ltd Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audio edition of That's Not How We Do It Here! by John Kotter and Holger Rathgeber, read by Bahni Turpin and John Kotter. Includes a downloadable PDF of diagrams. That's Not How We Do It Here! is a business parable about a clan of meerkats who live in the Kalahari. Well-organised and efficient, the colony enjoys many years of successful growth until it suddenly comes under threat from a new form of predator and is forced to rethink its organizational structure. John Kotter uses this charming parable to explore why organizations often struggle no matter their past success and why they fall. Kotter shows that by embracing reliability, efficiency, speed and agility and building passion, discipline and personal growth, organizations can once again prosper, fulfil their mission, create great jobs and services and generate wealth. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio on our desktop site. Members Reviews: Quick read with an easy to follow story line Quick read with an easy to follow story line. I'd recommend to use as a "team read" for topic illustration in work with management team members. Helps to convey how all managers are not leaders and balance is key. If you've studied leadership and organizational dynamics at any depth, there's not much new to learn here. But overall, I'd recommend. Survival kit for Change Management Very interesting approach to talk about innovation in organizations wherein their survival in the business world is at stake. Question is: aren't all business at stake? If you like fables for adults If you like fables for adults, then this is a decent read. It's definitely more for people in position who can affect change or impact teams, structures, etc. in their jobs, but it does offer a good perspective on how to approach culture and work. This will book change millions of lives This book was part of the reason that I took my current job with Kotter International. This is the sixth book that I've read by Dr. John Kotter over the past five years, and one of hundreds of business books that I've read during my career. This book will change things. The last time that I was this excited about the potential impact that a book can have on the lives of millions of people was my first time reading Crucial Conversations (Switzler et al). That's Not How We Do It Here! is a phrase that I have heard many times in my career; understandably, each time that I heard it, my passion for the organization waned. I am certain that if armed with the concepts of this book, my previous employers would realize lower employee turnover, and higher employee innovation leading to improved bottom line results. I have shared the book with many of them. That's Not How We Do It Here! is a business fable, in the style of Our Iceberg is Melting (Kotter Rathgeber) and 5 Dysfunctions of a Team (Lencioni). Destin Sandlin said once, "Knowledge does not equal understanding" and that could not be a better explanation of why so many business books have been bought and read, and yet, many business leaders and managers fail to improve. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Creating-Customer-Evangelists-Audiobook/B002V8MCNC Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Creating Customer Evangelists Subtitle: How Loyal Customers Become a Volunteer Sales Force Author: Ben McConnell, Jackie Huba Narrator: Ben McConnell, Jackie Huba Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 6 mins Language: English Release date: 02-10-06 Publisher: North & Clark Press Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 127 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: When customers are truly thrilled about their experience with your product or service, they can become outspoken "evangelists" for your company. This group of satisfied believers can be converted into a potent marketing force to grow your universe of customers. Authors Ben McConnell and Jackie Huba know how to take your company's best customers and build them into influential, loyal, and enthusiastic evangelists. The year-long research project that led to Creating Customer Evangelists outlines the framework for developing evangelism marketing strategies and programs. The ultimate goal is to create communities of influencers who drive sales or membership for your company or organization. From their research into the best practices of some of the most forward-thinking companies with legions of evangelists who spread the word, McConnell and Huba outline and explain the six basic tenets of creating customer evangelists: McConnell and Huba profile highly successful companies to illustrate these tenets and prove how solid customer relationships build and sustain companies through good and rocky times. These in-depth company profiles provide real-life examples of evangelism marketing at work, including the opportunities and pitfalls of specific campaigns. The book is intended for marketing managers and directors, entrepreneurs, and customer champions inside companies large and small. It's also intended for students and professors who require case studies for their research. Foreward by Seth Godin. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Ben McConnell) Fri, 10 Feb 2006 06:07:52 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Creating-Customer-Evangelists-Audiobook/B002V8MCNC thebookvoice.com 06:06:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Creating Customer Evangelists Subtitle: How Loyal Customers Become a Volunteer Sales Force Author: Ben McConnell, Jackie Huba Narrator: Ben McConnell, Jackie Huba Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 6 mins Language: English Release date: 02-10-06 Publisher: North & Clark Press Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 127 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: When customers are truly thrilled about their experience with your product or service, they can become outspoken "evangelists" for your company. This group of satisfied believers can be converted into a potent marketing force to grow your universe of customers. Authors Ben McConnell and Jackie Huba know how to take your company's best customers and build them into influential, loyal, and enthusiastic evangelists. The year-long research project that led to Creating Customer Evangelists outlines the framework for developing evangelism marketing strategies and programs. The ultimate goal is to create communities of influencers who drive sales or membership for your company or organization. From their research into the best practices of some of the most forward-thinking companies with legions of evangelists who spread the word, McConnell and Huba outline and explain the six basic tenets of creating customer evangelists: McConnell and Huba profile highly successful companies to illustrate these tenets and prove how solid customer relationships build and sustain companies through good and rocky times. These in-depth company profiles provide real-life examples of evangelism marketing at work, including the opportunities and pitfalls of specific campaigns. The book is intended for marketing managers and directors, entrepreneurs, and customer champions inside companies large and small. It's also intended for students and professors who require case studies for their research. Foreward by Seth Godin. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Creating Customer Evangelists Subtitle: How Loyal Customers Become a Volunteer Sales Force Author: Ben McConnell, Jackie Huba Narrator: Ben McConnell, Jackie Huba Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 6 mins Language: English Release date: 02-10-06 Publisher: North & Clark Press Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 127 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: When customers are truly thrilled about their experience with your product or service, they can become outspoken "evangelists" for your company. This group of satisfied believers can be converted into a potent marketing force to grow your universe of customers. Authors Ben McConnell and Jackie Huba know how to take your company's best customers and build them into influential, loyal, and enthusiastic evangelists. The year-long research project that led to Creating Customer Evangelists outlines the framework for developing evangelism marketing strategies and programs. The ultimate goal is to create communities of influencers who drive sales or membership for your company or organization. From their research into the best practices of some of the most forward-thinking companies with legions of evangelists who spread the word, McConnell and Huba outline and explain the six basic tenets of creating customer evangelists: McConnell and Huba profile highly successful companies to illustrate these tenets and prove how solid customer relationships build and sustain companies through good and rocky times. These in-depth company profiles provide real-life examples of evangelism marketing at work, including the opportunities and pitfalls of specific campaigns. The book is intended for marketing managers and directors, entrepreneurs, and customer champions inside companies large and small. It's also intended for students and professors who require case studies for their research. Foreward by Seth Godin. Members Reviews: Good Ideas for Entrepreneurs This book will resonate with you if you are an entrepreneur or in sales. It touches on why it makes sense to cultivate customer evangelism. Basically it touches on the 6 tenets of custover evangelism; which are: 1 Customer + delta 2 Building the buzz 3 Napsterizing your product knowledge 4 Leveraging on and building Comunities 5 Make bite size chunks 6 Create a cause I liked the first 2.5 hours which talks about the above subjects in detail. the next 3 hours talks about the case studies and can be a drag at times. The last half hour sums up the book which is worth reading as well. Fantastics I believe this book was not only brilliantly written but excellently presented between the two authors. Not only do they make a great argument with fantastic case study. Be sure to listen to the bloopers at the end as well!!! Uh-duh Hard to stay focused to the message that never goes deep. Really? I need my customers to like me and say nice things about me??? no kidding. While preaching against doing so, it spends most of its effort talking about faking genuine care and generating affection through forced means. Rather contradictory, but I guess its hard to write a book about how to do something that should come naturally to anyone with ethics and a clue. Honestly, if you need this book, you need a lot more first. Chances are, anyone who thought to buy it, doesn't need it. I gave it two stars instead of one, because it wasn't terrible, just not earth shattering. Really Good. No Hype. No Puffery! Read this book once. Great read. One of the best book on creating buzz and loyal customers. Somewhat trite I actually stopped listening to this book 1/2 way through. It is just dishing out a lot of platitudes about being good to your customers so they will evangelize you. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Summary-and-Analysis-Smarter-Faster-Better-The-Secrets-of-Being-Productive-in-Life-and-Business-by-Charles-Duhigg-Audiobook/B01C9CK5N8 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Summary and Analysis | Smarter Faster Better: The Secrets of Being Productive in Life and Business, by Charles Duhigg Author: FlashBooks Book Summaries Narrator: Dean Bokhari Format: Unabridged Length: 39 mins Language: English Release date: 02-29-16 Publisher: FLASHBOOKS, LLC Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 41 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: This is a book summary of Smarter Faster Better by Charles Duhigg. Description: From the author of the New York Times best-selling phenomenon The Power of Habit comes a fascinating new book that explores the science of productivity and why, in today's world, managing how you think - rather than what you think - can transform your life. At the core of Smarter Faster Better are eight key concepts - from motivation and goal setting to focus and decision making - that explain why some people and companies get so much done. Drawing on the latest findings in neuroscience, psychology, and behavioral economics - as well as the experiences of CEOs, educational reformers, four-star generals, FBI agents, airplane pilots, and Broadway songwriters - this painstakingly researched book explains that the most productive people, companies, and organizations don't merely act differently. They view the world, and their choices, in profoundly different ways. A young woman drops out of a PhD program and starts playing poker. By training herself to envision contradictory futures, she learns to anticipate her opponents' missteps - and becomes one of the most successful players in the world. A group of data scientists at Google embark on a four-year study of how the best teams function and find that how a group interacts is more important than who is in the group - a principle, it turns out, that also helps explain why Saturday Night Live became a hit. A Marine Corps general, faced with low morale among recruits, reimagines boot camp - and discovers that instilling a "bias toward action" can turn even the most directionless teenagers into self-motivating achievers. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (FlashBooks Book Summaries) Mon, 29 Feb 2016 08:37:11 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Summary-and-Analysis-Smarter-Faster-Better-The-Secrets-of-Being-Productive-in-Life-and-Business-by-Charles-Duhigg-Audiobook/B01C9CK5N8 thebookvoice.com 00:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Summary and Analysis | Smarter Faster Better: The Secrets of Being Productive in Life and Business, by Charles Duhigg Author: FlashBooks Book Summaries Narrator: Dean Bokhari Format: Unabridged Length: 39 mins Language: English Release date: 02-29-16 Publisher: FLASHBOOKS, LLC Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 41 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: This is a book summary of Smarter Faster Better by Charles Duhigg. Description: From the author of the New York Times best-selling phenomenon The Power of Habit comes a fascinating new book that explores the science of productivity and why, in today's world, managing how you think - rather than what you think - can transform your life. At the core of Smarter Faster Better are eight key concepts - from motivation and goal setting to focus and decision making - that explain why some people and companies get so much done. Drawing on the latest findings in neuroscience, psychology, and behavioral economics - as well as the experiences of CEOs, educational reformers, four-star generals, FBI agents, airplane pilots, and Broadway songwriters - this painstakingly researched book explains that the most productive people, companies, and organizations don't merely act differently. They view the world, and their choices, in profoundly different ways. A young woman drops out of a PhD program and starts playing poker. By training herself to envision contradictory futures, she learns to anticipate her opponents' missteps - and becomes one of the most successful players in the world. A group of data scientists at Google embark on a four-year study of how the best teams function and find that how a group interacts is more important than who is in the group - a principle, it turns out, that also helps explain why Saturday Night Live became a hit. A Marine Corps general, faced with low morale among recruits, reimagines boot camp - and discovers that instilling a "bias toward action" can turn even the most directionless teenagers into self-motivating achievers. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Summary and Analysis | Smarter Faster Better: The Secrets of Being Productive in Life and Business, by Charles Duhigg Author: FlashBooks Book Summaries Narrator: Dean Bokhari Format: Unabridged Length: 39 mins Language: English Release date: 02-29-16 Publisher: FLASHBOOKS, LLC Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 41 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: This is a book summary of Smarter Faster Better by Charles Duhigg. Description: From the author of the New York Times best-selling phenomenon The Power of Habit comes a fascinating new book that explores the science of productivity and why, in today's world, managing how you think - rather than what you think - can transform your life. At the core of Smarter Faster Better are eight key concepts - from motivation and goal setting to focus and decision making - that explain why some people and companies get so much done. Drawing on the latest findings in neuroscience, psychology, and behavioral economics - as well as the experiences of CEOs, educational reformers, four-star generals, FBI agents, airplane pilots, and Broadway songwriters - this painstakingly researched book explains that the most productive people, companies, and organizations don't merely act differently. They view the world, and their choices, in profoundly different ways. A young woman drops out of a PhD program and starts playing poker. By training herself to envision contradictory futures, she learns to anticipate her opponents' missteps - and becomes one of the most successful players in the world. A group of data scientists at Google embark on a four-year study of how the best teams function and find that how a group interacts is more important than who is in the group - a principle, it turns out, that also helps explain why Saturday Night Live became a hit. A Marine Corps general, faced with low morale among recruits, reimagines boot camp - and discovers that instilling a "bias toward action" can turn even the most directionless teenagers into self-motivating achievers. Members Reviews: Worst Reading Imaginable I'm a Duhigg fan, but this abbreviated reading did nothing for me. Worst was the narration. Adding special emphasis to every other syllable only draws attention to the fact that Mr. Bokhari is not familiar with the text. In general, I found this summary to be so cursory that it failed to convey the author's main points with anything close to clarity. Smarter faster better Great summary. Loved the core concepts and how actionable the are for becoming more productive and motivated. Annoyingly slow speaking I had to turn up the playback speed up to 2.0 and the narrator's awkwardly long mid sentence and even mid phrase pauses were still evident and annoying. The summary itself seemed fine but I just couldn't get past the distracting narrator. Maybe it's just me? good book found it interesting on how we can future developed our productivity, just by having a strategic plan. Nice summary Nice summary, worth the 40 min listen to. recommended for both beginners and working knowledge poeples as a refreasher. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Stacking-the-Deck-Audiobook/B00PHLVV0A Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Stacking the Deck Subtitle: How to Lead Breakthrough Change Against Any Odds Author: David S. Pottruck Narrator: Christopher Price Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 20 mins Language: English Release date: 11-25-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 15 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Change is a constant, and leaders must do more than keep up - they must innovate and accelerate to succeed. Yet people are often unnerved by change. As a leader during a time of transformation, you may stand up before teams that are indifferent, or even hostile, and need to convince them that change is necessary and urgent. More than money, time, or resources, the ability to lead these people determines your ultimate success or failure. What does it take to be an effective change leader and increase the odds of success? Stacking the Deck offers a proven, practical approach for inspiring meaningful, lasting change across an organization. Stacking the Deck presents a nine-step course of action leaders can follow from the first realization that change is needed through all the steps of implementation, including assembling the right team of close advisors and getting the word out to the wider group. Based on Dave Pottruck's experiences leading change as CEO of Charles Schwab and later as chairman of CorpU and HighTower Advisors, these steps provide a guide to ensure that your change initiative and your team have the best possible shot at success. In addition, established business leaders who have led extraordinary change initiatives demonstrate the steps in action. These executives include eBay CEO John Donahoe, Wells Fargo former CEO Dick Kovacevich, Starbucks chief executive officer Howard Schultz, San Francisco Giants CEO Larry Baer, JetBlue CEO Dave Barger, Asurion CEO Steve Ellis, Pinkberry CEO Ron Graves, and Intel's President Renee James, among others. Leading an organization through major change - whether it's the introduction of a new product, an expansion to a new territory, or a difficult downsizing - is not for the faint of heart. While success is never guaranteed, the right leadership, process, and team make all the difference. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (David S. Pottruck) Tue, 25 Nov 2014 09:47:48 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Stacking-the-Deck-Audiobook/B00PHLVV0A thebookvoice.com 08:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Stacking the Deck Subtitle: How to Lead Breakthrough Change Against Any Odds Author: David S. Pottruck Narrator: Christopher Price Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 20 mins Language: English Release date: 11-25-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 15 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Change is a constant, and leaders must do more than keep up - they must innovate and accelerate to succeed. Yet people are often unnerved by change. As a leader during a time of transformation, you may stand up before teams that are indifferent, or even hostile, and need to convince them that change is necessary and urgent. More than money, time, or resources, the ability to lead these people determines your ultimate success or failure. What does it take to be an effective change leader and increase the odds of success? Stacking the Deck offers a proven, practical approach for inspiring meaningful, lasting change across an organization. Stacking the Deck presents a nine-step course of action leaders can follow from the first realization that change is needed through all the steps of implementation, including assembling the right team of close advisors and getting the word out to the wider group. Based on Dave Pottruck's experiences leading change as CEO of Charles Schwab and later as chairman of CorpU and HighTower Advisors, these steps provide a guide to ensure that your change initiative and your team have the best possible shot at success. In addition, established business leaders who have led extraordinary change initiatives demonstrate the steps in action. These executives include eBay CEO John Donahoe, Wells Fargo former CEO Dick Kovacevich, Starbucks chief executive officer Howard Schultz, San Francisco Giants CEO Larry Baer, JetBlue CEO Dave Barger, Asurion CEO Steve Ellis, Pinkberry CEO Ron Graves, and Intel's President Renee James, among others. Leading an organization through major change - whether it's the introduction of a new product, an expansion to a new territory, or a difficult downsizing - is not for the faint of heart. While success is never guaranteed, the right leadership, process, and team make all the difference. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Stacking the Deck Subtitle: How to Lead Breakthrough Change Against Any Odds Author: David S. Pottruck Narrator: Christopher Price Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 20 mins Language: English Release date: 11-25-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 15 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Change is a constant, and leaders must do more than keep up - they must innovate and accelerate to succeed. Yet people are often unnerved by change. As a leader during a time of transformation, you may stand up before teams that are indifferent, or even hostile, and need to convince them that change is necessary and urgent. More than money, time, or resources, the ability to lead these people determines your ultimate success or failure. What does it take to be an effective change leader and increase the odds of success? Stacking the Deck offers a proven, practical approach for inspiring meaningful, lasting change across an organization. Stacking the Deck presents a nine-step course of action leaders can follow from the first realization that change is needed through all the steps of implementation, including assembling the right team of close advisors and getting the word out to the wider group. Based on Dave Pottruck's experiences leading change as CEO of Charles Schwab and later as chairman of CorpU and HighTower Advisors, these steps provide a guide to ensure that your change initiative and your team have the best possible shot at success. In addition, established business leaders who have led extraordinary change initiatives demonstrate the steps in action. These executives include eBay CEO John Donahoe, Wells Fargo former CEO Dick Kovacevich, Starbucks chief executive officer Howard Schultz, San Francisco Giants CEO Larry Baer, JetBlue CEO Dave Barger, Asurion CEO Steve Ellis, Pinkberry CEO Ron Graves, and Intel's President Renee James, among others. Leading an organization through major change - whether it's the introduction of a new product, an expansion to a new territory, or a difficult downsizing - is not for the faint of heart. While success is never guaranteed, the right leadership, process, and team make all the difference. Members Reviews: For people who have no experience in leading chang What disappointed you about Stacking the Deck? Although information was practical, concepts were very basic. For anyone in a position that requires change leadership or change management, this is not the reference material. Any additional comments? Needs better structure and stronger foundational concepts on change leadership, change management, and transformations. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Think-Like-a-Futurist-Audiobook/B009I21XL6 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Think Like a Futurist Subtitle: Know What Changes, What Doesn't, and What's Next Author: Cecily Sommers Narrator: Matilda Novak Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 53 mins Language: English Release date: 10-02-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 22 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Push past resistance to discover and own new business territories. Think Like a Futurist shows how to track changes, explore questions, and engage in new thinking that connects todays pressures with tomorrows realities. Cecily Sommers shows how to apply long-term focus and strategies to needs as diverse as industry forecasts, innovation challenges, leadership development, or future-proofing a brand. By understanding intersecting potentials that one day may impact your organization, you can readily spot emerging trends and market shifts, uncovering opportunities on the horizon. Think Like a Futurist explores such questions as: Where will new markets emerge over the next 5-10-25 years? What will be the big issues of the day? How will lifestyle, social mores, and policy adapt? And what role do we play in that future? Filled with tools and models for a new world, this book should be required reading for strategists and innovators across disciplines. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Cecily Sommers) Tue, 02 Oct 2012 14:36:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Think-Like-a-Futurist-Audiobook/B009I21XL6 thebookvoice.com 07:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Think Like a Futurist Subtitle: Know What Changes, What Doesn't, and What's Next Author: Cecily Sommers Narrator: Matilda Novak Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 53 mins Language: English Release date: 10-02-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 22 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Push past resistance to discover and own new business territories. Think Like a Futurist shows how to track changes, explore questions, and engage in new thinking that connects todays pressures with tomorrows realities. Cecily Sommers shows how to apply long-term focus and strategies to needs as diverse as industry forecasts, innovation challenges, leadership development, or future-proofing a brand. By understanding intersecting potentials that one day may impact your organization, you can readily spot emerging trends and market shifts, uncovering opportunities on the horizon. Think Like a Futurist explores such questions as: Where will new markets emerge over the next 5-10-25 years? What will be the big issues of the day? How will lifestyle, social mores, and policy adapt? And what role do we play in that future? Filled with tools and models for a new world, this book should be required reading for strategists and innovators across disciplines. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Think Like a Futurist Subtitle: Know What Changes, What Doesn't, and What's Next Author: Cecily Sommers Narrator: Matilda Novak Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 53 mins Language: English Release date: 10-02-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 22 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Push past resistance to discover and own new business territories. Think Like a Futurist shows how to track changes, explore questions, and engage in new thinking that connects todays pressures with tomorrows realities. Cecily Sommers shows how to apply long-term focus and strategies to needs as diverse as industry forecasts, innovation challenges, leadership development, or future-proofing a brand. By understanding intersecting potentials that one day may impact your organization, you can readily spot emerging trends and market shifts, uncovering opportunities on the horizon. Think Like a Futurist explores such questions as: Where will new markets emerge over the next 5-10-25 years? What will be the big issues of the day? How will lifestyle, social mores, and policy adapt? And what role do we play in that future? Filled with tools and models for a new world, this book should be required reading for strategists and innovators across disciplines. Members Reviews: Horrible Would you try another book from Cecily Sommers and/or Matilda Novak? I suppose this book may have eventually had a point, but if it did, I was way too annoyed to stick with it long enough to hear it. The book rambles without ever making any points. It's like a self help book, that keeps telling you over and over, how much you need the information in the book, but never actually tells you how to help yourself! What didnt you like about Matilda Novaks performance? OMG! Absolutely hands down the worst reader I've ever encountered. I would never listen to her again. It's like listening to a book read by a TV mattress commercial announcer. I wanted to rip my ears off the sides of my head. Even though I found the text pointless, I may have stuck with it to the end had the reader made not made it unbearable. You didnt love this book... but did it have any redeeming qualities? No, none that I found, although I didn't finish it. Waste of time Would you ever listen to anything by Cecily Sommers again? Never. This book is a collection of non-sense consultant-speak. From demography to neuroscience, she doesn't actually understand anything that she's talking about. It's just buzz BS and consultant "exercises" to "beak out of your current way of thinking!" Reading this was genuinely a waste of time. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/2020-Workplace-Audiobook/B0047EG126 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: 2020 Workplace Subtitle: How Innovative Companies Attract, Develop, and Keep Tomorrow's Employees Today Author: Jeanne C. Meister, Karie Willyerd Narrator: Eliza Foss Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 44 mins Language: English Release date: 10-19-10 Publisher: HarperAudio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 37 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: What companies need to knowand doto win and hold on to tomorrow's best employees The workplace of the future is being shaped today by Web 2.0 - a collection of breakthrough social media technologies - and by the Millennial Generation, people born between 1977 and 1997. The convergence of these emerging workplace trends has created a generation of hyperconnected workers who are placing increased pressure on employers to overhaul their approach to talent management. In The 2020 Workplace, human resources experts Jeanne C. Meister and Karie Willyerd offer a practical game plan companies can use to attract and keep these employees, and, in doing so, transform their organizations; achieve compelling business results, such as increased innovation and improved customer connectedness; and compete more effectively in the global marketplace. Based on key findings from two surveys of global professionals, as well as case studies from organizations such as Deloitte, Cisco, Bell Canada, JetBlue, Nokia, and NASA, this book shows how the social technologies that are used outside the company in marketing to connect with customers can be adapted for use inside the company to connect with employees. Meister and Willyerd bolster their thought-provoking research with real-world examples of these practices in action, including a YouTube new-hire orientation contest, the use of Twitter for sourcing job candidates, and a video game for new hires. With 20 predictions for the 2020 workplace and a glossary for those who have never texted, posted to Facebook, or Tweeted, this book is a must-listen guide to what companies should do - and are already doing - to create tomorrow's workplace of choice. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Jeanne C. Meister) Tue, 19 Oct 2010 17:32:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/2020-Workplace-Audiobook/B0047EG126 thebookvoice.com 09:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: 2020 Workplace Subtitle: How Innovative Companies Attract, Develop, and Keep Tomorrow's Employees Today Author: Jeanne C. Meister, Karie Willyerd Narrator: Eliza Foss Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 44 mins Language: English Release date: 10-19-10 Publisher: HarperAudio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 37 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: What companies need to knowand doto win and hold on to tomorrow's best employees The workplace of the future is being shaped today by Web 2.0 - a collection of breakthrough social media technologies - and by the Millennial Generation, people born between 1977 and 1997. The convergence of these emerging workplace trends has created a generation of hyperconnected workers who are placing increased pressure on employers to overhaul their approach to talent management. In The 2020 Workplace, human resources experts Jeanne C. Meister and Karie Willyerd offer a practical game plan companies can use to attract and keep these employees, and, in doing so, transform their organizations; achieve compelling business results, such as increased innovation and improved customer connectedness; and compete more effectively in the global marketplace. Based on key findings from two surveys of global professionals, as well as case studies from organizations such as Deloitte, Cisco, Bell Canada, JetBlue, Nokia, and NASA, this book shows how the social technologies that are used outside the company in marketing to connect with customers can be adapted for use inside the company to connect with employees. Meister and Willyerd bolster their thought-provoking research with real-world examples of these practices in action, including a YouTube new-hire orientation contest, the use of Twitter for sourcing job candidates, and a video game for new hires. With 20 predictions for the 2020 workplace and a glossary for those who have never texted, posted to Facebook, or Tweeted, this book is a must-listen guide to what companies should do - and are already doing - to create tomorrow's workplace of choice. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: 2020 Workplace Subtitle: How Innovative Companies Attract, Develop, and Keep Tomorrow's Employees Today Author: Jeanne C. Meister, Karie Willyerd Narrator: Eliza Foss Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 44 mins Language: English Release date: 10-19-10 Publisher: HarperAudio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 37 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: What companies need to knowand doto win and hold on to tomorrow's best employees The workplace of the future is being shaped today by Web 2.0 - a collection of breakthrough social media technologies - and by the Millennial Generation, people born between 1977 and 1997. The convergence of these emerging workplace trends has created a generation of hyperconnected workers who are placing increased pressure on employers to overhaul their approach to talent management. In The 2020 Workplace, human resources experts Jeanne C. Meister and Karie Willyerd offer a practical game plan companies can use to attract and keep these employees, and, in doing so, transform their organizations; achieve compelling business results, such as increased innovation and improved customer connectedness; and compete more effectively in the global marketplace. Based on key findings from two surveys of global professionals, as well as case studies from organizations such as Deloitte, Cisco, Bell Canada, JetBlue, Nokia, and NASA, this book shows how the social technologies that are used outside the company in marketing to connect with customers can be adapted for use inside the company to connect with employees. Meister and Willyerd bolster their thought-provoking research with real-world examples of these practices in action, including a YouTube new-hire orientation contest, the use of Twitter for sourcing job candidates, and a video game for new hires. With 20 predictions for the 2020 workplace and a glossary for those who have never texted, posted to Facebook, or Tweeted, this book is a must-listen guide to what companies should do - and are already doing - to create tomorrow's workplace of choice. Members Reviews: Excellent Primer on the Future Workplace Would you consider the audio edition of 2020 Workplace to be better than the print version? I didn't read the print version. I thoroughly enjoyed the audio book. The narrators voice was one of the best I've listened to and the content was highly relevant to my work. Who was your favorite character and why? NA Which character as performed by Eliza Foss was your favorite? NA Did you have an extreme reaction to this book? Did it make you laugh or cry? NA Any additional comments? This book is outstanding and a great reference to anyone who is interested, concerned or focused on the future workplace. The level of detail is just right and the technology discussed was very helpful. I can't wait for Jeanne's updated book to be published. Future advances shift before you can finish a book This book was published in 2010. The book presented some interesting ideas. However, many of them have already been proven obsolete in a fast paced world of technological advances. The vision posted for 2020 does not seem to fit the realities observed in 2015. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-New-Entrepreneurz-Audiobook/B00QSLMEO0 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The New Entrepreneurz Subtitle: Changing the Way You Play Life Author: Ronen Gafni, Simcha Gluck Narrator: Simcha Gluck Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 37 mins Language: English Release date: 12-10-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 28 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The New Entrepreneurz are the game changers who can be found playing different games across the spectrum. They are the business owners, the managers, the lawyers, the moms and dads, the lovers, the educators, the artists, and healers. Entrepreneurship is no longer just about business; it is the new mindset. For too long we have been sold on the lie of competition and life in the tired Rat Race. Times have changed, and in this new Shared Economy, opportunities are everywhere and resources are abundant if we just learn to see them. The New Entrepreneurz provides a game-changing, game-based approach to molding your mind and developing a fresh entrepreneurial mentality that focuses on working smart & on collaborative winning. Advocating not for simple change, but for total transformation, this revolutionary resource provides a powerful platform to shift the paradigm for all those interested in running a smart purpose driven business. The audiobook offers: Ronen Gafni and Simcha Gluck take you on the adventures of The New Entrepreneurz through sharing their own unique story of FreshBiz. From the sleepless night that Ronen first conceived of the game-changing board game to the now international company impacting tens of thousands around the globe. Being featured on the GameChangers500 list alongside companies like Etzy, Google and Zappos, demonstrates the power of how they walk the talk in a completely unique and fresh approach to life and business. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Ronen Gafni) Wed, 10 Dec 2014 22:00:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-New-Entrepreneurz-Audiobook/B00QSLMEO0 thebookvoice.com 05:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The New Entrepreneurz Subtitle: Changing the Way You Play Life Author: Ronen Gafni, Simcha Gluck Narrator: Simcha Gluck Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 37 mins Language: English Release date: 12-10-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 28 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The New Entrepreneurz are the game changers who can be found playing different games across the spectrum. They are the business owners, the managers, the lawyers, the moms and dads, the lovers, the educators, the artists, and healers. Entrepreneurship is no longer just about business; it is the new mindset. For too long we have been sold on the lie of competition and life in the tired Rat Race. Times have changed, and in this new Shared Economy, opportunities are everywhere and resources are abundant if we just learn to see them. The New Entrepreneurz provides a game-changing, game-based approach to molding your mind and developing a fresh entrepreneurial mentality that focuses on working smart & on collaborative winning. Advocating not for simple change, but for total transformation, this revolutionary resource provides a powerful platform to shift the paradigm for all those interested in running a smart purpose driven business. The audiobook offers: Ronen Gafni and Simcha Gluck take you on the adventures of The New Entrepreneurz through sharing their own unique story of FreshBiz. From the sleepless night that Ronen first conceived of the game-changing board game to the now international company impacting tens of thousands around the globe. Being featured on the GameChangers500 list alongside companies like Etzy, Google and Zappos, demonstrates the power of how they walk the talk in a completely unique and fresh approach to life and business. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The New Entrepreneurz Subtitle: Changing the Way You Play Life Author: Ronen Gafni, Simcha Gluck Narrator: Simcha Gluck Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 37 mins Language: English Release date: 12-10-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 28 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The New Entrepreneurz are the game changers who can be found playing different games across the spectrum. They are the business owners, the managers, the lawyers, the moms and dads, the lovers, the educators, the artists, and healers. Entrepreneurship is no longer just about business; it is the new mindset. For too long we have been sold on the lie of competition and life in the tired Rat Race. Times have changed, and in this new Shared Economy, opportunities are everywhere and resources are abundant if we just learn to see them. The New Entrepreneurz provides a game-changing, game-based approach to molding your mind and developing a fresh entrepreneurial mentality that focuses on working smart & on collaborative winning. Advocating not for simple change, but for total transformation, this revolutionary resource provides a powerful platform to shift the paradigm for all those interested in running a smart purpose driven business. The audiobook offers: Ronen Gafni and Simcha Gluck take you on the adventures of The New Entrepreneurz through sharing their own unique story of FreshBiz. From the sleepless night that Ronen first conceived of the game-changing board game to the now international company impacting tens of thousands around the globe. Being featured on the GameChangers500 list alongside companies like Etzy, Google and Zappos, demonstrates the power of how they walk the talk in a completely unique and fresh approach to life and business. Members Reviews: A positive philosophy for life and business Simcha and Ronen have assembled and characterised a world view that provides a stimulating and inspiring read that recommends a flexible, abundance-focused mindset as a way to build the business/life you really want. For older hands, there is much that they will have nodded over with earlier explorations of life and meaning. For younger readers, this book and some of the resources it describes provides a wonderful manual for creating something really special. Recommended! Entertainz! Where does The New Entrepreneurz rank among all the audiobooks youve listened to so far? Highly listenable - 'easy read!' What was one of the most memorable moments of The New Entrepreneurz? As the authors are reading the book themselves... it adds to the content! Which scene was your favorite? Each chapter builds on the overall package! Did you have an extreme reaction to this book? Did it make you laugh or cry? It made me think! reflect! question - and want to take action... Any additional comments? You can tell a lot of thought went into the book - and the concepts that are shared by Ronen and Simcha! inspiring & interesting Would you listen to The New Entrepreneurz again? Why? Yes. There are a lot of brilliant ideas to take in, and it's good to hear it over and over. Also ther's a lot of information and I'm sure I missed some the first time. What did you like best about this story? It's inspiring and fresh and interesting. Have you listened to any of Simcha Glucks other performances before? How does this one compare? no. Inspiring book! A true motivation for action Any additional comments? Ronen and Simcha are prsenting great ideas in a fresh and engaging way. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Underground-Culinary-Tour-Audiobook/B074QY3PF2 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Underground Culinary Tour Subtitle: How the New Metrics of Today's Top Restaurants Are Transforming How America Eats Author: Damian Mogavero, Joseph D'Agnese Narrator: Damian Mogavero Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 59 mins Language: English Release date: 08-15-17 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: In the best-selling tradition of Moneyball, The Underground Culinary Tour is a high-octane behind-the-scenes narrative about how the restaurant industry, historically run by gut and intuition, is being transformed by the use of data. Sixteen years ago entrepreneur Damian Mogavero brought together an unlikely mix of experts - chefs and code writers - to create a pioneering software company whose goal was to empower restaurateurs, through the use of data, to elevate and enhance the guest experience. Today, his data-gathering programs are used by such renowned chefs as Danny Meyer, Tom Colicchio, Daniel Boulud, Guy Fieri, Giada De Laurentiis, Gordon Ramsay, and countless others. Mogavero describes such restaurateurs as the New Guard, and their approach to their art and craft is radically different from that of their predecessors. By embracing data and adapting to the new trends of today's demanding consumers, these innovative chefs and owners do everything more nimbly and efficiently - from the recipes they create to the wines and craft beers they stock, from the presentations they choreograph to the customized training they give their servers, making restaurants more popular and profitable than ever before. Finally, Damian takes listeners behind the scenes of his annual, invitation-only culinary tour for top chefs and industry CEOs, showing us how today's elite restaurants embrace new trends to create unforgettable meals and transform how we eat. From the glittering nightclubs of Las Vegas to a packed seasonal restaurant on the Long Island Sound, from Brennan's storied, family-run New Orleans dynasty to today's high-stakes celebrity chef palaces, The Underground Culinary Tour takes listeners on an epicurean adventure they won't soon forget. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Damian Mogavero) Tue, 15 Aug 2017 06:45:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Underground-Culinary-Tour-Audiobook/B074QY3PF2 thebookvoice.com 08:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Underground Culinary Tour Subtitle: How the New Metrics of Today's Top Restaurants Are Transforming How America Eats Author: Damian Mogavero, Joseph D'Agnese Narrator: Damian Mogavero Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 59 mins Language: English Release date: 08-15-17 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: In the best-selling tradition of Moneyball, The Underground Culinary Tour is a high-octane behind-the-scenes narrative about how the restaurant industry, historically run by gut and intuition, is being transformed by the use of data. Sixteen years ago entrepreneur Damian Mogavero brought together an unlikely mix of experts - chefs and code writers - to create a pioneering software company whose goal was to empower restaurateurs, through the use of data, to elevate and enhance the guest experience. Today, his data-gathering programs are used by such renowned chefs as Danny Meyer, Tom Colicchio, Daniel Boulud, Guy Fieri, Giada De Laurentiis, Gordon Ramsay, and countless others. Mogavero describes such restaurateurs as the New Guard, and their approach to their art and craft is radically different from that of their predecessors. By embracing data and adapting to the new trends of today's demanding consumers, these innovative chefs and owners do everything more nimbly and efficiently - from the recipes they create to the wines and craft beers they stock, from the presentations they choreograph to the customized training they give their servers, making restaurants more popular and profitable than ever before. Finally, Damian takes listeners behind the scenes of his annual, invitation-only culinary tour for top chefs and industry CEOs, showing us how today's elite restaurants embrace new trends to create unforgettable meals and transform how we eat. From the glittering nightclubs of Las Vegas to a packed seasonal restaurant on the Long Island Sound, from Brennan's storied, family-run New Orleans dynasty to today's high-stakes celebrity chef palaces, The Underground Culinary Tour takes listeners on an epicurean adventure they won't soon forget. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Underground Culinary Tour Subtitle: How the New Metrics of Today's Top Restaurants Are Transforming How America Eats Author: Damian Mogavero, Joseph D'Agnese Narrator: Damian Mogavero Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 59 mins Language: English Release date: 08-15-17 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: In the best-selling tradition of Moneyball, The Underground Culinary Tour is a high-octane behind-the-scenes narrative about how the restaurant industry, historically run by gut and intuition, is being transformed by the use of data. Sixteen years ago entrepreneur Damian Mogavero brought together an unlikely mix of experts - chefs and code writers - to create a pioneering software company whose goal was to empower restaurateurs, through the use of data, to elevate and enhance the guest experience. Today, his data-gathering programs are used by such renowned chefs as Danny Meyer, Tom Colicchio, Daniel Boulud, Guy Fieri, Giada De Laurentiis, Gordon Ramsay, and countless others. Mogavero describes such restaurateurs as the New Guard, and their approach to their art and craft is radically different from that of their predecessors. By embracing data and adapting to the new trends of today's demanding consumers, these innovative chefs and owners do everything more nimbly and efficiently - from the recipes they create to the wines and craft beers they stock, from the presentations they choreograph to the customized training they give their servers, making restaurants more popular and profitable than ever before. Finally, Damian takes listeners behind the scenes of his annual, invitation-only culinary tour for top chefs and industry CEOs, showing us how today's elite restaurants embrace new trends to create unforgettable meals and transform how we eat. From the glittering nightclubs of Las Vegas to a packed seasonal restaurant on the Long Island Sound, from Brennan's storied, family-run New Orleans dynasty to today's high-stakes celebrity chef palaces, The Underground Culinary Tour takes listeners on an epicurean adventure they won't soon forget. Members Reviews: nice mix of metrics and management Close in look at how metrics and instrumentation can help drive revenue in a restaurant/club. Even better, some imaginative ways to look beyond the numbers and really see what is going on. Infomercial This book is an infomercial for a restaurant software. The author tried to disguise it as something akin to Moneyball for restaurants but was too transparent in his effort to sell his software. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/How-to-Start-a-Medical-Claims-Billing-Service-Audiobook/B002V1NWL0 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: How to Start a Medical Claims Billing Service Author: Entrepreneur Magazine Narrator: Michael Drew Shaw Format: Abridged Length: 5 hrs Language: English Release date: 11-15-06 Publisher: Entrepreneur Media, Inc. Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 13 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: In today's complicated health-care industry, doctors find themselves buried under a daily avalanche of insurance forms. As a result, many are turning to billing experts to handle their paperwork, which means an incredible moneymaking opportunity for you! Startup costs are minimal: All you need is a computer, printer, Internet connection, claims-billing software and, of course, this comprehensive guide! Topics covered in this information-packed audiobook include: © and (P) Entrepreneur Media, Inc. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Entrepreneur Magazine) Wed, 15 Nov 2006 04:08:40 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/How-to-Start-a-Medical-Claims-Billing-Service-Audiobook/B002V1NWL0 thebookvoice.com 00:05:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: How to Start a Medical Claims Billing Service Author: Entrepreneur Magazine Narrator: Michael Drew Shaw Format: Abridged Length: 5 hrs Language: English Release date: 11-15-06 Publisher: Entrepreneur Media, Inc. Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 13 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: In today's complicated health-care industry, doctors find themselves buried under a daily avalanche of insurance forms. As a result, many are turning to billing experts to handle their paperwork, which means an incredible moneymaking opportunity for you! Startup costs are minimal: All you need is a computer, printer, Internet connection, claims-billing software and, of course, this comprehensive guide! Topics covered in this information-packed audiobook include: © and (P) Entrepreneur Media, Inc. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: How to Start a Medical Claims Billing Service Author: Entrepreneur Magazine Narrator: Michael Drew Shaw Format: Abridged Length: 5 hrs Language: English Release date: 11-15-06 Publisher: Entrepreneur Media, Inc. Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 13 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: In today's complicated health-care industry, doctors find themselves buried under a daily avalanche of insurance forms. As a result, many are turning to billing experts to handle their paperwork, which means an incredible moneymaking opportunity for you! Startup costs are minimal: All you need is a computer, printer, Internet connection, claims-billing software and, of course, this comprehensive guide! Topics covered in this information-packed audiobook include: © and (P) Entrepreneur Media, Inc. Members Reviews: Rip off This is mostly filler offering such useless "smart tips" as use a card table or maybe a separate desk to set up your computer, and remember to have a good attitude in conducting your business, as the type of medical billing tutorial advice given. In addition more than half of this is justcopy pasted stuff from other entrepreneur magazine articles relating in general to accounting and marketing. I know this is how they make money just putting out the same thing over and over again but it's four hours that could've been done in 25 minutes in terms of actual information conveyed. In addition it is very annoying and hard to listen to because there's so little information and it is so stuffed with mindless filler. I am returning this book for a refund. I will never get my 4 1/2 hours back though https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Game-Changer-Audiobook/B00OAOHOHO Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Game Changer Subtitle: How to Use the Science of Motivation with the Power of Game Design to Shift Behaviour, Shape Culture, and Make Clever Happen Author: Jason Fox Narrator: Roger Davis Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 21 mins Language: English Release date: 10-21-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 57 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Use the science of motivation with the power of game design to unlock motivation and drive progress in your organisation. There are two conventional ways to approach motivation: set goals and try to change attitudes and beliefs (which takes a lot of personalised effort); or develop incentives and rewards to inspire effort (which takes a lot of money). This book shows you how to take a third new approach - designing the work itself to be inherently motivating. Combining the best elements of three distinct fields - motivational science, game design, and agile management - this book shows you how to positively influence behaviour through better work and project design. This game-changing book: Gives you a refreshing science-based approach to the classic challenge of motivation in the workplace and is ideal for any leader or manager looking to take their workplace culture in a new direction. The Game Changer includes practical advice for creating highly productive, motivated, and innovative teams. Motivation strategy and design expert, Dr. Jason Fox, consults on leadership and change management to a wide range of clients - from the executives of multinational organisations, through to the directors of switched-on startups. The Game Changer will show you how to unlock creative, productive, and collaborative work. Itis theperfect resource for forward-thinking leaders in organisations and teams focused oncrafting a work culture that gets the best out of their people. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Jason Fox) Tue, 21 Oct 2014 14:01:52 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Game-Changer-Audiobook/B00OAOHOHO thebookvoice.com 07:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Game Changer Subtitle: How to Use the Science of Motivation with the Power of Game Design to Shift Behaviour, Shape Culture, and Make Clever Happen Author: Jason Fox Narrator: Roger Davis Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 21 mins Language: English Release date: 10-21-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 57 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Use the science of motivation with the power of game design to unlock motivation and drive progress in your organisation. There are two conventional ways to approach motivation: set goals and try to change attitudes and beliefs (which takes a lot of personalised effort); or develop incentives and rewards to inspire effort (which takes a lot of money). This book shows you how to take a third new approach - designing the work itself to be inherently motivating. Combining the best elements of three distinct fields - motivational science, game design, and agile management - this book shows you how to positively influence behaviour through better work and project design. This game-changing book: Gives you a refreshing science-based approach to the classic challenge of motivation in the workplace and is ideal for any leader or manager looking to take their workplace culture in a new direction. The Game Changer includes practical advice for creating highly productive, motivated, and innovative teams. Motivation strategy and design expert, Dr. Jason Fox, consults on leadership and change management to a wide range of clients - from the executives of multinational organisations, through to the directors of switched-on startups. The Game Changer will show you how to unlock creative, productive, and collaborative work. Itis theperfect resource for forward-thinking leaders in organisations and teams focused oncrafting a work culture that gets the best out of their people. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Game Changer Subtitle: How to Use the Science of Motivation with the Power of Game Design to Shift Behaviour, Shape Culture, and Make Clever Happen Author: Jason Fox Narrator: Roger Davis Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 21 mins Language: English Release date: 10-21-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 57 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Use the science of motivation with the power of game design to unlock motivation and drive progress in your organisation. There are two conventional ways to approach motivation: set goals and try to change attitudes and beliefs (which takes a lot of personalised effort); or develop incentives and rewards to inspire effort (which takes a lot of money). This book shows you how to take a third new approach - designing the work itself to be inherently motivating. Combining the best elements of three distinct fields - motivational science, game design, and agile management - this book shows you how to positively influence behaviour through better work and project design. This game-changing book: Gives you a refreshing science-based approach to the classic challenge of motivation in the workplace and is ideal for any leader or manager looking to take their workplace culture in a new direction. The Game Changer includes practical advice for creating highly productive, motivated, and innovative teams. Motivation strategy and design expert, Dr. Jason Fox, consults on leadership and change management to a wide range of clients - from the executives of multinational organisations, through to the directors of switched-on startups. The Game Changer will show you how to unlock creative, productive, and collaborative work. Itis theperfect resource for forward-thinking leaders in organisations and teams focused oncrafting a work culture that gets the best out of their people. Members Reviews: Narration won't let me appreciate content. The narration style is very annoying to me. Sounds like a robot when he makes. Pauses. When. Talking. It was really distracting from the content. I would love to have the option to chose another narrator. Sack of whining drivel Author is no expert and book is pure shit. Does not deserve any further critique. Great content (if u survive the first 3 chapters) , beautifully read Even though the first three chapters take a lot of determination to get through - replete with management speak and lots of smart one liners - the book really blossoms into something of its own after that. A great read with lots of good and practical advice after that. Brilliantly read aswell that makes the audiobook very energising and inspiring. few good points once you pass the first 3 extremely poorly written chapters it's easier and faster to listen. few really good points you probably knew already just in right context it makes better sense. Worth a listen to... I got about 50% through this audio book, then bought the hard copy so I could make notes and reinforce my learning. Theres a lot to grasp and luckily I have been listening to a lot of books on this subject so I was able to access the ideas. He mentions a number of strategies, and within an hour or two of listening I implemented them to test their effectiveness. So far Im impressed. Going to listen to his next book Quest now to reinforce what Ive learned so far... https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Corporation-Audiobook/B008UDJBW2 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Corporation Subtitle: The Pathological Pursuit of Profit and Power Author: Joel Bakan Narrator: Rebecca Jenkins Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 36 mins Language: English Release date: 08-08-12 Publisher: Post Hypnotic Press Inc. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Joel Bakan's book is a brilliantly argued account of the corporation's pathological pursuit of profit and power. An eminent law professor and legal theorist, Bakan contends that the corporation is created by law to function much like a psychopathic personality whose destructive behavior, if left unchecked, leads to scandal and ruin. In the most revolutionary assessment of the corporation as a legal and economic institution since Peter Drucker's early works, Bakan backs his premise with the following claims: Despite the structural failings found in the corporation, Bakan believes change is possible and outlines a far-reaching program of concrete, pragmatic, and realistic reforms through legal regulation and democratic control. Backed by extensive research, The Corporation draws on in-depth interviews with such wide-ranging figures as CEO Hank McKinnell of Pfizer, Nobel Prize-winner Milton Friedman, business guru Peter Drucker, and critic Noam Chomsky of MIT. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Joel Bakan) Wed, 08 Aug 2012 16:04:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Corporation-Audiobook/B008UDJBW2 thebookvoice.com 06:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Corporation Subtitle: The Pathological Pursuit of Profit and Power Author: Joel Bakan Narrator: Rebecca Jenkins Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 36 mins Language: English Release date: 08-08-12 Publisher: Post Hypnotic Press Inc. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Joel Bakan's book is a brilliantly argued account of the corporation's pathological pursuit of profit and power. An eminent law professor and legal theorist, Bakan contends that the corporation is created by law to function much like a psychopathic personality whose destructive behavior, if left unchecked, leads to scandal and ruin. In the most revolutionary assessment of the corporation as a legal and economic institution since Peter Drucker's early works, Bakan backs his premise with the following claims: Despite the structural failings found in the corporation, Bakan believes change is possible and outlines a far-reaching program of concrete, pragmatic, and realistic reforms through legal regulation and democratic control. Backed by extensive research, The Corporation draws on in-depth interviews with such wide-ranging figures as CEO Hank McKinnell of Pfizer, Nobel Prize-winner Milton Friedman, business guru Peter Drucker, and critic Noam Chomsky of MIT. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Corporation Subtitle: The Pathological Pursuit of Profit and Power Author: Joel Bakan Narrator: Rebecca Jenkins Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 36 mins Language: English Release date: 08-08-12 Publisher: Post Hypnotic Press Inc. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Joel Bakan's book is a brilliantly argued account of the corporation's pathological pursuit of profit and power. An eminent law professor and legal theorist, Bakan contends that the corporation is created by law to function much like a psychopathic personality whose destructive behavior, if left unchecked, leads to scandal and ruin. In the most revolutionary assessment of the corporation as a legal and economic institution since Peter Drucker's early works, Bakan backs his premise with the following claims: Despite the structural failings found in the corporation, Bakan believes change is possible and outlines a far-reaching program of concrete, pragmatic, and realistic reforms through legal regulation and democratic control. Backed by extensive research, The Corporation draws on in-depth interviews with such wide-ranging figures as CEO Hank McKinnell of Pfizer, Nobel Prize-winner Milton Friedman, business guru Peter Drucker, and critic Noam Chomsky of MIT. Members Reviews: Still timely I saw the movie for The Corporation back in 2003. It was the first time I had ever heard of Monsanto, and while I was not completely politically unaware at the time, the movie caused kind of a jump forward in awareness. I had always meant to read the associated book; it just took me a while. Having done so, I have to say that it is still well-written, still timely, and still pretty horrifying. I wish there were better answers, but we have often shown that we are not willing to put people before profits, and that is what a lot of it comes down to. I still recommend the book for some valuable historical information, and also for the help it gives in cutting through the crap of what various companies might say about corporate responsibility and things like that. The title says it all... Bakan first explains why we need to consider every corporation -- and especially those traded on the NY Stock Exchange -- as a pathologically insane psychopath. Does that sound extreme to you? It did to me, until I read his book and realized that every for-profit corporation fits that diagnosis. Yet we need them, and we need both government and civic action to control their pathological behavior. For example, Bakan makes a strong case for passing a 38th amendment to our Constitution stating that corporations are not people and money is not speech. These two concepts have woven their way into the fabric of our corporate legal system over the last 150 years. The consequences of corporate personhood are far-reaching, yet way below the radar of your typical news program. Before you take to the streets and rally against Citizen's United, you need to read Bakan and discover that the problem runs deeper than that one Supreme Court decision. Excellent! Finally, a person of courage who speaks the truth about the Hydra that is consuming us. We have all been victimized by business. We know these problems are real and will require radical approaches. Good to hear the words spoken. Read this book as soon as possible This book has somewhat of a strange style in that it takes about a third of the book to get use to the way it is written and be drawn in. Don't let that fool you though. By the time you get to the end, you will feel like you've read one of the most important books written recently. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-One-Page-Project-Manager-for-Execution-Audiobook/B00AJRV4ZE Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The One-Page Project Manager for Execution Subtitle: Drive Strategy and Solve Problems with a Single Sheet of Paper Author: Clark A. Campbell, Mike Collins Narrator: Jeffrey Kafer Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 19 mins Language: English Release date: 12-08-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 20 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Drive strategy with simplicity - on a single sheet of paper! The One-Page Project Manager set a new standard as an understandable and easy-to-apply organizational tool, allowing managers to summarize complex projects on a single information-rich page. This audiobook, third in the OPPM series, describes how to combine the OPPM with the Toyota A3 report to create an enhanced, integrated management tool. With a refreshingly clear style, the authors walk users through implementing the OPPM/A3 using a variety of real-world case studies, as well as their own experience at O.C. Tanner Company. Rich with tools, templates, and teaching, the emphasis throughout remains on maintaining simplicity across the organization - communicating the right information to the right people at the right time to get the right things done. Critic Reviews: "Executives want the answers to two questions: Where are we today? Where will we end up? Do you really believe this cannot be accomplished on a single sheet of paper? The One-Page Project Manager series of books is encouraging you to do just that. Making this part of your Project Management methodology will simplify and improve your project communication, especially for busy executives." (Harold D. Kerzner, PhD, Senior Executive Director, International Institute for Learning, Inc.) "Clark Campbell fills a void and bridges a communication gap that has long existed between company executives and project or program managers. OPPM successfully links corporate strategy to those in the trenches managing projects." (Dr. Denis R. Petersen, PMP, President and CEO, Milestone Management Consultants, LLC) "Clark Campbell and Mike Collins present how OPPM works to drive strategy deployment. With OPPM in our lean tool kit, we have tapped into the creativity of our people to pump up productivity, cut cycle times, reduce inventories, and sustain world-class quality." (Harold Simons, Executive Vice President, Supply Chain, O.C. Tanner Company, Member of the Shingo Prize Board of Governors) bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Clark A. Campbell) Sat, 08 Dec 2012 10:09:36 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-One-Page-Project-Manager-for-Execution-Audiobook/B00AJRV4ZE thebookvoice.com 03:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The One-Page Project Manager for Execution Subtitle: Drive Strategy and Solve Problems with a Single Sheet of Paper Author: Clark A. Campbell, Mike Collins Narrator: Jeffrey Kafer Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 19 mins Language: English Release date: 12-08-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 20 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Drive strategy with simplicity - on a single sheet of paper! The One-Page Project Manager set a new standard as an understandable and easy-to-apply organizational tool, allowing managers to summarize complex projects on a single information-rich page. This audiobook, third in the OPPM series, describes how to combine the OPPM with the Toyota A3 report to create an enhanced, integrated management tool. With a refreshingly clear style, the authors walk users through implementing the OPPM/A3 using a variety of real-world case studies, as well as their own experience at O.C. Tanner Company. Rich with tools, templates, and teaching, the emphasis throughout remains on maintaining simplicity across the organization - communicating the right information to the right people at the right time to get the right things done. Critic Reviews: "Executives want the answers to two questions: Where are we today? Where will we end up? Do you really believe this cannot be accomplished on a single sheet of paper? The One-Page Project Manager series of books is encouraging you to do just that. Making this part of your Project Management methodology will simplify and improve your project communication, especially for busy executives." (Harold D. Kerzner, PhD, Senior Executive Director, International Institute for Learning, Inc.) "Clark Campbell fills a void and bridges a communication gap that has long existed between company executives and project or program managers. OPPM successfully links corporate strategy to those in the trenches managing projects." (Dr. Denis R. Petersen, PMP, President and CEO, Milestone Management Consultants, LLC) "Clark Campbell and Mike Collins present how OPPM works to drive strategy deployment. With OPPM in our lean tool kit, we have tapped into the creativity of our people to pump up productivity, cut cycle times, reduce inventories, and sustain world-class quality." (Harold Simons, Executive Vice President, Supply Chain, O.C. Tanner Company, Member of the Shingo Prize Board of Governors) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The One-Page Project Manager for Execution Subtitle: Drive Strategy and Solve Problems with a Single Sheet of Paper Author: Clark A. Campbell, Mike Collins Narrator: Jeffrey Kafer Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 19 mins Language: English Release date: 12-08-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 20 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Drive strategy with simplicity - on a single sheet of paper! The One-Page Project Manager set a new standard as an understandable and easy-to-apply organizational tool, allowing managers to summarize complex projects on a single information-rich page. This audiobook, third in the OPPM series, describes how to combine the OPPM with the Toyota A3 report to create an enhanced, integrated management tool. With a refreshingly clear style, the authors walk users through implementing the OPPM/A3 using a variety of real-world case studies, as well as their own experience at O.C. Tanner Company. Rich with tools, templates, and teaching, the emphasis throughout remains on maintaining simplicity across the organization - communicating the right information to the right people at the right time to get the right things done. Critic Reviews: "Executives want the answers to two questions: Where are we today? Where will we end up? Do you really believe this cannot be accomplished on a single sheet of paper? The One-Page Project Manager series of books is encouraging you to do just that. Making this part of your Project Management methodology will simplify and improve your project communication, especially for busy executives." (Harold D. Kerzner, PhD, Senior Executive Director, International Institute for Learning, Inc.) "Clark Campbell fills a void and bridges a communication gap that has long existed between company executives and project or program managers. OPPM successfully links corporate strategy to those in the trenches managing projects." (Dr. Denis R. Petersen, PMP, President and CEO, Milestone Management Consultants, LLC) "Clark Campbell and Mike Collins present how OPPM works to drive strategy deployment. With OPPM in our lean tool kit, we have tapped into the creativity of our people to pump up productivity, cut cycle times, reduce inventories, and sustain world-class quality." (Harold Simons, Executive Vice President, Supply Chain, O.C. Tanner Company, Member of the Shingo Prize Board of Governors) Members Reviews: Only worth listening to if you can follow along with the PDF I plan on buying a hard copy --- I would avoid this version if you plan on listening during your commute. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Beer-School-Audiobook/B002V8KRFW Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Beer School Subtitle: Bottling Success at the Brooklyn Brewery Author: Steve Hindy, Tom Potter Narrator: Steve Hindy, Tom Potter Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 2 mins Language: English Release date: 09-07-09 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 254 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: In Beer School, authors and entrepreneurs Steve Hindy and Tom Potter share the improbable saga of Brooklyn Brewery, the company they grew from a home-brew hobby into a multimillion-dollar business - all in the most competitive beer market in the United States. Critic Reviews: "Its counsel is sound and its prose lively, and it should appeal to both wannabe industrialists and beer drinkers, not that those categories are mutually exclusive....they offer a compelling model and a heartening story." (Publishers Weekly) bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Steve Hindy) Mon, 07 Sep 2009 04:01:36 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Beer-School-Audiobook/B002V8KRFW thebookvoice.com 11:02:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Beer School Subtitle: Bottling Success at the Brooklyn Brewery Author: Steve Hindy, Tom Potter Narrator: Steve Hindy, Tom Potter Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 2 mins Language: English Release date: 09-07-09 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 254 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: In Beer School, authors and entrepreneurs Steve Hindy and Tom Potter share the improbable saga of Brooklyn Brewery, the company they grew from a home-brew hobby into a multimillion-dollar business - all in the most competitive beer market in the United States. Critic Reviews: "Its counsel is sound and its prose lively, and it should appeal to both wannabe industrialists and beer drinkers, not that those categories are mutually exclusive....they offer a compelling model and a heartening story." (Publishers Weekly) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Beer School Subtitle: Bottling Success at the Brooklyn Brewery Author: Steve Hindy, Tom Potter Narrator: Steve Hindy, Tom Potter Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 2 mins Language: English Release date: 09-07-09 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 254 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: In Beer School, authors and entrepreneurs Steve Hindy and Tom Potter share the improbable saga of Brooklyn Brewery, the company they grew from a home-brew hobby into a multimillion-dollar business - all in the most competitive beer market in the United States. Critic Reviews: "Its counsel is sound and its prose lively, and it should appeal to both wannabe industrialists and beer drinkers, not that those categories are mutually exclusive....they offer a compelling model and a heartening story." (Publishers Weekly) Members Reviews: Good story, bad narrator Would you try another book from Steve Hindy, and Tom Potter and/or Steve Hindy, and Tom Potter? I would if they didn't narrate it. If youve listened to books by Steve Hindy, and Tom Potter before, how does this one compare? This is my first one. What didnt you like about Steve Hindy, and Tom Potters performance? Steve Hindy trips over his own words (that he has written himself!) and has very strange cadence. Tom Potter does make up for it a little bit, but not enough to save this book. Do you think Beer School needs a follow-up book? Why or why not? No, it is a complete story of the Brooklyn Brewery for Tom and Steve. Awesome book, horrible narrators! A great story and a classic example of why you should NEVER allow the authors to read their own books! Tom almost put me to sleep every time he opened his mouth! Good Business Book, Bad Beer Book I like beer, I'm not really interested in starting a publicly traded multimillion dollar business. I did still find the book interesting and learned about the risks and drive in the business world. Definitely deterred me from starting any type of business. I run a small one man painting business. That's good enough for me, don't have to worry about funds to people to hire/fire. Book also gave a lot of incites to working in a business relationship between two people. So if you and your buddy are thinking about starting a business together this would be a very enjoyable business book to read together about a fun product. If you love beer and want to learn about beer making, or if your a home-brewer (like me) and are thinking about selling a couple bottles (vs. starting a huge beer making business) this is not the book for you. But if your thinking about starting a large brewery or any type of large company this is a very good book for that. Great Business Book Any additional comments? This is a great business book , although the topic is about beer - there is really no brewing advice in this book. They give an over all information how there business grew & was sold for them - If yo like business books grab this one. Good info/story, needs pro narrators. I had to fight through some of this book due only to the narration. Overall, the story is good and worth your time. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/You-First-Audiobook/B00FP1PNCE Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: You First Subtitle: Inspire Your Team to Grow Up, Get Along, and Get Stuff Done Author: Liane Davey Narrator: Janet Metzger Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 24 mins Language: English Release date: 10-08-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Five common problems your team is susceptible to - and the one thing you can do to fix all of them There are so many ways a team can go wrong. Does your team make decisions so slowly that nothing ever gets done, or does it go too fast and miss critical issues that come back to bite you later? Does your team bicker endlessly or smile and nod while avoiding the tough issues? Too often, team dysfunction leads to abysmal productivity and zero innovation for your organization, as well as misery and wasted time for you. Most team members sit and wait, feeling trapped in a team that just isn't working. You First: Inspire Your Team to Grow Up, Get Along, and Get Stuff Done presents a radical new idea: You can change your team. Author Liane Davey shows how you, from any seat at the table, even without support from your colleagues or your team leader, can transform even a toxic team. It starts with living up to five responsibilities that will change the workings of even the most dysfunctional team. Designed for front line employees, middle managers, executives, or anyone who works regularly in teams, You First will help you figure out how to make your team happier, healthier, and more productive. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Liane Davey) Tue, 08 Oct 2013 08:01:55 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/You-First-Audiobook/B00FP1PNCE thebookvoice.com 06:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: You First Subtitle: Inspire Your Team to Grow Up, Get Along, and Get Stuff Done Author: Liane Davey Narrator: Janet Metzger Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 24 mins Language: English Release date: 10-08-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Five common problems your team is susceptible to - and the one thing you can do to fix all of them There are so many ways a team can go wrong. Does your team make decisions so slowly that nothing ever gets done, or does it go too fast and miss critical issues that come back to bite you later? Does your team bicker endlessly or smile and nod while avoiding the tough issues? Too often, team dysfunction leads to abysmal productivity and zero innovation for your organization, as well as misery and wasted time for you. Most team members sit and wait, feeling trapped in a team that just isn't working. You First: Inspire Your Team to Grow Up, Get Along, and Get Stuff Done presents a radical new idea: You can change your team. Author Liane Davey shows how you, from any seat at the table, even without support from your colleagues or your team leader, can transform even a toxic team. It starts with living up to five responsibilities that will change the workings of even the most dysfunctional team. Designed for front line employees, middle managers, executives, or anyone who works regularly in teams, You First will help you figure out how to make your team happier, healthier, and more productive. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: You First Subtitle: Inspire Your Team to Grow Up, Get Along, and Get Stuff Done Author: Liane Davey Narrator: Janet Metzger Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 24 mins Language: English Release date: 10-08-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Five common problems your team is susceptible to - and the one thing you can do to fix all of them There are so many ways a team can go wrong. Does your team make decisions so slowly that nothing ever gets done, or does it go too fast and miss critical issues that come back to bite you later? Does your team bicker endlessly or smile and nod while avoiding the tough issues? Too often, team dysfunction leads to abysmal productivity and zero innovation for your organization, as well as misery and wasted time for you. Most team members sit and wait, feeling trapped in a team that just isn't working. You First: Inspire Your Team to Grow Up, Get Along, and Get Stuff Done presents a radical new idea: You can change your team. Author Liane Davey shows how you, from any seat at the table, even without support from your colleagues or your team leader, can transform even a toxic team. It starts with living up to five responsibilities that will change the workings of even the most dysfunctional team. Designed for front line employees, middle managers, executives, or anyone who works regularly in teams, You First will help you figure out how to make your team happier, healthier, and more productive. Members Reviews: New perspectives on how to get your team to deliver better results A great book going new insights on how to classify teams and their members and thus help to fix them and make them better teams. End result is a better working team that gets stuff done. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Retail-Management-Formula-Audiobook/B01FT82ZGY Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Retail Management Formula Subtitle: A Navigational Guide to Consistently Effective Retail Management Author: Jon Dario Narrator: John Lewis Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 55 mins Language: English Release date: 05-18-16 Publisher: jon dario Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 7 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The world of retail management presents numerous challenges. Maximizing effectiveness is the goal of every retail manager, but solutions are often difficult to find. In The Retail Management Formula: A Navigational Guide to Consistently Effective Retail Management, author Jon Dario pulls from his extensive experience in retail management and leadership to offer clear, concise, and practical tools designed specifically for retail managers. This book provides tangible and practical methods for turning ideas into action. With step-by-step instructions for establishing effective retail management routines, Dario delivers a complete program for laying the foundations of strong managerial behavior. The principles presented here can be used by both individual retail managers to achieve success and by senior leaders of an organization to serve as the core of their management training and development program. The Retail Management Formula is a must-have book for any retail manager or organization interested in driving consistent execution on the part of their retail teams. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Jon Dario) Wed, 18 May 2016 13:37:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Retail-Management-Formula-Audiobook/B01FT82ZGY thebookvoice.com 04:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Retail Management Formula Subtitle: A Navigational Guide to Consistently Effective Retail Management Author: Jon Dario Narrator: John Lewis Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 55 mins Language: English Release date: 05-18-16 Publisher: jon dario Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 7 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The world of retail management presents numerous challenges. Maximizing effectiveness is the goal of every retail manager, but solutions are often difficult to find. In The Retail Management Formula: A Navigational Guide to Consistently Effective Retail Management, author Jon Dario pulls from his extensive experience in retail management and leadership to offer clear, concise, and practical tools designed specifically for retail managers. This book provides tangible and practical methods for turning ideas into action. With step-by-step instructions for establishing effective retail management routines, Dario delivers a complete program for laying the foundations of strong managerial behavior. The principles presented here can be used by both individual retail managers to achieve success and by senior leaders of an organization to serve as the core of their management training and development program. The Retail Management Formula is a must-have book for any retail manager or organization interested in driving consistent execution on the part of their retail teams. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Retail Management Formula Subtitle: A Navigational Guide to Consistently Effective Retail Management Author: Jon Dario Narrator: John Lewis Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 55 mins Language: English Release date: 05-18-16 Publisher: jon dario Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 7 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The world of retail management presents numerous challenges. Maximizing effectiveness is the goal of every retail manager, but solutions are often difficult to find. In The Retail Management Formula: A Navigational Guide to Consistently Effective Retail Management, author Jon Dario pulls from his extensive experience in retail management and leadership to offer clear, concise, and practical tools designed specifically for retail managers. This book provides tangible and practical methods for turning ideas into action. With step-by-step instructions for establishing effective retail management routines, Dario delivers a complete program for laying the foundations of strong managerial behavior. The principles presented here can be used by both individual retail managers to achieve success and by senior leaders of an organization to serve as the core of their management training and development program. The Retail Management Formula is a must-have book for any retail manager or organization interested in driving consistent execution on the part of their retail teams. Members Reviews: Really good I really enjoyed the book, Im considering a career in retail management and found this vsry insightful. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Locked-Down-Locked-Out-Audiobook/B00QKWB0HE Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Locked Down, Locked Out Subtitle: Why Prison Doesn't Work and How We Can Do Better Author: Maya Schenwar Narrator: Kristin Kalbli Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 58 mins Language: English Release date: 12-05-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 17 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Through the stories of prisoners and their families, including her own family's experiences, Maya Schenwar shows how the institution that locks up 2.3 million Americans and decimates poor communities of color is shredding the ties that, if nurtured, could foster real collective safety. As she vividly depicts here, incarceration takes away the very things that might enable people to build better lives. But looking toward a future beyond imprisonment, Schenwar profiles community-based initiatives that successfully deal with problems - both individual harm and larger social wrongs - through connection rather than isolation, moving toward a safer, freer future for all of us. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Maya Schenwar) Fri, 05 Dec 2014 22:32:06 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Locked-Down-Locked-Out-Audiobook/B00QKWB0HE thebookvoice.com 05:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Locked Down, Locked Out Subtitle: Why Prison Doesn't Work and How We Can Do Better Author: Maya Schenwar Narrator: Kristin Kalbli Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 58 mins Language: English Release date: 12-05-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 17 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Through the stories of prisoners and their families, including her own family's experiences, Maya Schenwar shows how the institution that locks up 2.3 million Americans and decimates poor communities of color is shredding the ties that, if nurtured, could foster real collective safety. As she vividly depicts here, incarceration takes away the very things that might enable people to build better lives. But looking toward a future beyond imprisonment, Schenwar profiles community-based initiatives that successfully deal with problems - both individual harm and larger social wrongs - through connection rather than isolation, moving toward a safer, freer future for all of us. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Locked Down, Locked Out Subtitle: Why Prison Doesn't Work and How We Can Do Better Author: Maya Schenwar Narrator: Kristin Kalbli Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 58 mins Language: English Release date: 12-05-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 17 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Through the stories of prisoners and their families, including her own family's experiences, Maya Schenwar shows how the institution that locks up 2.3 million Americans and decimates poor communities of color is shredding the ties that, if nurtured, could foster real collective safety. As she vividly depicts here, incarceration takes away the very things that might enable people to build better lives. But looking toward a future beyond imprisonment, Schenwar profiles community-based initiatives that successfully deal with problems - both individual harm and larger social wrongs - through connection rather than isolation, moving toward a safer, freer future for all of us. Members Reviews: How is a prison like a war? The similarities between mass incarceration and mass murder have been haunting me for a while, and I now find myself inspired by Maya Schenwar's excellent new book Locked Down, Locked Out: Why Prison Doesn't Work and How We Can Do Better. This is one of three books everyone should read right away. The others are The New Jim Crow and Burning Down the House, the former with a focus on racism in incarceration, the latter with a focus on the incarceration of youth. Schenwar's is an overview of incarceration in all its absurd and unfathomable evil -- as well as being a spotlight leading away from this brutal institution. Locked Down, Locked Out is both an incomparably put together report incorporating statistics and studies with individual quotations and anecdotes, and a personal story of how incarceration has impacted the author's own family and how the author has thought through the complex issues. Yes, I did recently write an article specifically criticizing the widespread habit of calling everything a "war," and I do still want to see that practice ended -- but not because the linguistic quirk offends me, rather because we make so many things, to one degree or another, actually be like wars. As far as I have seen, no other practice bears remotely as much similarity to war as does prison. How so? Let me count the ways. 1. Both are distinctly American. No other nation spends as much on its military or its prisons, engages in as many wars or locks up as many people. 2. Both are seemingly simple and easy solutions that don't solve anything, but seek to hide it away at a distance. Wars are waged thousands of miles from home. Prisoners are stored out-of-sight hundreds or thousands of miles from home. 3. Both are fundamentally violent and dependent upon the notion that a state "monopoly" on violence prevents violence by others, even while the evidence suggests that it actually encourages violence by others. 4. Both rely on the same process of dehumanizing and demonizing people, either enemies in a war or criminals in a prison. Never mind that most of the people killed by bombs had nothing to do with the squabble used as motivation for the war. Never mind that most of the prisoners had nothing to do with the sort of behavior used to demonize them. Both populations must be labeled as non-human or both institutions collapse. 5. Both are hugely profitable and promoted by the profiteers, who constitute a small clique, the broader society actually being drained economically by both enterprises. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Continuous-Delivery-A-Brief-Overview-Audiobook/B078RRH85Q Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Continuous Delivery: A Brief Overview Author: Christopher Weller Narrator: William Bahl Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 47 mins Language: English Release date: 01-02-18 Publisher: Christopher Weller Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 11 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Continuous delivery is all about making software deployments possible at any moment on demand. You achieve continuous delivery ensuring your code is always in a deployable state. By implementing continuous delivery, you are eliminating those phases which follow traditional software development practices. Some of the greatest benefits of continuous delivery include faster time to market, low-risk software releases, higher quality of products and services, significantly lower costs, and happier teams. This may sound way too good to be true. Yet this is all true, but keep in mind that continuous delivery is not magic. You have to focus on daily improvements and constantly pursue changes and experiments. Getting software released to your users often is very challenging and time-consuming. Fortunately, you have an option to turn towards continuous delivery practices that will enable incremental delivery of high-quality functionalities to your users. This book is going to be your best companion on this journey no matter which size your business is. Here is a preview of what you will learn.... Get this audiobook now and learn more about continuous delivery! bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Christopher Weller) Tue, 02 Jan 2018 22:25:15 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Continuous-Delivery-A-Brief-Overview-Audiobook/B078RRH85Q thebookvoice.com 01:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Continuous Delivery: A Brief Overview Author: Christopher Weller Narrator: William Bahl Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 47 mins Language: English Release date: 01-02-18 Publisher: Christopher Weller Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 11 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Continuous delivery is all about making software deployments possible at any moment on demand. You achieve continuous delivery ensuring your code is always in a deployable state. By implementing continuous delivery, you are eliminating those phases which follow traditional software development practices. Some of the greatest benefits of continuous delivery include faster time to market, low-risk software releases, higher quality of products and services, significantly lower costs, and happier teams. This may sound way too good to be true. Yet this is all true, but keep in mind that continuous delivery is not magic. You have to focus on daily improvements and constantly pursue changes and experiments. Getting software released to your users often is very challenging and time-consuming. Fortunately, you have an option to turn towards continuous delivery practices that will enable incremental delivery of high-quality functionalities to your users. This book is going to be your best companion on this journey no matter which size your business is. Here is a preview of what you will learn.... Get this audiobook now and learn more about continuous delivery! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Continuous Delivery: A Brief Overview Author: Christopher Weller Narrator: William Bahl Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 47 mins Language: English Release date: 01-02-18 Publisher: Christopher Weller Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 11 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Continuous delivery is all about making software deployments possible at any moment on demand. You achieve continuous delivery ensuring your code is always in a deployable state. By implementing continuous delivery, you are eliminating those phases which follow traditional software development practices. Some of the greatest benefits of continuous delivery include faster time to market, low-risk software releases, higher quality of products and services, significantly lower costs, and happier teams. This may sound way too good to be true. Yet this is all true, but keep in mind that continuous delivery is not magic. You have to focus on daily improvements and constantly pursue changes and experiments. Getting software released to your users often is very challenging and time-consuming. Fortunately, you have an option to turn towards continuous delivery practices that will enable incremental delivery of high-quality functionalities to your users. This book is going to be your best companion on this journey no matter which size your business is. Here is a preview of what you will learn.... Get this audiobook now and learn more about continuous delivery! Members Reviews: very practical This is a practical guide to checking codes more frequently with every chunk being tested as well as integrated several time. its a guide that exposes techniques and skills to operating especially in a team very disciplined manner A very disciplined approach taken by the author, avoiding unnecessary details and sticking to the purpose of the book. appritiating it A book about continuous delivery. This book will give you brief discussion about it. Author give great impact on it. Like this stuff. Appreciating it. beautiful book This book is very awesome and gives me a knowledge about continuous delivery. This book is very detailed and well explained. This book is surely recommended! Awesome must listen This book is perfect if you wanna know about this business deeply. Continuous delivery is really a great blessing which ensures that services,products and business applications are deployed as expected more frequently while saving time and cost. From my side this book is highly recommended and a must listen https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/How-to-Start-a-Bakery-Business-Audiobook/B0785PVY1B Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: How to Start a Bakery Business Subtitle: The Complete Guide to Opening and Operating a Successful Bakery Author: Jonathan Schafer Narrator: Jim D. Johnston Format: Unabridged Length: 44 mins Language: English Release date: 12-07-17 Publisher: DreamFISH LLC Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: If your baking skills have always attracted a lot of appreciation and praise, its only fitting that youre thinking about using your natural talent to make money. Opening a bakery is fairly simple and straightforward, especially compared to other types of new businesses with much greater startup requirements; yet a good number of bakeries fail each year as a result of inadequate planning before launching. Just because your ganache is more velvety than velvet itself doesn't automatically make you a successful businessperson. Since you already recognize that, you are far ahead of others in your chosen profession. This audiobook is designed to guide you in opening a thriving bakery, and contains the essential steps and important tips necessary to find yourself on the path to success. With your talent and my business acumen, together well ensure that you will have the best chance at making a mark in the culinary world. In the chapters to come, Ill help you channel the fiery passion displayed in your baking into other entrepreneurial necessities. Lets get started! bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Jonathan Schafer) Thu, 07 Dec 2017 21:59:09 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/How-to-Start-a-Bakery-Business-Audiobook/B0785PVY1B thebookvoice.com 00:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: How to Start a Bakery Business Subtitle: The Complete Guide to Opening and Operating a Successful Bakery Author: Jonathan Schafer Narrator: Jim D. Johnston Format: Unabridged Length: 44 mins Language: English Release date: 12-07-17 Publisher: DreamFISH LLC Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: If your baking skills have always attracted a lot of appreciation and praise, its only fitting that youre thinking about using your natural talent to make money. Opening a bakery is fairly simple and straightforward, especially compared to other types of new businesses with much greater startup requirements; yet a good number of bakeries fail each year as a result of inadequate planning before launching. Just because your ganache is more velvety than velvet itself doesn't automatically make you a successful businessperson. Since you already recognize that, you are far ahead of others in your chosen profession. This audiobook is designed to guide you in opening a thriving bakery, and contains the essential steps and important tips necessary to find yourself on the path to success. With your talent and my business acumen, together well ensure that you will have the best chance at making a mark in the culinary world. In the chapters to come, Ill help you channel the fiery passion displayed in your baking into other entrepreneurial necessities. Lets get started! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: How to Start a Bakery Business Subtitle: The Complete Guide to Opening and Operating a Successful Bakery Author: Jonathan Schafer Narrator: Jim D. Johnston Format: Unabridged Length: 44 mins Language: English Release date: 12-07-17 Publisher: DreamFISH LLC Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: If your baking skills have always attracted a lot of appreciation and praise, its only fitting that youre thinking about using your natural talent to make money. Opening a bakery is fairly simple and straightforward, especially compared to other types of new businesses with much greater startup requirements; yet a good number of bakeries fail each year as a result of inadequate planning before launching. Just because your ganache is more velvety than velvet itself doesn't automatically make you a successful businessperson. Since you already recognize that, you are far ahead of others in your chosen profession. This audiobook is designed to guide you in opening a thriving bakery, and contains the essential steps and important tips necessary to find yourself on the path to success. With your talent and my business acumen, together well ensure that you will have the best chance at making a mark in the culinary world. In the chapters to come, Ill help you channel the fiery passion displayed in your baking into other entrepreneurial necessities. Lets get started! Members Reviews: Good Introduction to the Aspiring Entrepreneurs. Start Your Research With How to Start a Bakery Business Length: 34 pages. While the title is misleading, a price of just 99 cents should quite sufficiently state that this is not a "complete guide to starting a bakery business. That combination of facts, though, does not warrant a one or two star review. In these 34 pages the author has demonstrated a solid thought process for any aspiring entrepreneur to get an inkling of the business that is, in my experience, one of the very few pursuits that can be successfully started on a shoestring budget and a great deal of blood, sweat and tears, and actual make a living with beginning in year one. I hasten to add, the less money you have, the more hard work and determination you will need, to be certain. But you can earn enough to survive that all important first and second year. At least I did. Years three, four and five each were reasonably profitable and my hours reduced to an average of 70 per week in year five. While this introduction is well written and well edited, it is, alas, far too short to ever be considered more than a first level introduction to the craft. I doubt a complete book would be possible at less than several hundred pages. But, for less than a dollar, this is superior to several others be priced at three to five bucks. I sincerely hope the author will pen a series of books on this issue. Each booklet could be voted to detailing the outline provided by each chapter of this intro. That would total five or six booklets. Then add books for the several different enterprises suitable for a bakery (donuts, pastries, espresso, breakfast meals, etc.) and now you have a good beginning that should be marketable AND useful. Well, I'm sure somebody will see my point and fill the need. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Organizing-for-Success-Audiobook/B00L5PPMUC Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Organizing for Success Subtitle: Second Edition Author: Kenneth Zeigler Narrator: John Haag Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 3 mins Language: English Release date: 06-23-14 Publisher: McGraw-Hill Education Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Organizing for Success, Second Edition provides simple, remarkably effective time management technique to help readers get two extra productive hours out of every day. The book uses "The Master List" concept to show readers how to budget their time and energy by the day, week, and month. Readers will learn how to quickly prioritize their goals, complete tasks on time and under budget, and even helps readers plan for the interruptions, urgent emails, and unexpected meetings that will inevitably attack their day. This new edition places heavier emphasis on technology, including advice on how to write, manage and file email more effectively; how to use Lotus Notes and Microsoft Office to streamline the day; and how to use devices like Blackberries and social media as assets and time-savers, rather than as distractions and time sinks. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Kenneth Zeigler) Mon, 23 Jun 2014 20:50:33 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Organizing-for-Success-Audiobook/B00L5PPMUC thebookvoice.com 05:03:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Organizing for Success Subtitle: Second Edition Author: Kenneth Zeigler Narrator: John Haag Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 3 mins Language: English Release date: 06-23-14 Publisher: McGraw-Hill Education Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Organizing for Success, Second Edition provides simple, remarkably effective time management technique to help readers get two extra productive hours out of every day. The book uses "The Master List" concept to show readers how to budget their time and energy by the day, week, and month. Readers will learn how to quickly prioritize their goals, complete tasks on time and under budget, and even helps readers plan for the interruptions, urgent emails, and unexpected meetings that will inevitably attack their day. This new edition places heavier emphasis on technology, including advice on how to write, manage and file email more effectively; how to use Lotus Notes and Microsoft Office to streamline the day; and how to use devices like Blackberries and social media as assets and time-savers, rather than as distractions and time sinks. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Organizing for Success Subtitle: Second Edition Author: Kenneth Zeigler Narrator: John Haag Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 3 mins Language: English Release date: 06-23-14 Publisher: McGraw-Hill Education Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Organizing for Success, Second Edition provides simple, remarkably effective time management technique to help readers get two extra productive hours out of every day. The book uses "The Master List" concept to show readers how to budget their time and energy by the day, week, and month. Readers will learn how to quickly prioritize their goals, complete tasks on time and under budget, and even helps readers plan for the interruptions, urgent emails, and unexpected meetings that will inevitably attack their day. This new edition places heavier emphasis on technology, including advice on how to write, manage and file email more effectively; how to use Lotus Notes and Microsoft Office to streamline the day; and how to use devices like Blackberries and social media as assets and time-savers, rather than as distractions and time sinks. Members Reviews: old but still a good book. Some of the info is old, but this is still a good book. extra works so I can post a review. good read opens your mind to the fact that our email, text, phone, etc is actually too much availability which slows productivity. this book teaches you how to manage thisd and many other issues with organization and distractions. real techniques I enjoyed the real techniques and for the most part it works and it makes sense. love that it's concise and not boring. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Toxic-Client-Audiobook/B01H4EDFYW Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Toxic Client Subtitle: Knowing and Avoiding Problem Customers Author: Garrett Sutton Narrator: Garrett Sutton Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 17 mins Language: English Release date: 07-26-16 Publisher: Hachette Audio Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 8 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Not every client is a good client! In that first flush of life as business owners, we often say yes to anyone who wants to hire us. We think the most important thing is establishing a client base. As long as we're getting hired, that's a good thing, and it's all that matters. But after a while we learn an important truth: Not every client is a good client. In fact some of them are truly toxic - they contaminate our business environment and breed negativity about the work, they infect employees by lowering their morale, they exhaust and debilitate our energy reserves, and they drain our coffers. To succeed in business, you must learn how to know and avoid the toxic client. With useful stories everyone can relate to, this audiobook will show you how to handle the problem customers. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Garrett Sutton) Tue, 26 Jul 2016 06:51:41 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Toxic-Client-Audiobook/B01H4EDFYW thebookvoice.com 05:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Toxic Client Subtitle: Knowing and Avoiding Problem Customers Author: Garrett Sutton Narrator: Garrett Sutton Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 17 mins Language: English Release date: 07-26-16 Publisher: Hachette Audio Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 8 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Not every client is a good client! In that first flush of life as business owners, we often say yes to anyone who wants to hire us. We think the most important thing is establishing a client base. As long as we're getting hired, that's a good thing, and it's all that matters. But after a while we learn an important truth: Not every client is a good client. In fact some of them are truly toxic - they contaminate our business environment and breed negativity about the work, they infect employees by lowering their morale, they exhaust and debilitate our energy reserves, and they drain our coffers. To succeed in business, you must learn how to know and avoid the toxic client. With useful stories everyone can relate to, this audiobook will show you how to handle the problem customers. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Toxic Client Subtitle: Knowing and Avoiding Problem Customers Author: Garrett Sutton Narrator: Garrett Sutton Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 17 mins Language: English Release date: 07-26-16 Publisher: Hachette Audio Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 8 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Not every client is a good client! In that first flush of life as business owners, we often say yes to anyone who wants to hire us. We think the most important thing is establishing a client base. As long as we're getting hired, that's a good thing, and it's all that matters. But after a while we learn an important truth: Not every client is a good client. In fact some of them are truly toxic - they contaminate our business environment and breed negativity about the work, they infect employees by lowering their morale, they exhaust and debilitate our energy reserves, and they drain our coffers. To succeed in business, you must learn how to know and avoid the toxic client. With useful stories everyone can relate to, this audiobook will show you how to handle the problem customers. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio. Members Reviews: Must read for business owners Toxic clients, they not only steal your time and money, they steal from your family, employees and good clients. Garrett nails it get the hard copy also for reference and have your sale team read it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Dein-Wille-geschehe-Audiobook/B074ZC7R2D Hören Sie sich dieses volle Hörbuch kostenlos bei https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> Titel: Dein Wille geschehe Untertitel: Führung für Unternehmer. Der Weg zu Selbstbestimmung und Freiheit Autor:: Stefan Merath Erzähler: Heiko Grauel, Gabi Franke Format: Unabridged Spieldauer: 15 hrs and 35 mins Sprache: Deutsch Veröffentlichungsdatum: 09-08-17 Herausgeber: Gabal Bewertung: 5 von 5 von 2 Stimmen Kategorien: Business, Management Zusammenfassung des Herausgebers: Sie sind Selbstständiger oder Unternehmer? Sie haben ein Team unter sich, das einfach nicht das macht, was es soll? Stellen Sie sich häufiger die Frage, ob Ihre Mitarbeiter überhaupt wissen, was sie in Ihrem Unternehmen machen? Dem 42-jährigen Unternehmer Marc ergeht es ähnlich. Das gesamte Unternehmen läuft nicht in die Richtung, in die er es eigentlich steuern möchte, was in einer Unternehmenskrise endet. Er spürt, dass es so nicht mehr weitergehen kann, und beginnt ein Führungscoaching bei Wolfgang Radies. Seine Hoffnung: ein paar Führungsmethoden, damit sein Wille endlich im Unternehmen geschehe. Aber schnell erkennt Marc, dass es um sehr viel mehr geht. Was er sich wirklich wünscht, ist Selbstbestimmung, Freiheit, Wirksamkeit und Erfüllung. Und er erkennt, dass dies mit ein paar Führungsmethoden nicht zu erreichen ist. So begibt er sich auf eine Abenteuerreise, in deren Verlauf er lernt, sein Unternehmen, sich selbst und Führung auf eine völlig neue Art und Weise zu sehen und schließlich anders, wirksamer zu handeln. Dieses Hörbuch richtet sich an Unternehmer mit drei bis 50 Mitarbeitern, nicht wie die meisten Führungsbücher an Manager von Konzernen. Anders als Manager arbeiten Unternehmer am Unternehmen und am Führungssystem. Manager hingegen sind Projektleiter, die im Führungssystem des Unternehmers arbeiten müssen. Das Hörbuch ist somit das erste und einzige Führungshörbuch speziell für Unternehmer! Was das Hörbuch für Sie bietet: ©2017 GABAL Verlag GmbH (P)2017 GABAL Verlag GmbH bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Stefan Merath) Fri, 08 Sep 2017 07:52:55 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Dein-Wille-geschehe-Audiobook/B074ZC7R2D thebookvoice.com 15:35:00 no Hören Sie diesen Titel kostenlos bei thebookvoice.com Hören Sie sich dieses volle Hörbuch kostenlos bei https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> Titel: Dein Wille geschehe Untertitel: Führung für Unternehmer. Der Weg zu Selbstbestimmung und Freiheit Autor:: Stefan Merath Erzähler: Heiko Grauel, Gabi Franke Format: Unabridged Spieldauer: 15 hrs and 35 mins Sprache: Deutsch Veröffentlichungsdatum: 09-08-17 Herausgeber: Gabal Bewertung: 5 von 5 von 2 Stimmen Kategorien: Business, Management Zusammenfassung des Herausgebers: Sie sind Selbstständiger oder Unternehmer? Sie haben ein Team unter sich, das einfach nicht das macht, was es soll? Stellen Sie sich häufiger die Frage, ob Ihre Mitarbeiter überhaupt wissen, was sie in Ihrem Unternehmen machen? Dem 42-jährigen Unternehmer Marc ergeht es ähnlich. Das gesamte Unternehmen läuft nicht in die Richtung, in die er es eigentlich steuern möchte, was in einer Unternehmenskrise endet. Er spürt, dass es so nicht mehr weitergehen kann, und beginnt ein Führungscoaching bei Wolfgang Radies. Seine Hoffnung: ein paar Führungsmethoden, damit sein Wille endlich im Unternehmen geschehe. Aber schnell erkennt Marc, dass es um sehr viel mehr geht. Was er sich wirklich wünscht, ist Selbstbestimmung, Freiheit, Wirksamkeit und Erfüllung. Und er erkennt, dass dies mit ein paar Führungsmethoden nicht zu erreichen ist. So begibt er sich auf eine Abenteuerreise, in deren Verlauf er lernt, sein Unternehmen, sich selbst und Führung auf eine völlig neue Art und Weise zu sehen und schließlich anders, wirksamer zu handeln. Dieses Hörbuch richtet sich an Unternehmer mit drei bis 50 Mitarbeitern, nicht wie die meisten Führungsbücher an Manager von Konzernen. Anders als Manager arbeiten Unternehmer am Unternehmen und am Führungssystem. Manager hingegen sind Projektleiter, die im Führungssystem des Unternehmers arbeiten müssen. Das Hörbuch ist somit das erste und einzige Führungshörbuch speziell für Unternehmer! Was das Hörbuch für Sie bietet: ©2017 GABAL Verlag GmbH (P)2017 GABAL Verlag GmbH Hören Sie sich dieses volle Hörbuch kostenlos bei https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> Titel: Dein Wille geschehe Untertitel: Führung für Unternehmer. Der Weg zu Selbstbestimmung und Freiheit Autor:: Stefan Merath Erzähler: Heiko Grauel, Gabi Franke Format: Unabridged Spieldauer: 15 hrs and 35 mins Sprache: Deutsch Veröffentlichungsdatum: 09-08-17 Herausgeber: Gabal Bewertung: 5 von 5 von 2 Stimmen Kategorien: Business, Management Zusammenfassung des Herausgebers: Sie sind Selbstständiger oder Unternehmer? Sie haben ein Team unter sich, das einfach nicht das macht, was es soll? Stellen Sie sich häufiger die Frage, ob Ihre Mitarbeiter überhaupt wissen, was sie in Ihrem Unternehmen machen? Dem 42-jährigen Unternehmer Marc ergeht es ähnlich. Das gesamte Unternehmen läuft nicht in die Richtung, in die er es eigentlich steuern möchte, was in einer Unternehmenskrise endet. Er spürt, dass es so nicht mehr weitergehen kann, und beginnt ein Führungscoaching bei Wolfgang Radies. Seine Hoffnung: ein paar Führungsmethoden, damit sein Wille endlich im Unternehmen geschehe. Aber schnell erkennt Marc, dass es um sehr viel mehr geht. Was er sich wirklich wünscht, ist Selbstbestimmung, Freiheit, Wirksamkeit und Erfüllung. Und er erkennt, dass dies mit ein paar Führungsmethoden nicht zu erreichen ist. So begibt er sich auf eine Abenteuerreise, in deren Verlauf er lernt, sein Unternehmen, sich selbst und Führung auf eine völlig neue Art und Weise zu sehen und schließlich anders, wirksamer zu handeln. Dieses Hörbuch richtet sich an Unternehmer mit drei bis 50 Mitarbeitern, nicht wie die meisten Führungsbücher an Manager von Konzernen. Anders als Manager arbeiten Unternehmer am Unternehmen und am Führungssystem. Manager hingegen sind Projektleiter, die im Führungssystem des Unternehmers arbeiten müssen. Das Hörbuch ist somit das erste und einzige Führungshörbuch speziell für Unternehmer! Was das Hörbuch für Sie bietet: ©2017 GABAL Verlag GmbH (P)2017 GABAL Verlag GmbH https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Agile-Product-Management-Audiobook/B01N6H7FY9 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Agile Product Management Subtitle: Product Vision 21 Steps to Setting Excellent Goals & Product Roadmap 21 Steps to Setting a High Level Product Plan Author: Paul Vii Narrator: Randal Schaffer Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 14 mins Language: English Release date: 12-19-16 Publisher: Pashun Consulting Ltd. Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: I am sure this class will be very informative, as it will give you an introduction to the concept of scrum as well as that of product vision. I will then explain to you the steps that you can take to create a project vision followed by tips on how to use a clear product vision in your team or organization from the ground up. I will also provide you with lots of examples, which will go a long way in helping you understand this topic better. In this class, you will learn: bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Paul Vii) Mon, 19 Dec 2016 07:45:57 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Agile-Product-Management-Audiobook/B01N6H7FY9 thebookvoice.com 02:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Agile Product Management Subtitle: Product Vision 21 Steps to Setting Excellent Goals & Product Roadmap 21 Steps to Setting a High Level Product Plan Author: Paul Vii Narrator: Randal Schaffer Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 14 mins Language: English Release date: 12-19-16 Publisher: Pashun Consulting Ltd. Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: I am sure this class will be very informative, as it will give you an introduction to the concept of scrum as well as that of product vision. I will then explain to you the steps that you can take to create a project vision followed by tips on how to use a clear product vision in your team or organization from the ground up. I will also provide you with lots of examples, which will go a long way in helping you understand this topic better. In this class, you will learn: Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Agile Product Management Subtitle: Product Vision 21 Steps to Setting Excellent Goals & Product Roadmap 21 Steps to Setting a High Level Product Plan Author: Paul Vii Narrator: Randal Schaffer Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 14 mins Language: English Release date: 12-19-16 Publisher: Pashun Consulting Ltd. Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: I am sure this class will be very informative, as it will give you an introduction to the concept of scrum as well as that of product vision. I will then explain to you the steps that you can take to create a project vision followed by tips on how to use a clear product vision in your team or organization from the ground up. I will also provide you with lots of examples, which will go a long way in helping you understand this topic better. In this class, you will learn: Members Reviews: Great short overview This is a great short overview on agile/scrum methodology and especially on product roadmaps. Subjects within product development, teamwork, timing, various methodologies are shortly but clearly covered. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Year-Without-Pants-Audiobook/B00FP1R7OQ Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Year Without Pants Subtitle: WordPress.com and the Future of Work Author: Scott Berkun Narrator: Chris Kayser Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 32 mins Language: English Release date: 10-08-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 189 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: A behind-the-scenes look at the firm behind WordPress.com and the unique work culture that contributes to its phenomenal success 50 million websites, or 20 percent of the entire web, use WordPress software. The force behind WordPress.com is a convention-defying company called Automattic, Inc., whose 120 employees work from anywhere in the world they wish, barely use email, and launch improvements to their products dozens of times a day. With a fraction of the resources of Google, Amazon, or Facebook, they have a similar impact on the future of the Internet. How is this possible? What's different about how they work, and what can other companies learn from their methods? To find out, former Microsoft veteran Scott Berkun worked as a manager at WordPress.com, leading a team of young programmers developing new ideas. The Year Without Pants shares the secrets of WordPress.com's phenomenal success from the inside. Berkun's story reveals insights on creativity, productivity, and leadership from the kind of workplace that might be in everyone's future. The Year Without Pants shares what every organization can learn from the world-changing ideas for the future of work at the heart of Automattic's success. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Scott Berkun) Tue, 08 Oct 2013 21:43:54 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Year-Without-Pants-Audiobook/B00FP1R7OQ thebookvoice.com 08:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Year Without Pants Subtitle: WordPress.com and the Future of Work Author: Scott Berkun Narrator: Chris Kayser Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 32 mins Language: English Release date: 10-08-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 189 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: A behind-the-scenes look at the firm behind WordPress.com and the unique work culture that contributes to its phenomenal success 50 million websites, or 20 percent of the entire web, use WordPress software. The force behind WordPress.com is a convention-defying company called Automattic, Inc., whose 120 employees work from anywhere in the world they wish, barely use email, and launch improvements to their products dozens of times a day. With a fraction of the resources of Google, Amazon, or Facebook, they have a similar impact on the future of the Internet. How is this possible? What's different about how they work, and what can other companies learn from their methods? To find out, former Microsoft veteran Scott Berkun worked as a manager at WordPress.com, leading a team of young programmers developing new ideas. The Year Without Pants shares the secrets of WordPress.com's phenomenal success from the inside. Berkun's story reveals insights on creativity, productivity, and leadership from the kind of workplace that might be in everyone's future. The Year Without Pants shares what every organization can learn from the world-changing ideas for the future of work at the heart of Automattic's success. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Year Without Pants Subtitle: WordPress.com and the Future of Work Author: Scott Berkun Narrator: Chris Kayser Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 32 mins Language: English Release date: 10-08-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 189 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: A behind-the-scenes look at the firm behind WordPress.com and the unique work culture that contributes to its phenomenal success 50 million websites, or 20 percent of the entire web, use WordPress software. The force behind WordPress.com is a convention-defying company called Automattic, Inc., whose 120 employees work from anywhere in the world they wish, barely use email, and launch improvements to their products dozens of times a day. With a fraction of the resources of Google, Amazon, or Facebook, they have a similar impact on the future of the Internet. How is this possible? What's different about how they work, and what can other companies learn from their methods? To find out, former Microsoft veteran Scott Berkun worked as a manager at WordPress.com, leading a team of young programmers developing new ideas. The Year Without Pants shares the secrets of WordPress.com's phenomenal success from the inside. Berkun's story reveals insights on creativity, productivity, and leadership from the kind of workplace that might be in everyone's future. The Year Without Pants shares what every organization can learn from the world-changing ideas for the future of work at the heart of Automattic's success. Members Reviews: Great book and strategy Narrator wasn't that great. The book is fantastic. The story of automattic and its methodology of working is a great case study in collaboration and the future of working with disbursed teams across the globe. Boring and over the top This book wasnt for you, but who do you think might enjoy it more? Perhaps people who don't work in the software industry might enjoy this but to those of us who do, his overly excited descriptions of mostly typical activities and people in smaller software companies are a bore. Would you ever listen to anything by Scott Berkun again? Probably not. Who would you have cast as narrator instead of Chris Kayser? Anyone who didn't read in such a monotoned and mono-paced voice. He also should have learned how to pronounce common computer terms such as Linux. Its pronounced lynn-ux, not line-ux. I cringed every time I heard this. There were others as well. If you could play editor, what scene or scenes would you have cut from The Year Without Pants? Remove all of the isn't-this-guy amazing worshiping of people. Remove the weren't-we-so-cool attitude. Too much hype of not much specialness. a great book on the future of work loved the details, stories, ideals, and really everything about this book. specifically the leadership lessons in such a decentrallized org were very interesting. Good Book What could have made this a 4 or 5-star listening experience for you? Although I believe the narration was paced well with the content, I believe my listening experience would have been a 4 or 5 if the narration used varied tones or alternate voices for the characters to just provide variation with the listening experience. The tone was kind of dry. Who was your favorite character and why? I loved the ways Berkun provides a funny and detailed insight look at life inside Automattic. Berkun focused on his interpersonal relationships with colleagues as well as work related duties that allowed him and his team to bond and make the company better and relations stronger. Did the narration match the pace of the story? Yes, the narration matched the pace of the story. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Taxes-Made-Happy-Audiobook/B076DL198Q Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Taxes Made Happy Subtitle: The Definitive Strategy Guide to Launching and Growing a Successful Tax Preparation Business Author: Mario Costanz Narrator: Duke Holm Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 27 mins Language: English Release date: 10-13-17 Publisher: Happy Tax Publishing Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 5 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The challenges in operating a successful tax practice have been steadily increasing with stiff competition and new technology making it more difficult than ever to achieve profits and life balance. If you don't have today's knowledge to navigate the ever-changing tax preparation industry, you may be on the path to frustration and stagnation. Whether your dream is to make some extra money doing taxes seasonally, own a lifestyle business where your employees will run the show for you seamlessly, or to grow a multi-office tax business empire, Taxes Made Happy is the blueprint for your success. In his detailed guidebook, well-known entrepreneur Mario Costanz lays out the roadmap for building an efficient and sustainable tax preparation business. You'll learn: If you are serious about owning a successful tax business, this comprehensive book is one that you need to own. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Mario Costanz) Fri, 13 Oct 2017 13:27:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Taxes-Made-Happy-Audiobook/B076DL198Q thebookvoice.com 03:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Taxes Made Happy Subtitle: The Definitive Strategy Guide to Launching and Growing a Successful Tax Preparation Business Author: Mario Costanz Narrator: Duke Holm Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 27 mins Language: English Release date: 10-13-17 Publisher: Happy Tax Publishing Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 5 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The challenges in operating a successful tax practice have been steadily increasing with stiff competition and new technology making it more difficult than ever to achieve profits and life balance. If you don't have today's knowledge to navigate the ever-changing tax preparation industry, you may be on the path to frustration and stagnation. Whether your dream is to make some extra money doing taxes seasonally, own a lifestyle business where your employees will run the show for you seamlessly, or to grow a multi-office tax business empire, Taxes Made Happy is the blueprint for your success. In his detailed guidebook, well-known entrepreneur Mario Costanz lays out the roadmap for building an efficient and sustainable tax preparation business. You'll learn: If you are serious about owning a successful tax business, this comprehensive book is one that you need to own. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Taxes Made Happy Subtitle: The Definitive Strategy Guide to Launching and Growing a Successful Tax Preparation Business Author: Mario Costanz Narrator: Duke Holm Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 27 mins Language: English Release date: 10-13-17 Publisher: Happy Tax Publishing Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 5 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The challenges in operating a successful tax practice have been steadily increasing with stiff competition and new technology making it more difficult than ever to achieve profits and life balance. If you don't have today's knowledge to navigate the ever-changing tax preparation industry, you may be on the path to frustration and stagnation. Whether your dream is to make some extra money doing taxes seasonally, own a lifestyle business where your employees will run the show for you seamlessly, or to grow a multi-office tax business empire, Taxes Made Happy is the blueprint for your success. In his detailed guidebook, well-known entrepreneur Mario Costanz lays out the roadmap for building an efficient and sustainable tax preparation business. You'll learn: If you are serious about owning a successful tax business, this comprehensive book is one that you need to own. Members Reviews: A MUST READ FOR INSPIRING ENTREPRENUERS Considering I am at the beginning of my own entrepreneurial journey, I found to the book to be very well written and borderline brilliant. Literally best $10 I have ever spent on an audio book. In my opinion, it is not tax prep industry specific and is highly useful to any individual that wants to start a business. If you are in the seeking wisdom trend like I am currently am, this is the book for you. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Extreme-Teams-Audiobook/B01NB06WMR Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Extreme Teams Subtitle: Why Pixar, Netflix, AirBnB, and Other Cutting-Edge Companies Succeed Where Most Fail Author: Robert Bruce Shaw Narrator: James Foster Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 8 mins Language: English Release date: 02-06-17 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 10 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Managers want great teams, but most build them around decades-old ideas and practices made popular by companies that have lost their edge. Extreme Teams looks at the new generation of teams driving growth in today's most innovative firms. They do this by doing things differently: hiring the right person instead of the best person; focusing on one priority while leaving room to explore new ideas; creating an environment where people are comfortable dealing with the uncomfortable; and maximizing profit by not making profit what matters most. The book takes you inside top companies and examines the teamwork experiments powering their results, including how: Times change, and so must teams. Designing and managing high-performance teams requires upgrading outdated beliefs and behaviors, and spurring a level of intensity and collaboration that lets them face down any challenge. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Robert Bruce Shaw) Mon, 06 Feb 2017 02:55:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Extreme-Teams-Audiobook/B01NB06WMR thebookvoice.com 07:08:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Extreme Teams Subtitle: Why Pixar, Netflix, AirBnB, and Other Cutting-Edge Companies Succeed Where Most Fail Author: Robert Bruce Shaw Narrator: James Foster Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 8 mins Language: English Release date: 02-06-17 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 10 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Managers want great teams, but most build them around decades-old ideas and practices made popular by companies that have lost their edge. Extreme Teams looks at the new generation of teams driving growth in today's most innovative firms. They do this by doing things differently: hiring the right person instead of the best person; focusing on one priority while leaving room to explore new ideas; creating an environment where people are comfortable dealing with the uncomfortable; and maximizing profit by not making profit what matters most. The book takes you inside top companies and examines the teamwork experiments powering their results, including how: Times change, and so must teams. Designing and managing high-performance teams requires upgrading outdated beliefs and behaviors, and spurring a level of intensity and collaboration that lets them face down any challenge. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Extreme Teams Subtitle: Why Pixar, Netflix, AirBnB, and Other Cutting-Edge Companies Succeed Where Most Fail Author: Robert Bruce Shaw Narrator: James Foster Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 8 mins Language: English Release date: 02-06-17 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 10 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Managers want great teams, but most build them around decades-old ideas and practices made popular by companies that have lost their edge. Extreme Teams looks at the new generation of teams driving growth in today's most innovative firms. They do this by doing things differently: hiring the right person instead of the best person; focusing on one priority while leaving room to explore new ideas; creating an environment where people are comfortable dealing with the uncomfortable; and maximizing profit by not making profit what matters most. The book takes you inside top companies and examines the teamwork experiments powering their results, including how: Times change, and so must teams. Designing and managing high-performance teams requires upgrading outdated beliefs and behaviors, and spurring a level of intensity and collaboration that lets them face down any challenge. Members Reviews: Non fiction audio Some aspects where tables / lists are read out it's hard to follow. Otherwise lots of exceptional concepts to review and implement. Brilliant book Thoroughly enjoyed this book which helps anyone consider the key elements of having a effective team that delivers. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Interview-with-Jack-Welch-Audiobook/B002V8L026 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Interview with Jack Welch Author: Jack Welch Narrator: Jane Friedman Format: Original Recording Length: 19 mins Language: English Release date: 04-05-05 Publisher: HarperAudio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 427 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: In this interview, Jack Welch, former CEO of General Electric, talks to Jane Friedman, President and CEO of HarperCollins Publishers, about his new book, Winning. Jack describes how he went about writing this book with his wife, Suzy Welch, why he chose to write it now, and how the business world has changed during his legendary career. Don't miss or any other titles. © and (P)2005 HarperCollins Publishers, Inc. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Jack Welch) Tue, 05 Apr 2005 07:34:48 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Interview-with-Jack-Welch-Audiobook/B002V8L026 thebookvoice.com 00:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Interview with Jack Welch Author: Jack Welch Narrator: Jane Friedman Format: Original Recording Length: 19 mins Language: English Release date: 04-05-05 Publisher: HarperAudio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 427 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: In this interview, Jack Welch, former CEO of General Electric, talks to Jane Friedman, President and CEO of HarperCollins Publishers, about his new book, Winning. Jack describes how he went about writing this book with his wife, Suzy Welch, why he chose to write it now, and how the business world has changed during his legendary career. Don't miss or any other titles. © and (P)2005 HarperCollins Publishers, Inc. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Interview with Jack Welch Author: Jack Welch Narrator: Jane Friedman Format: Original Recording Length: 19 mins Language: English Release date: 04-05-05 Publisher: HarperAudio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 427 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: In this interview, Jack Welch, former CEO of General Electric, talks to Jane Friedman, President and CEO of HarperCollins Publishers, about his new book, Winning. Jack describes how he went about writing this book with his wife, Suzy Welch, why he chose to write it now, and how the business world has changed during his legendary career. Don't miss or any other titles. © and (P)2005 HarperCollins Publishers, Inc. Members Reviews: Great preview to book WINNING Would you listen to Interview with Jack Welch again? Why? Jack tells it like it is. No fluff and corporate buzz words. Does it take sense, if YES then execute. Was there a moment in the book that particularly moved you? Jack talks of honesty, getting the right people on board to run the operation, being realistic and not playing phony boring corporate games. Its about growing the operation and having a conversation. Any additional comments? A little tease, now I need more stories from Welch's WINNING book. A leader is your company energizer, follow the 20/70/10 Rule and give it all you got. Run the business like a man man. Not bad for an interview course of the book This is pretty much an interview with the author and it's pretty good. I'll start looking forward finding the book though so I can read it Short interview I thought that this interview will talk more deep about the book topic and the main idea. Also I thought since it is a short interview then it will be more focused but this is not the case here. Anyway it was a 19 minutes interview and free. Short interview with some interesting information Would you recommend this audiobook to a friend? If so, why? It's a quick and free download. Definitely worthwhile. What other book might you compare Interview with Jack Welch to and why? Not sure Which scene was your favorite? None Did you have an extreme reaction to this book? Did it make you laugh or cry? No, I didn't. Any additional comments? It's free, why not try it. just refreshing it is nice to hear people who lived it, and loved it. the nuturing of the top 20 and the 8 hours replacement strategy was an eye opener. thank you https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Act-Like-a-Business-Think-Like-a-Customer-Audiobook/B074N834ZG Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Act Like a Business, Think Like a Customer Subtitle: Managing You Business Using Loyalty, Relationships, and Engagement Author: Dr. Elijah G. Clark Narrator: Dr. Elijah G. Clark Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 4 mins Language: English Release date: 08-10-17 Publisher: Dr. Elijah G. Clark Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: As humans, we are greatly influenced by our relationships. We each enjoy being members of loyalty programs and networking groups that align with our goals. We have selected and continue to go to the same supermarkets, gas stations, banks, and purchase from only select companies. This happens because of an unspoken relationship that exists with these businesses and brands. They make us happy, we trust them, and their consistency is calming in a chaotic world with too many choices. If you're a professional - whether you're an entrepreneur or an executive - you need proven, high-level strategies to really make your business grow and it starts with understanding the needs of your customers. To gain and sustain a relationship with a customer, you've got to think like a customer. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Dr. Elijah G. Clark) Thu, 10 Aug 2017 17:40:54 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Act-Like-a-Business-Think-Like-a-Customer-Audiobook/B074N834ZG thebookvoice.com 04:04:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Act Like a Business, Think Like a Customer Subtitle: Managing You Business Using Loyalty, Relationships, and Engagement Author: Dr. Elijah G. Clark Narrator: Dr. Elijah G. Clark Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 4 mins Language: English Release date: 08-10-17 Publisher: Dr. Elijah G. Clark Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: As humans, we are greatly influenced by our relationships. We each enjoy being members of loyalty programs and networking groups that align with our goals. We have selected and continue to go to the same supermarkets, gas stations, banks, and purchase from only select companies. This happens because of an unspoken relationship that exists with these businesses and brands. They make us happy, we trust them, and their consistency is calming in a chaotic world with too many choices. If you're a professional - whether you're an entrepreneur or an executive - you need proven, high-level strategies to really make your business grow and it starts with understanding the needs of your customers. To gain and sustain a relationship with a customer, you've got to think like a customer. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Act Like a Business, Think Like a Customer Subtitle: Managing You Business Using Loyalty, Relationships, and Engagement Author: Dr. Elijah G. Clark Narrator: Dr. Elijah G. Clark Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 4 mins Language: English Release date: 08-10-17 Publisher: Dr. Elijah G. Clark Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: As humans, we are greatly influenced by our relationships. We each enjoy being members of loyalty programs and networking groups that align with our goals. We have selected and continue to go to the same supermarkets, gas stations, banks, and purchase from only select companies. This happens because of an unspoken relationship that exists with these businesses and brands. They make us happy, we trust them, and their consistency is calming in a chaotic world with too many choices. If you're a professional - whether you're an entrepreneur or an executive - you need proven, high-level strategies to really make your business grow and it starts with understanding the needs of your customers. To gain and sustain a relationship with a customer, you've got to think like a customer. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/How-Great-Leaders-Think-The-Art-of-Reframing-Audiobook/B00MY8YM0K Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: How Great Leaders Think: The Art of Reframing Author: Lee G. Bolman, Terrence E. Deal Narrator: Gregory St. John Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 52 mins Language: English Release date: 09-09-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 53 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The proven model that offers powerful and elegant strategies for leaders. How Great Leaders Think: the Art of Reframing uses compelling, contemporary examples to show how more complex thinking is the key to better leadership. Leaders who understand what's going on around them see what they need to do to achieve the results they want. Bolman and Deal's influential four-frame model of leadership and organizations - developed in their bestselling book, Reframing Organizations: Artistry Choice and Leadership offers leaders an accessible guide for understanding four major aspects of organizational life: structure, people, politics, and culture. Tapping into the complexity enables leaders to decode the messy world in which they live, see more options, tell better stories, and find strategies that are more effective. Case examples of leaders like Jeff Bezos at Amazon, Howard Schultz at Starbucks, Tony Hsieh at Zappos, Ursula Burns at Xerox, and the late Steve Jobs at Apple provide concrete lessons that readers can put to use in their own leadership. The book's lessons include: How to use structural tools to organize teams and organizations for better results. How to build motivation and morale by aligning organizations and people. How to map the terrain and build a power base to navigate the political dynamics in organizations. How to develop a leadership story that shapes culture, provides direction, and inspires commitment to excellence. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Lee G. Bolman) Tue, 09 Sep 2014 08:25:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/How-Great-Leaders-Think-The-Art-of-Reframing-Audiobook/B00MY8YM0K thebookvoice.com 06:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: How Great Leaders Think: The Art of Reframing Author: Lee G. Bolman, Terrence E. Deal Narrator: Gregory St. John Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 52 mins Language: English Release date: 09-09-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 53 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The proven model that offers powerful and elegant strategies for leaders. How Great Leaders Think: the Art of Reframing uses compelling, contemporary examples to show how more complex thinking is the key to better leadership. Leaders who understand what's going on around them see what they need to do to achieve the results they want. Bolman and Deal's influential four-frame model of leadership and organizations - developed in their bestselling book, Reframing Organizations: Artistry Choice and Leadership offers leaders an accessible guide for understanding four major aspects of organizational life: structure, people, politics, and culture. Tapping into the complexity enables leaders to decode the messy world in which they live, see more options, tell better stories, and find strategies that are more effective. Case examples of leaders like Jeff Bezos at Amazon, Howard Schultz at Starbucks, Tony Hsieh at Zappos, Ursula Burns at Xerox, and the late Steve Jobs at Apple provide concrete lessons that readers can put to use in their own leadership. The book's lessons include: How to use structural tools to organize teams and organizations for better results. How to build motivation and morale by aligning organizations and people. How to map the terrain and build a power base to navigate the political dynamics in organizations. How to develop a leadership story that shapes culture, provides direction, and inspires commitment to excellence. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: How Great Leaders Think: The Art of Reframing Author: Lee G. Bolman, Terrence E. Deal Narrator: Gregory St. John Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 52 mins Language: English Release date: 09-09-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 53 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The proven model that offers powerful and elegant strategies for leaders. How Great Leaders Think: the Art of Reframing uses compelling, contemporary examples to show how more complex thinking is the key to better leadership. Leaders who understand what's going on around them see what they need to do to achieve the results they want. Bolman and Deal's influential four-frame model of leadership and organizations - developed in their bestselling book, Reframing Organizations: Artistry Choice and Leadership offers leaders an accessible guide for understanding four major aspects of organizational life: structure, people, politics, and culture. Tapping into the complexity enables leaders to decode the messy world in which they live, see more options, tell better stories, and find strategies that are more effective. Case examples of leaders like Jeff Bezos at Amazon, Howard Schultz at Starbucks, Tony Hsieh at Zappos, Ursula Burns at Xerox, and the late Steve Jobs at Apple provide concrete lessons that readers can put to use in their own leadership. The book's lessons include: How to use structural tools to organize teams and organizations for better results. How to build motivation and morale by aligning organizations and people. How to map the terrain and build a power base to navigate the political dynamics in organizations. How to develop a leadership story that shapes culture, provides direction, and inspires commitment to excellence. Members Reviews: great book the book highlights different leadership styles and to use all of them depending on the situation OUTSTANDING!! I have to say out of all the books I've read (listened) this one is in the top 3!! It's excellent. Highly recommend it!! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Black-Hole-Focus-Audiobook/B077SLGV14 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Black Hole Focus Subtitle: How Intelligent People Can Create a Powerful Purpose for Their Lives Author: Isaiah Hankel Narrator: Isaiah Hankel Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 52 mins Language: English Release date: 12-05-17 Publisher: Isaiah Hankel Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Don't get stuck on a career path you have no passion for. Don't waste your intelligence on something that doesn't really mean anything more to you than a paycheck. Let Isaiah Hankel help you define a focus so powerful that everything in your life will be pulled towards it. Create your purpose and change your life. Be focused. Be fulfilled. Be successful. Black Hole Focus has been endorsed by top names in business, entrepreneurship, and academia, including four times New York Times best seller AJ Jacobs and Harvard Medical School Postdoc Director Dr. Jim Gould. The book is broken up into three different sections; the first section shows you why you need a purpose in life, the second section shows you how to find your new purpose, and the third section shows you how to achieve your goals when facing adversity. Black Hole Focus includes exclusive case studies from medical practitioners, research scientists, lawyers, corporate executives, and small business owners who have used the techniques described in this book to achieve massive success in their own lives. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Isaiah Hankel) Tue, 05 Dec 2017 08:43:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Black-Hole-Focus-Audiobook/B077SLGV14 thebookvoice.com 03:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Black Hole Focus Subtitle: How Intelligent People Can Create a Powerful Purpose for Their Lives Author: Isaiah Hankel Narrator: Isaiah Hankel Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 52 mins Language: English Release date: 12-05-17 Publisher: Isaiah Hankel Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Don't get stuck on a career path you have no passion for. Don't waste your intelligence on something that doesn't really mean anything more to you than a paycheck. Let Isaiah Hankel help you define a focus so powerful that everything in your life will be pulled towards it. Create your purpose and change your life. Be focused. Be fulfilled. Be successful. Black Hole Focus has been endorsed by top names in business, entrepreneurship, and academia, including four times New York Times best seller AJ Jacobs and Harvard Medical School Postdoc Director Dr. Jim Gould. The book is broken up into three different sections; the first section shows you why you need a purpose in life, the second section shows you how to find your new purpose, and the third section shows you how to achieve your goals when facing adversity. Black Hole Focus includes exclusive case studies from medical practitioners, research scientists, lawyers, corporate executives, and small business owners who have used the techniques described in this book to achieve massive success in their own lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Black Hole Focus Subtitle: How Intelligent People Can Create a Powerful Purpose for Their Lives Author: Isaiah Hankel Narrator: Isaiah Hankel Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 52 mins Language: English Release date: 12-05-17 Publisher: Isaiah Hankel Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Don't get stuck on a career path you have no passion for. Don't waste your intelligence on something that doesn't really mean anything more to you than a paycheck. Let Isaiah Hankel help you define a focus so powerful that everything in your life will be pulled towards it. Create your purpose and change your life. Be focused. Be fulfilled. Be successful. Black Hole Focus has been endorsed by top names in business, entrepreneurship, and academia, including four times New York Times best seller AJ Jacobs and Harvard Medical School Postdoc Director Dr. Jim Gould. The book is broken up into three different sections; the first section shows you why you need a purpose in life, the second section shows you how to find your new purpose, and the third section shows you how to achieve your goals when facing adversity. Black Hole Focus includes exclusive case studies from medical practitioners, research scientists, lawyers, corporate executives, and small business owners who have used the techniques described in this book to achieve massive success in their own lives. Members Reviews: If you are discontent with where you are in life, I would definitely recommend this book. This book has a lot of good information, case studies, and advice on how to get out of a rut and be successful in YOUR life; not trying to obtain someone else's ideal of success. It is a good read and I enjoyed Dr. Hankel's advice, stories, and examples very much. I did have problems with the pages on my Kindle App not aligning properly which I have not experienced with any other Kindle books and it was a bit frustrating while running. I also wish his editor would hire a better proof reader. Aside from those rather insignificant critiques, the content is definitely worth while. Great book After owning this book for a couple of years (bought it during my first "go" at reading personal & professional development books. I've realized I bought it at the right time, and now have read it at the right time as well. This is a book that I will continually go back to for refreshers on certain topics of trying to both find and fulfill my purpose. It gives food for thought and makes you take a deep look in the mirror to figure out who you are and who you want to be. Strongly recommended. A book for getting unstuck... Feeling stuck is a very common feeling. Stuck at a job. Stuck in a relationship. Stuck because of groupthink and nearsightedness. Headed down a path, not exactly sure how they got there, or how to change that course. As Hankel puts it in the book âToo miserable to move forward, too invested to turn around.â As someone who has been in that situation before, I know that feeling trapped in a situation or bound by circumstances is one of the worst feelings ever. Black Hole Focus argues that the solution to this problem is not just figuring out WHAT we want to be, but WHO. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Go-for-the-Pot-of-Gold-Audiobook/B01BVU5FVG Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Go for the Pot of Gold Subtitle: Learn How to Open and Run Your Marijuana Dispensary and Grow Room for Higher Revenue Author: J. D. Rockefeller Narrator: Eric Medler Format: Unabridged Length: 44 mins Language: English Release date: 02-18-16 Publisher: J.D. Rockefeller Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: When it comes to the marijuana industry, it is very important to know how to successfully open and run a business with a certified grow facility and dispensary in order to provide legitimate cannabis products to the public. With the legalization of cannabis in many states across the US today, we may be able to say again, one day soon, that we are living the American dream. Before you start your marijuana dispensary, be sure you understand whether or not it's right for you. Managing this type of business is not an easy one. You will have to deal with overhead costs, time management, crop planning, and plenty more. There is a lot associated with this type of business to consider before deciding whether or not it would be the best venture for you. In terms of the legalization process, you will need to know how to set up the business before you can run it, and you must do your research on the laws that govern your state. This guide will provide you with tips on how to successfully set up the right business plan, structure, permits, and licenses, and how to gain knowledge of the rules and regulations within your state. Lastly, you will also get some helpful insights when it comes to establishing an ultimate dispensary, from merchandising, inventory and sales, detail and retail, social media and web presence, as well as the childproofing regulations. Listen, dream big and achieve your business goals in no time! bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (J. D. Rockefeller) Thu, 18 Feb 2016 08:05:35 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Go-for-the-Pot-of-Gold-Audiobook/B01BVU5FVG thebookvoice.com 00:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Go for the Pot of Gold Subtitle: Learn How to Open and Run Your Marijuana Dispensary and Grow Room for Higher Revenue Author: J. D. Rockefeller Narrator: Eric Medler Format: Unabridged Length: 44 mins Language: English Release date: 02-18-16 Publisher: J.D. Rockefeller Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: When it comes to the marijuana industry, it is very important to know how to successfully open and run a business with a certified grow facility and dispensary in order to provide legitimate cannabis products to the public. With the legalization of cannabis in many states across the US today, we may be able to say again, one day soon, that we are living the American dream. Before you start your marijuana dispensary, be sure you understand whether or not it's right for you. Managing this type of business is not an easy one. You will have to deal with overhead costs, time management, crop planning, and plenty more. There is a lot associated with this type of business to consider before deciding whether or not it would be the best venture for you. In terms of the legalization process, you will need to know how to set up the business before you can run it, and you must do your research on the laws that govern your state. This guide will provide you with tips on how to successfully set up the right business plan, structure, permits, and licenses, and how to gain knowledge of the rules and regulations within your state. Lastly, you will also get some helpful insights when it comes to establishing an ultimate dispensary, from merchandising, inventory and sales, detail and retail, social media and web presence, as well as the childproofing regulations. Listen, dream big and achieve your business goals in no time! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Go for the Pot of Gold Subtitle: Learn How to Open and Run Your Marijuana Dispensary and Grow Room for Higher Revenue Author: J. D. Rockefeller Narrator: Eric Medler Format: Unabridged Length: 44 mins Language: English Release date: 02-18-16 Publisher: J.D. Rockefeller Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: When it comes to the marijuana industry, it is very important to know how to successfully open and run a business with a certified grow facility and dispensary in order to provide legitimate cannabis products to the public. With the legalization of cannabis in many states across the US today, we may be able to say again, one day soon, that we are living the American dream. Before you start your marijuana dispensary, be sure you understand whether or not it's right for you. Managing this type of business is not an easy one. You will have to deal with overhead costs, time management, crop planning, and plenty more. There is a lot associated with this type of business to consider before deciding whether or not it would be the best venture for you. In terms of the legalization process, you will need to know how to set up the business before you can run it, and you must do your research on the laws that govern your state. This guide will provide you with tips on how to successfully set up the right business plan, structure, permits, and licenses, and how to gain knowledge of the rules and regulations within your state. Lastly, you will also get some helpful insights when it comes to establishing an ultimate dispensary, from merchandising, inventory and sales, detail and retail, social media and web presence, as well as the childproofing regulations. Listen, dream big and achieve your business goals in no time! Members Reviews: Save your money. Total waste of money. No details at all. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Stop-Doing-List-Audiobook/B072MQP17V Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Stop Doing List Subtitle: How to Create More Time, More Profit, More Freedom Author: Matt Malouf Narrator: Matt Malouf, Simon Reynolds Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 23 mins Language: English Release date: 06-15-17 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Learn what not to do to grow your business. The Stop Doing List gets you off the treadmill of unproductive, frenetic activity and sets you on the path toward growth. Running a business has never been easy, but today's nonstop 24/7/365 world makes moving forward more difficult than ever before. Plenty of resources can show you how to make lists, create schedules, and manage your time, but they all seem to expect your time to be 100 percent devoted to work - not only is that no way to live, it's no way to grow. Instead, try doing less. This book shows you how to stop wasting energy on tasks that don't move you closer to your goals, so you can focus on the things that do. You'll identify your own Stop Doing list, and learn a systematic and practical way to eliminate, automate or delegate these tasks so they never end up on your To Do list again. You'll discover your personal path to business success, develop a winning mind-set and forever change the way you run your company - and along the way, you'll gain the freedom, energy, and time you need to take back your life. Author Matt Malouf has helped businesses around the globe - from $20 million+ corporations to start-ups - achieve their growth objectives. Now, he shares his proven strategies with you: It's not about doing more; it's about doing what matters. If it seems like the more you do, the less you achieve, it's time to stop and breathe. Get smarter about growth and start developing The Stop Doing List. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Matt Malouf) Thu, 15 Jun 2017 16:48:33 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Stop-Doing-List-Audiobook/B072MQP17V thebookvoice.com 04:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Stop Doing List Subtitle: How to Create More Time, More Profit, More Freedom Author: Matt Malouf Narrator: Matt Malouf, Simon Reynolds Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 23 mins Language: English Release date: 06-15-17 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Learn what not to do to grow your business. The Stop Doing List gets you off the treadmill of unproductive, frenetic activity and sets you on the path toward growth. Running a business has never been easy, but today's nonstop 24/7/365 world makes moving forward more difficult than ever before. Plenty of resources can show you how to make lists, create schedules, and manage your time, but they all seem to expect your time to be 100 percent devoted to work - not only is that no way to live, it's no way to grow. Instead, try doing less. This book shows you how to stop wasting energy on tasks that don't move you closer to your goals, so you can focus on the things that do. You'll identify your own Stop Doing list, and learn a systematic and practical way to eliminate, automate or delegate these tasks so they never end up on your To Do list again. You'll discover your personal path to business success, develop a winning mind-set and forever change the way you run your company - and along the way, you'll gain the freedom, energy, and time you need to take back your life. Author Matt Malouf has helped businesses around the globe - from $20 million+ corporations to start-ups - achieve their growth objectives. Now, he shares his proven strategies with you: It's not about doing more; it's about doing what matters. If it seems like the more you do, the less you achieve, it's time to stop and breathe. Get smarter about growth and start developing The Stop Doing List. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Stop Doing List Subtitle: How to Create More Time, More Profit, More Freedom Author: Matt Malouf Narrator: Matt Malouf, Simon Reynolds Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 23 mins Language: English Release date: 06-15-17 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Learn what not to do to grow your business. The Stop Doing List gets you off the treadmill of unproductive, frenetic activity and sets you on the path toward growth. Running a business has never been easy, but today's nonstop 24/7/365 world makes moving forward more difficult than ever before. Plenty of resources can show you how to make lists, create schedules, and manage your time, but they all seem to expect your time to be 100 percent devoted to work - not only is that no way to live, it's no way to grow. Instead, try doing less. This book shows you how to stop wasting energy on tasks that don't move you closer to your goals, so you can focus on the things that do. You'll identify your own Stop Doing list, and learn a systematic and practical way to eliminate, automate or delegate these tasks so they never end up on your To Do list again. You'll discover your personal path to business success, develop a winning mind-set and forever change the way you run your company - and along the way, you'll gain the freedom, energy, and time you need to take back your life. Author Matt Malouf has helped businesses around the globe - from $20 million+ corporations to start-ups - achieve their growth objectives. Now, he shares his proven strategies with you: It's not about doing more; it's about doing what matters. If it seems like the more you do, the less you achieve, it's time to stop and breathe. Get smarter about growth and start developing The Stop Doing List. Members Reviews: Great book, narration could be better Content was great, narration was clear, but a little bland. I love having the author narrate and even better a fellow Aussie. Just lacked a little emotion in the reading. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Summary-Analysis-Review-of-Gene-Kims-Jez-Humbles-Patrick-Deboiss-John-Williss-The-DevOps-Handbook-by-Instaread-Audiobook/B01N5D8GOH Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Summary, Analysis & Review of Gene Kim's, Jez Humble's, Patrick Debois's, & John Willis's The DevOps Handbook by Instaread Author: Instaread Narrator: Jeff Jorgensen Format: Unabridged Length: 26 mins Language: English Release date: 12-12-16 Publisher: Instaread Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 22 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The DevOps Handbook: How to Create World-Class Agility, Reliability, & Security in Technology Organizations is a manual for technology companies looking to improve their ability to deliver high-value products to consumers. In the 1980s, Toyota revolutionized manufacturing with its application of the lean production philosophy. Today, DevOps seeks to apply the principles of lean manufacturing to the technology industry. To do so, DevOps unites the two traditionally clashing bodies of the corporate IT department: development and operations. In traditional IT departments, the development group builds products and then hands them off to operations to launch them and keep them up and running. This can lead to tension because products may be untested in real-world conditions when development builds them, which leaves operations to clean up the mess while trying simultaneously to keep the product afloat for customers after launch. Please note: This is a summary, analysis and review of the book and not the original book. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Instaread) Mon, 12 Dec 2016 05:00:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Summary-Analysis-Review-of-Gene-Kims-Jez-Humbles-Patrick-Deboiss-John-Williss-The-DevOps-Handbook-by-Instaread-Audiobook/B01N5D8GOH thebookvoice.com 00:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Summary, Analysis & Review of Gene Kim's, Jez Humble's, Patrick Debois's, & John Willis's The DevOps Handbook by Instaread Author: Instaread Narrator: Jeff Jorgensen Format: Unabridged Length: 26 mins Language: English Release date: 12-12-16 Publisher: Instaread Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 22 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The DevOps Handbook: How to Create World-Class Agility, Reliability, & Security in Technology Organizations is a manual for technology companies looking to improve their ability to deliver high-value products to consumers. In the 1980s, Toyota revolutionized manufacturing with its application of the lean production philosophy. Today, DevOps seeks to apply the principles of lean manufacturing to the technology industry. To do so, DevOps unites the two traditionally clashing bodies of the corporate IT department: development and operations. In traditional IT departments, the development group builds products and then hands them off to operations to launch them and keep them up and running. This can lead to tension because products may be untested in real-world conditions when development builds them, which leaves operations to clean up the mess while trying simultaneously to keep the product afloat for customers after launch. Please note: This is a summary, analysis and review of the book and not the original book. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Summary, Analysis & Review of Gene Kim's, Jez Humble's, Patrick Debois's, & John Willis's The DevOps Handbook by Instaread Author: Instaread Narrator: Jeff Jorgensen Format: Unabridged Length: 26 mins Language: English Release date: 12-12-16 Publisher: Instaread Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 22 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The DevOps Handbook: How to Create World-Class Agility, Reliability, & Security in Technology Organizations is a manual for technology companies looking to improve their ability to deliver high-value products to consumers. In the 1980s, Toyota revolutionized manufacturing with its application of the lean production philosophy. Today, DevOps seeks to apply the principles of lean manufacturing to the technology industry. To do so, DevOps unites the two traditionally clashing bodies of the corporate IT department: development and operations. In traditional IT departments, the development group builds products and then hands them off to operations to launch them and keep them up and running. This can lead to tension because products may be untested in real-world conditions when development builds them, which leaves operations to clean up the mess while trying simultaneously to keep the product afloat for customers after launch. Please note: This is a summary, analysis and review of the book and not the original book. Members Reviews: Waste of time Not sure why someone would publish the cliff notes but it's not worth the effort. removing the tension is all I was able to retain. Good summary Good summary, very helpful presenting key takeouts and analysis. I hope the whole book will be available soon. review was to shallow review was to shallow...like this feedback. it repeated the same items multiple times with no additional information. An audiobook to the business owner Im interested to learn about Devops from technical point of view. I cant complain for $2 good summary on the book you still need to read it good summary on the book you still need to read it to get the whole picture about DevOps https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/How-to-Start-a-Restaurant-and-Five-Other-Food-Businesses-Audiobook/B002V8H7EG Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: How to Start a Restaurant and Five Other Food Businesses Author: Entrepreneur Magazine Narrator: Michael Drew Shaw Format: Abridged Length: 4 hrs and 3 mins Language: English Release date: 11-09-06 Publisher: Entrepreneur Media, Inc. Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 36 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The food industry can provide you with an exciting way to make some tasty profits! Whether your dream is to open a little cafe on the corner or the next hottest restaurant in town, this easy-to-use audio guide will tell you everything you need to know to carve off a healthy slice of this $500-billion-a-year industry. This guide will help you explore the ins-and-outs of starting and running a successful restaurant and five other specialty food-service businesses (pizzeria, coffeehouse, deli, bakery, and catering service). Discover the most common pitfalls and how to avoid them, plus learn solid business practices that will bring in customers and keep them coming back for more. This information-packed resource includes: bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Entrepreneur Magazine) Thu, 09 Nov 2006 20:32:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/How-to-Start-a-Restaurant-and-Five-Other-Food-Businesses-Audiobook/B002V8H7EG thebookvoice.com 04:03:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: How to Start a Restaurant and Five Other Food Businesses Author: Entrepreneur Magazine Narrator: Michael Drew Shaw Format: Abridged Length: 4 hrs and 3 mins Language: English Release date: 11-09-06 Publisher: Entrepreneur Media, Inc. Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 36 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The food industry can provide you with an exciting way to make some tasty profits! Whether your dream is to open a little cafe on the corner or the next hottest restaurant in town, this easy-to-use audio guide will tell you everything you need to know to carve off a healthy slice of this $500-billion-a-year industry. This guide will help you explore the ins-and-outs of starting and running a successful restaurant and five other specialty food-service businesses (pizzeria, coffeehouse, deli, bakery, and catering service). Discover the most common pitfalls and how to avoid them, plus learn solid business practices that will bring in customers and keep them coming back for more. This information-packed resource includes: Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: How to Start a Restaurant and Five Other Food Businesses Author: Entrepreneur Magazine Narrator: Michael Drew Shaw Format: Abridged Length: 4 hrs and 3 mins Language: English Release date: 11-09-06 Publisher: Entrepreneur Media, Inc. Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 36 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The food industry can provide you with an exciting way to make some tasty profits! Whether your dream is to open a little cafe on the corner or the next hottest restaurant in town, this easy-to-use audio guide will tell you everything you need to know to carve off a healthy slice of this $500-billion-a-year industry. This guide will help you explore the ins-and-outs of starting and running a successful restaurant and five other specialty food-service businesses (pizzeria, coffeehouse, deli, bakery, and catering service). Discover the most common pitfalls and how to avoid them, plus learn solid business practices that will bring in customers and keep them coming back for more. This information-packed resource includes: Members Reviews: um, yeah...no. unless english is your second language AND you have never worked a day of your life around food AND you say things like "outside the box" numerous times a day, this book is not for you. at least it was not for me. For someone with No Clue! If you take the time to endure the entire listen, and feel like you know enough to start a restaurant, PLEASE DON'T The deep, authoritative, scary voice character used to emphasis "important" points is a joke. If you find that the information provided in this audio is not common sense, or thing you learned in your first job in a restaurant, you are not ready to start a restaurant. This was a waste of a good audible credit! Stupidly basic If you've ever been in a restaurant, you know everything this book tells you. At one point it tells you need a busser to clean and reset tables. Very informative General idea of things to keep in mind as you plan for your own businesses. The performance was good. Thanks. old fashioned, outdated, limited obvious info! terible audio book.if u want a run down of foods to sell,pasta pizza coffee then it's the right book! obvious info like ull have competition. hire staff members and make a buisness plan! to focused on decor and layout from the start. no real financial info or help. based on old info based on an American audience. random info about air con! (no joke) wouldn't not recommend. I've read catering buisness books that are much more In depth and thought through. this is a very week watered down book in comparison. don't waste ur time downloading https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/How-to-Start-a-Consulting-Service-Audiobook/B002V082P2 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: How to Start a Consulting Service Author: Entrepreneur Magazine Narrator: Michael Drew Shaw Format: Abridged Length: 3 hrs and 51 mins Language: English Release date: 11-09-06 Publisher: Entrepreneur Media, Inc. Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 36 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Discover how to turn your expertise into a profitable business. As a private consultant, you can turn the expertise and knowledge you already have into a successful business. This easy-to-use guide shows you how, from marketing yourself to billing for your time to planning for taxes and much more. This guide is chock-full of everything you need to know to become a well-paid consultant, including: bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Entrepreneur Magazine) Thu, 09 Nov 2006 02:01:05 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/How-to-Start-a-Consulting-Service-Audiobook/B002V082P2 thebookvoice.com 03:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: How to Start a Consulting Service Author: Entrepreneur Magazine Narrator: Michael Drew Shaw Format: Abridged Length: 3 hrs and 51 mins Language: English Release date: 11-09-06 Publisher: Entrepreneur Media, Inc. Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 36 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Discover how to turn your expertise into a profitable business. As a private consultant, you can turn the expertise and knowledge you already have into a successful business. This easy-to-use guide shows you how, from marketing yourself to billing for your time to planning for taxes and much more. This guide is chock-full of everything you need to know to become a well-paid consultant, including: Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: How to Start a Consulting Service Author: Entrepreneur Magazine Narrator: Michael Drew Shaw Format: Abridged Length: 3 hrs and 51 mins Language: English Release date: 11-09-06 Publisher: Entrepreneur Media, Inc. Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 36 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Discover how to turn your expertise into a profitable business. As a private consultant, you can turn the expertise and knowledge you already have into a successful business. This easy-to-use guide shows you how, from marketing yourself to billing for your time to planning for taxes and much more. This guide is chock-full of everything you need to know to become a well-paid consultant, including: Members Reviews: Don't waste your money This book is completely outdated and only the first few minutes are about a consulting business. The rest of the book is nothing more than general business principles most of which don't even apply to a service business like consulting. not worth it I enjoyed the first 45 minutes. Then I noticed the word "consulting" dropped completely. Then I notice that this audio book is just a compilation of articles on Entrepreneur most of which I am familiar with. Compared to "Small Business Bible" a real audio book this is just popular business ideas put together not worth the $41.00 I paid. I think this is a new selling technique like Movie Trailer Syndrome. Watch the movie trailer and you have seen the best of the movie, Free. This audio book is like that. But thinking about it what can 3hr + tell you about business? If you want to know about the field aviod this one Not much information about the field it self and more information about how to establish a consulting office.I expected more information about the business, historical overview and recent changes but I was wrong. Incomplete Book The book had some good basic information, but the appendices were not included. The author/reader made several references to the "good and more advanced information" that could be used by the book buyer that were in the appendices. The appendices are not included in the download. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Agile-Product-Management-Box-Set-User-Stories-Product-Backlog-21-Tips-Audiobook/B01JDZLRFY Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Agile Product Management Box Set: User Stories & Product Backlog - 21 Tips Author: Paul VII Narrator: Randal Schaffer Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs Language: English Release date: 08-02-16 Publisher: Pashun Consulting Ltd. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 12 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: In this book, you will be given proven methods to create, maintain, and manage your requirements using user stories as part of an agile scrum teamFollowing this, I give you a complete overview of epics and themes and how they can be used to capture and group complex requirements in any team or business. Along the way, I give you plenty of examples and give you best practices for working with user stories within agile scrum. You will learn: So let's get started and let me teach you how to improve product backlog management. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Paul VII) Tue, 02 Aug 2016 14:28:39 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Agile-Product-Management-Box-Set-User-Stories-Product-Backlog-21-Tips-Audiobook/B01JDZLRFY thebookvoice.com 00:02:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Agile Product Management Box Set: User Stories & Product Backlog - 21 Tips Author: Paul VII Narrator: Randal Schaffer Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs Language: English Release date: 08-02-16 Publisher: Pashun Consulting Ltd. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 12 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: In this book, you will be given proven methods to create, maintain, and manage your requirements using user stories as part of an agile scrum teamFollowing this, I give you a complete overview of epics and themes and how they can be used to capture and group complex requirements in any team or business. Along the way, I give you plenty of examples and give you best practices for working with user stories within agile scrum. You will learn: So let's get started and let me teach you how to improve product backlog management. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Agile Product Management Box Set: User Stories & Product Backlog - 21 Tips Author: Paul VII Narrator: Randal Schaffer Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs Language: English Release date: 08-02-16 Publisher: Pashun Consulting Ltd. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 12 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: In this book, you will be given proven methods to create, maintain, and manage your requirements using user stories as part of an agile scrum teamFollowing this, I give you a complete overview of epics and themes and how they can be used to capture and group complex requirements in any team or business. Along the way, I give you plenty of examples and give you best practices for working with user stories within agile scrum. You will learn: So let's get started and let me teach you how to improve product backlog management. Members Reviews: Solid Survey for Agile Practitioners and N00bs Project Management is a serious skill that we do not master accidentally. For those of us wanting to get our minds wrapped around agile concepts, this is a great way to start! For those of us who have convinced ourselves that we know this material and are ready for the "next level" this book still has something to teach you, remind you of, provoke you towards. Good I'm a developer and at work we're moving to agile. Whilst I know I will learn on the job this book is a great high level overview and goes into just enough detail to make it useful. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/La-paradoja-The-Paradox-Audiobook/B076QD9R31 Escuche este audio libro completo gratis en https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> Título: La paradoja [The Paradox] Autor: James C. Hunter Narrador: Oscar Chamorro Formato: Unabridged Duración: 5 hrs and 33 mins Idioma: Español Fecha de publicación: 10-24-17 Editor: Editorial Libervox Calificaciones: 5 de 5 de 2 votos Categorías: Business, Management Resumen del editor: ¿Qué cualidades se necesitan para ser un buen jefe? ¿Cómo se consiguen la autoridad y la credibilidad necesarias para dirigir de forma efectiva? Este libro responde a estas y a otras muchas preguntas, y nos recuerda los principios universales que nos permiten colaborar con los demás, ya sea en el trabajo o en elámbito familiar: Los principios del liderazgo son tan simples que se nos han olvidado por completo. Confundimos la autoridad con el poder y el respeto con el miedo, lo que lleva a unas relaciones tensas y recelosas entre jefes y subordinados, y a un triste resultado: cuando un equipo trabaja para contentar al jefe, ¿quién se ocupa realmente del trabajo? En esta nueva edición de La Paradoja, el autor nos acompa - a un prólogo en donde relata la experiencia que le ha traído eléxito de este libro y de su continuación: Las claves de la paradoja, y sintetiza las nuevas ense?anzas que ha permitido que en todo el mundo se hayan aplicado conéxitos sus principios de liderazgo. Please note: This audiobook is in Spanish. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (James C. Hunter) Tue, 24 Oct 2017 18:08:11 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/La-paradoja-The-Paradox-Audiobook/B076QD9R31 thebookvoice.com 05:33:00 no Escucha este título completo gratis en thebookvoice.com Escuche este audio libro completo gratis en https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> Título: La paradoja [The Paradox] Autor: James C. Hunter Narrador: Oscar Chamorro Formato: Unabridged Duración: 5 hrs and 33 mins Idioma: Español Fecha de publicación: 10-24-17 Editor: Editorial Libervox Calificaciones: 5 de 5 de 2 votos Categorías: Business, Management Resumen del editor: ¿Qué cualidades se necesitan para ser un buen jefe? ¿Cómo se consiguen la autoridad y la credibilidad necesarias para dirigir de forma efectiva? Este libro responde a estas y a otras muchas preguntas, y nos recuerda los principios universales que nos permiten colaborar con los demás, ya sea en el trabajo o en elámbito familiar: Los principios del liderazgo son tan simples que se nos han olvidado por completo. Confundimos la autoridad con el poder y el respeto con el miedo, lo que lleva a unas relaciones tensas y recelosas entre jefes y subordinados, y a un triste resultado: cuando un equipo trabaja para contentar al jefe, ¿quién se ocupa realmente del trabajo? En esta nueva edición de La Paradoja, el autor nos acompa - a un prólogo en donde relata la experiencia que le ha traído eléxito de este libro y de su continuación: Las claves de la paradoja, y sintetiza las nuevas ense?anzas que ha permitido que en todo el mundo se hayan aplicado conéxitos sus principios de liderazgo. Please note: This audiobook is in Spanish. Escuche este audio libro completo gratis en https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> Título: La paradoja [The Paradox] Autor: James C. Hunter Narrador: Oscar Chamorro Formato: Unabridged Duración: 5 hrs and 33 mins Idioma: Español Fecha de publicación: 10-24-17 Editor: Editorial Libervox Calificaciones: 5 de 5 de 2 votos Categorías: Business, Management Resumen del editor: ¿Qué cualidades se necesitan para ser un buen jefe? ¿Cómo se consiguen la autoridad y la credibilidad necesarias para dirigir de forma efectiva? Este libro responde a estas y a otras muchas preguntas, y nos recuerda los principios universales que nos permiten colaborar con los demás, ya sea en el trabajo o en elámbito familiar: Los principios del liderazgo son tan simples que se nos han olvidado por completo. Confundimos la autoridad con el poder y el respeto con el miedo, lo que lleva a unas relaciones tensas y recelosas entre jefes y subordinados, y a un triste resultado: cuando un equipo trabaja para contentar al jefe, ¿quién se ocupa realmente del trabajo? En esta nueva edición de La Paradoja, el autor nos acompa - a un prólogo en donde relata la experiencia que le ha traído eléxito de este libro y de su continuación: Las claves de la paradoja, y sintetiza las nuevas ense?anzas que ha permitido que en todo el mundo se hayan aplicado conéxitos sus principios de liderazgo. Please note: This audiobook is in Spanish. Opiniones de los miembros: Material de Inducción Pues nos ha causado tan buena impresión y ayuda que hemos decidido regalar el libro a todos y cada uno de nuestros asociados. El libro se les regala en la sesión de inducción, y posteriormente hacemos una "jornada de liderazgo", donde retomamos conceptos principales y, sobre todo, les reforzamos que el buen líder es aquel que se anticipa a las necesidades de sus seguidores. Entre otros materiales, complementamos la sesión con el "Mensaje a García", que creo debieran incluirlo en las ediciones posteriores del libro, es un deleite leerlo una y otra vez. Four Stars Good book about leadership. It's not a real story, maybe a book based in facts could be more credible. Five Stars Ok Five Stars ONE the best La paradoja La paradoja me ha parecido un libro DISTINTO de managenement. Al final, "la paradoja" es que no se puede ser un buen "líder" sin ser una "buena persona". La atención sincera por los demás es lo que distingue al buen lider https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/High-Impact-Interview-Questions-Audiobook/B0764GVPZ3 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: High-Impact Interview Questions Subtitle: 701 Behavior-Based Questions to Find the Right Person for Every Job Author: Victoria A. Hoevemeyer, Paul Falcone Narrator: Callie Beaulieu Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 28 mins Language: English Release date: 10-17-17 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: High-Impact Interview Questions shows you how to use competency-based behavioral interviewing methods that will uncover truly relevant and useful information. By having applicants describe specific situations from their own experience during previous jobs (rather than asking them hypothetical questions about "what would you do..."), you'll be able to identify specific strengths and weaknesses that will tell you if you've found the right person for the job. But developing such behavior-based questions can be time-consuming and difficult. High-Impact Interview Questions saves you both time and effort. The book contains 701 questions you'll be able to use or adapt for your own needs, matched to 62 in-demand skills such as customer focus, motivation, initiative, adaptability, teamwork, and more. It allows you to move immediately to the particular skills you want to measure, and quickly find just the right tough but necessary questions to ask during an interview. Asking behavior-based questions is by far the best way to discover crucial details about job candidates. High-Impact Interview Questions gives you the tools and guidance you need to gather this important information before you hire. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Victoria A. Hoevemeyer) Tue, 17 Oct 2017 09:14:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/High-Impact-Interview-Questions-Audiobook/B0764GVPZ3 thebookvoice.com 05:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: High-Impact Interview Questions Subtitle: 701 Behavior-Based Questions to Find the Right Person for Every Job Author: Victoria A. Hoevemeyer, Paul Falcone Narrator: Callie Beaulieu Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 28 mins Language: English Release date: 10-17-17 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: High-Impact Interview Questions shows you how to use competency-based behavioral interviewing methods that will uncover truly relevant and useful information. By having applicants describe specific situations from their own experience during previous jobs (rather than asking them hypothetical questions about "what would you do..."), you'll be able to identify specific strengths and weaknesses that will tell you if you've found the right person for the job. But developing such behavior-based questions can be time-consuming and difficult. High-Impact Interview Questions saves you both time and effort. The book contains 701 questions you'll be able to use or adapt for your own needs, matched to 62 in-demand skills such as customer focus, motivation, initiative, adaptability, teamwork, and more. It allows you to move immediately to the particular skills you want to measure, and quickly find just the right tough but necessary questions to ask during an interview. Asking behavior-based questions is by far the best way to discover crucial details about job candidates. High-Impact Interview Questions gives you the tools and guidance you need to gather this important information before you hire. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: High-Impact Interview Questions Subtitle: 701 Behavior-Based Questions to Find the Right Person for Every Job Author: Victoria A. Hoevemeyer, Paul Falcone Narrator: Callie Beaulieu Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 28 mins Language: English Release date: 10-17-17 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: High-Impact Interview Questions shows you how to use competency-based behavioral interviewing methods that will uncover truly relevant and useful information. By having applicants describe specific situations from their own experience during previous jobs (rather than asking them hypothetical questions about "what would you do..."), you'll be able to identify specific strengths and weaknesses that will tell you if you've found the right person for the job. But developing such behavior-based questions can be time-consuming and difficult. High-Impact Interview Questions saves you both time and effort. The book contains 701 questions you'll be able to use or adapt for your own needs, matched to 62 in-demand skills such as customer focus, motivation, initiative, adaptability, teamwork, and more. It allows you to move immediately to the particular skills you want to measure, and quickly find just the right tough but necessary questions to ask during an interview. Asking behavior-based questions is by far the best way to discover crucial details about job candidates. High-Impact Interview Questions gives you the tools and guidance you need to gather this important information before you hire. Members Reviews: Book Good, Seller Bad, Missing pages Many pages were missing in my copy, just torn out of the book. Especially in subjects I was interested in. Poor seller, Good book from what I could tell. Just wish they would have said it was missing pages. High Impact This is recommended to prep you for your interview. They are very high impact questions and answers, I would recommend for interview prepping. Very Helpful Great questions to use as is, or to modify to meet your needs. Also really helpful is the list of follow up questions. solid this is a decent overview of a very solid approach to interviewing. i am a big fan of pursuing a line of questioning into its details. i think this is a helpful tool for anyone involved in hiring. Behavioral Interview - Practical Guide on how to do it in this book I usually often fall in some all traditional interview questions, taht came up sometime might not even relevant with topic we need to know from a candidate. Behavioral interview questions had been introduced quite some years ago, but without asking the precisely correct question, sometimes candidate fall on answering worngly, causing me captured wrong preception of that person, which cost on recruitment process. Author had make me much more easy on how to ask precise Behavioral based question, and some thecning of probing to help us the dig deeper of candidate answer, and found it very useful to understand one person during the interview process. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Managing-Audiobook/B0031AOLCE Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Managing Author: Henry Mintzberg Narrator: Jim Manchester Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 2 mins Language: English Release date: 12-21-09 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 40 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: This landmark book draws on Henry Mintzberg's observations of 29 managers, in business, government, health care, and the social sector, working in settings ranging from a refugee camp to a symphony orchestra. What he saw - the pressures, the action, the nuances, the blending - compelled him to describe managing as a practice, not a science or a profession, learned primarily through experience and rooted in context. This book is vintage Mintzberg: iconoclastic, irreverent, carefully researched, myth-breaking. Managing may be the most revealing book yet written about what managers do, how they do it, and how they can do it better. Winner of the CMI Management Book of the Year! bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Henry Mintzberg) Mon, 21 Dec 2009 10:28:36 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Managing-Audiobook/B0031AOLCE thebookvoice.com 11:02:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Managing Author: Henry Mintzberg Narrator: Jim Manchester Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 2 mins Language: English Release date: 12-21-09 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 40 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: This landmark book draws on Henry Mintzberg's observations of 29 managers, in business, government, health care, and the social sector, working in settings ranging from a refugee camp to a symphony orchestra. What he saw - the pressures, the action, the nuances, the blending - compelled him to describe managing as a practice, not a science or a profession, learned primarily through experience and rooted in context. This book is vintage Mintzberg: iconoclastic, irreverent, carefully researched, myth-breaking. Managing may be the most revealing book yet written about what managers do, how they do it, and how they can do it better. Winner of the CMI Management Book of the Year! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Managing Author: Henry Mintzberg Narrator: Jim Manchester Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 2 mins Language: English Release date: 12-21-09 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 40 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: This landmark book draws on Henry Mintzberg's observations of 29 managers, in business, government, health care, and the social sector, working in settings ranging from a refugee camp to a symphony orchestra. What he saw - the pressures, the action, the nuances, the blending - compelled him to describe managing as a practice, not a science or a profession, learned primarily through experience and rooted in context. This book is vintage Mintzberg: iconoclastic, irreverent, carefully researched, myth-breaking. Managing may be the most revealing book yet written about what managers do, how they do it, and how they can do it better. Winner of the CMI Management Book of the Year! Members Reviews: A little bit of reality about management Would you listen to Managing again? Why? Of course. As a text book, Management has to be not only listened, but studied. Who was your favorite character and why? Do not apply. What do you think the narrator could have done better? Yes. Some times, the tone was a little dry and not so interesting. Did you have an extreme reaction to this book? Did it make you laugh or cry? Yes, it made me laugh many times. Not exactly because it was funny, but because it was brilliant. Any additional comments? A must to read book for managers. It help us get out of the wishfull thinking to the real world of management. The Buddha in Business ? The most difficult thing is finding a lucid theorist in business. After Peter Drucker, it was difficult finding one. Mintzberg is a genious because he writes about the obvious -- all that other people didn't dare say. Lke: "You don't become a leader/manager in class." "Gurus become famous because they oversell their own side of the story, and real management is the sum total of all those sides." "American management is a failure, although it's the world standard -- the recent crises proved that." "You can't trust someone who works for incentives -- committed managers treat their companies as an extention of their lives." "Internet is overpromoted. Oral communication and concrete presence is the most powerful way of kwowing." "Internet and email fragments your work." "Strategic planning, objectives, adding value, shareholder value and all those concepts are awkward, unrealistic." "Management isn't controlling, planning or measuring. Management is practice." Excellent book Would you recommend this audiobook to a friend? If so, why? I recommend. This is a must read book on management. What did you like best about this story? Mintzberg provides a fresh view of management as a practice. Which scene was your favorite? His framework around information, people and action is pretty much helpful. Non Chapter Divisions. Non Chapter Divisions. Just two big files for the entire book, you must forward an rewind manually. :-( Good cure for insomnia I don't like to write negative reviews but my goodness did I struggle to finish listening to this book. I can't really put my finger on it but as the other reviewer said; the voice of the reader almost put me to sleep more than once. Having made it through the book I really couldn't tell you what the key messages were, something or other about managing vrs leadership but to be honest that seems like a debate only an academic could care about. If this topic interests you then try anything by Jim Collins instead. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Marine-Corps-Way-Audiobook/B002V187BA Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Marine Corps Way Subtitle: Using Maneuver Warfare to Lead a Winning Organization Author: Vincent Martino, Jason A. Santamaria, Eric K. Clemons Narrator: Michael Prichard Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 28 mins Language: English Release date: 03-09-06 Publisher: McGraw-Hill Education Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 40 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The Marine Corps Way shows managers at all levels how to apply the tactics and techniques of maneuver warfare to achieve overwhelming results in today's fiercely competitive market environment. You'll learn how to reshape your organization based on seven guiding principles: targeting critical vulnerabilities, boldness, surprise, focus, decentralized decision-making, tempo, and combined arms. ©2004 Jason Santamaria, Vincent Martino, Erik K. Clemons (P)2004 AMI Critic Reviews: "The book makes a convincing case that battlefield techniques really do work in the business world." (Fortune) "A colorful, entertaining, and highly effective way of conveying some powerful lessons along with lots of very interesting military history." (Miami Herald) bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Vincent Martino) Thu, 09 Mar 2006 22:31:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Marine-Corps-Way-Audiobook/B002V187BA thebookvoice.com 04:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Marine Corps Way Subtitle: Using Maneuver Warfare to Lead a Winning Organization Author: Vincent Martino, Jason A. Santamaria, Eric K. Clemons Narrator: Michael Prichard Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 28 mins Language: English Release date: 03-09-06 Publisher: McGraw-Hill Education Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 40 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The Marine Corps Way shows managers at all levels how to apply the tactics and techniques of maneuver warfare to achieve overwhelming results in today's fiercely competitive market environment. You'll learn how to reshape your organization based on seven guiding principles: targeting critical vulnerabilities, boldness, surprise, focus, decentralized decision-making, tempo, and combined arms. ©2004 Jason Santamaria, Vincent Martino, Erik K. Clemons (P)2004 AMI Critic Reviews: "The book makes a convincing case that battlefield techniques really do work in the business world." (Fortune) "A colorful, entertaining, and highly effective way of conveying some powerful lessons along with lots of very interesting military history." (Miami Herald) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Marine Corps Way Subtitle: Using Maneuver Warfare to Lead a Winning Organization Author: Vincent Martino, Jason A. Santamaria, Eric K. Clemons Narrator: Michael Prichard Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 28 mins Language: English Release date: 03-09-06 Publisher: McGraw-Hill Education Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 40 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The Marine Corps Way shows managers at all levels how to apply the tactics and techniques of maneuver warfare to achieve overwhelming results in today's fiercely competitive market environment. You'll learn how to reshape your organization based on seven guiding principles: targeting critical vulnerabilities, boldness, surprise, focus, decentralized decision-making, tempo, and combined arms. ©2004 Jason Santamaria, Vincent Martino, Erik K. Clemons (P)2004 AMI Critic Reviews: "The book makes a convincing case that battlefield techniques really do work in the business world." (Fortune) "A colorful, entertaining, and highly effective way of conveying some powerful lessons along with lots of very interesting military history." (Miami Herald) Members Reviews: Awesome book There's more here than first meets the ear. There are lots of great historical examples from both history of warfare and business to illustrate the concepts. You need to listen multiple times to get the full effect, and it's written and read so well, that repeating is not a chore. I'm buying the actual book as a reference. A must read! What did you love best about The Marine Corps Way? This book you cannot put down, so make sure you have an afternoon to read it from cover to cover. Boring, but probably useful. I am both a business owner and a former marine. I found it boring, but somewhat useful if you can get through the boredom. Just a thought here, but I have a feeling that if the two marines would have done this book without the help of the Ph.D that the book would have been more interesting to read and listen to. I always cringe when I am about to read a business book and see that the author has a Ph.D after his name. It was still an ok book though. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Analysis-of-Simon-Sineks-Find-Your-Why-Audiobook/B076DL5XMP Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Analysis of Simon Sinek's Find Your Why Author: Milkyway Media Narrator: Todd Mansfield Format: Unabridged Length: 28 mins Language: English Release date: 10-16-17 Publisher: Milkyway Media Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Find Your Why: A Practical Guide for Discovering Purpose for You and Your Team (2017) by Simon Sinek with David Mead and Peter Docker is a step-by-step manual for individuals and organizations that wish to identify a sense of purpose. It builds on the concepts outlined in Sinek's first book, Start with Why (2009), and shares practical strategies for exploring professional values that are deeply felt but difficult to articulate.... Get this in-depth analysis to learn more. Please note: This is an analysis of Find Your Why, not the original book. This analysis is not endorsed by or affiliated with the original authors. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Milkyway Media) Mon, 16 Oct 2017 15:27:42 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Analysis-of-Simon-Sineks-Find-Your-Why-Audiobook/B076DL5XMP thebookvoice.com 00:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Analysis of Simon Sinek's Find Your Why Author: Milkyway Media Narrator: Todd Mansfield Format: Unabridged Length: 28 mins Language: English Release date: 10-16-17 Publisher: Milkyway Media Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Find Your Why: A Practical Guide for Discovering Purpose for You and Your Team (2017) by Simon Sinek with David Mead and Peter Docker is a step-by-step manual for individuals and organizations that wish to identify a sense of purpose. It builds on the concepts outlined in Sinek's first book, Start with Why (2009), and shares practical strategies for exploring professional values that are deeply felt but difficult to articulate.... Get this in-depth analysis to learn more. Please note: This is an analysis of Find Your Why, not the original book. This analysis is not endorsed by or affiliated with the original authors. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Analysis of Simon Sinek's Find Your Why Author: Milkyway Media Narrator: Todd Mansfield Format: Unabridged Length: 28 mins Language: English Release date: 10-16-17 Publisher: Milkyway Media Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Find Your Why: A Practical Guide for Discovering Purpose for You and Your Team (2017) by Simon Sinek with David Mead and Peter Docker is a step-by-step manual for individuals and organizations that wish to identify a sense of purpose. It builds on the concepts outlined in Sinek's first book, Start with Why (2009), and shares practical strategies for exploring professional values that are deeply felt but difficult to articulate.... Get this in-depth analysis to learn more. Please note: This is an analysis of Find Your Why, not the original book. This analysis is not endorsed by or affiliated with the original authors. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Risk-Management-Explained-Audiobook/B00XK78UPM Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Risk Management Explained Author: Can Akdeniz Narrator: Andrea Erickson Format: Unabridged Length: 45 mins Language: English Release date: 05-13-15 Publisher: Can Akdeniz Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 13 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: This book will run you through the gambit of just what risk management is. It will show you how you can apply it to your business. It will discuss the principles of risk management, the processes involved, and give you an idea of the application of these processes to a couple of businesses. The rules of risk management are mostly universal. By tweaking them slightly, you can apply them to any enterprise. You will be armed with the essential tools to devise a risk management strategy that will, in effect, maximize the potential of your business to realize opportunities. This is, after all, the ultimate purpose of risk management! bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Can Akdeniz) Wed, 13 May 2015 13:53:52 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Risk-Management-Explained-Audiobook/B00XK78UPM thebookvoice.com 00:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Risk Management Explained Author: Can Akdeniz Narrator: Andrea Erickson Format: Unabridged Length: 45 mins Language: English Release date: 05-13-15 Publisher: Can Akdeniz Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 13 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: This book will run you through the gambit of just what risk management is. It will show you how you can apply it to your business. It will discuss the principles of risk management, the processes involved, and give you an idea of the application of these processes to a couple of businesses. The rules of risk management are mostly universal. By tweaking them slightly, you can apply them to any enterprise. You will be armed with the essential tools to devise a risk management strategy that will, in effect, maximize the potential of your business to realize opportunities. This is, after all, the ultimate purpose of risk management! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Risk Management Explained Author: Can Akdeniz Narrator: Andrea Erickson Format: Unabridged Length: 45 mins Language: English Release date: 05-13-15 Publisher: Can Akdeniz Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 13 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: This book will run you through the gambit of just what risk management is. It will show you how you can apply it to your business. It will discuss the principles of risk management, the processes involved, and give you an idea of the application of these processes to a couple of businesses. The rules of risk management are mostly universal. By tweaking them slightly, you can apply them to any enterprise. You will be armed with the essential tools to devise a risk management strategy that will, in effect, maximize the potential of your business to realize opportunities. This is, after all, the ultimate purpose of risk management! Members Reviews: Great introduction to Risk Management importance I particularly loved the brevity of the material because I have a busy schedule and was concerned about finding reference information that wasn't too lengthy. This was just what the doctor ordered. Narration was even and appropriate for topic and consistent with a topic such as this. Great all the way around. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Charity-Case-Audiobook/B009CEY46G Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Charity Case Subtitle: How the Nonprofit Community Can Stand Up for Itself and Really Change the World Author: Dan Pallotta Narrator: Brett Barry Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 55 mins Language: English Release date: 09-19-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 46 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: A blueprint for a national leadership movement to transform the way the public thinks about giving. Virtually everything our society has been taught about charity is backwards. We deny the social sector the ability to grow because of our short-sighted demand that it send every short-term dollar into direct services. Yet if the sector cannot grow, it can never match the scale of our great social problems. In the face of this dilemma, the sector has remained silent, defenseless, and disorganized. In Charity Case, Pallotta proposes a visionary solution: a Charity Defense Council to re-educate the public and give charities the freedom they need to solve our most pressing social issues. Grounded in Pallottas clear vision and deep social sector experience, Charity Case is a fascinating wake-up call for fixing the culture that thwarts our charities ability to change the world. Critic Reviews: Charity Case is an Apollo program for American philanthropy and the nonprofit sector. Pallottas understanding of the hamstrung nonprofit sector is poetic and therapeutic. His prescription is sensible and profound. Charity Case will inspire its readers with an expansive sense of possibility. (Robert F. Kennedy Jr.) Dan Pallotta is a big thinker - impatient, generous, and insightful. Its worth hearing him out. (Seth Godin, author, Tribes) bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Dan Pallotta) Wed, 19 Sep 2012 00:29:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Charity-Case-Audiobook/B009CEY46G thebookvoice.com 05:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Charity Case Subtitle: How the Nonprofit Community Can Stand Up for Itself and Really Change the World Author: Dan Pallotta Narrator: Brett Barry Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 55 mins Language: English Release date: 09-19-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 46 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: A blueprint for a national leadership movement to transform the way the public thinks about giving. Virtually everything our society has been taught about charity is backwards. We deny the social sector the ability to grow because of our short-sighted demand that it send every short-term dollar into direct services. Yet if the sector cannot grow, it can never match the scale of our great social problems. In the face of this dilemma, the sector has remained silent, defenseless, and disorganized. In Charity Case, Pallotta proposes a visionary solution: a Charity Defense Council to re-educate the public and give charities the freedom they need to solve our most pressing social issues. Grounded in Pallottas clear vision and deep social sector experience, Charity Case is a fascinating wake-up call for fixing the culture that thwarts our charities ability to change the world. Critic Reviews: Charity Case is an Apollo program for American philanthropy and the nonprofit sector. Pallottas understanding of the hamstrung nonprofit sector is poetic and therapeutic. His prescription is sensible and profound. Charity Case will inspire its readers with an expansive sense of possibility. (Robert F. Kennedy Jr.) Dan Pallotta is a big thinker - impatient, generous, and insightful. Its worth hearing him out. (Seth Godin, author, Tribes) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Charity Case Subtitle: How the Nonprofit Community Can Stand Up for Itself and Really Change the World Author: Dan Pallotta Narrator: Brett Barry Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 55 mins Language: English Release date: 09-19-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 46 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: A blueprint for a national leadership movement to transform the way the public thinks about giving. Virtually everything our society has been taught about charity is backwards. We deny the social sector the ability to grow because of our short-sighted demand that it send every short-term dollar into direct services. Yet if the sector cannot grow, it can never match the scale of our great social problems. In the face of this dilemma, the sector has remained silent, defenseless, and disorganized. In Charity Case, Pallotta proposes a visionary solution: a Charity Defense Council to re-educate the public and give charities the freedom they need to solve our most pressing social issues. Grounded in Pallottas clear vision and deep social sector experience, Charity Case is a fascinating wake-up call for fixing the culture that thwarts our charities ability to change the world. Critic Reviews: Charity Case is an Apollo program for American philanthropy and the nonprofit sector. Pallottas understanding of the hamstrung nonprofit sector is poetic and therapeutic. His prescription is sensible and profound. Charity Case will inspire its readers with an expansive sense of possibility. (Robert F. Kennedy Jr.) Dan Pallotta is a big thinker - impatient, generous, and insightful. Its worth hearing him out. (Seth Godin, author, Tribes) Members Reviews: Another great resource from Dan. I've been a follower of Dan Pallotta for several years and also advocating many of the relevant concepts in this books here in China. We smaller independent organizations need a larger umbrella to support us through this work. Looking forward to more regional tools classified by geography rather than only valid for the US. Great work! Really tells the critical narrative about how we need to mobilize to do good and solve crucial problems both in our A conversation that has been a long time in commuting. We are starting to see change but so much more is still ahead. Let's inspire everyone in our communities and the government to make change happen and let the good work of humanitarian organizations make our neighborhoods, country and the world a better place. Let's all be a part of that change! Everybody who works in social profit should read this As someone who works in the social profit sector and constantly hears comparisons to the regular business sector (a la 'Why don't you do it this way?' by people who don't understand why not), Charity Case was a breath of fresh air. I have already recommended it to several coworkers and have forwarded them information about the Charity Defense Council. This should be required reading for anyone who works in the social profit sector. a Different future we get to create Realistic perspective on how to make monumental change as a profitable nonprofit. should be a required read for anyone thinking of starting a nonprofit Mind blowing As a volunteer in several nonprofits I know and feel the struggle of being to small and not having enjoy funds to do all the great beautiful things we want to do for our communities ... and this... an answer!!! A must read!!! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Build-the-Fort-Audiobook/B01BGYT9JG Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Build the Fort Subtitle: Why 5 Simple Lessons You Learned as a 10-Year-Old Can Set You up for Startup Success Author: Chris Heivly Narrator: Morley Shulman Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 15 mins Language: English Release date: 02-05-16 Publisher: Beacon Audiobooks Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: In Build the Fort, Heivly breaks down his personal fort-building experiences and uses them as an analogy to his journey as co-founder of MapQuest as well as The Startup Factory (a seed-stage investor & mentorship program). Build the Fort outlines five basic elements that are common to both fort-building and startups: Whether you are 16 or 60, Build the Fort will provide the listener a better understanding of the earliest micro-steps of starting your own business by overlaying Chris' 30 years of experiences in startups, investments, big-company intrapreneurship, and community development. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Chris Heivly) Fri, 05 Feb 2016 23:58:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Build-the-Fort-Audiobook/B01BGYT9JG thebookvoice.com 03:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Build the Fort Subtitle: Why 5 Simple Lessons You Learned as a 10-Year-Old Can Set You up for Startup Success Author: Chris Heivly Narrator: Morley Shulman Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 15 mins Language: English Release date: 02-05-16 Publisher: Beacon Audiobooks Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: In Build the Fort, Heivly breaks down his personal fort-building experiences and uses them as an analogy to his journey as co-founder of MapQuest as well as The Startup Factory (a seed-stage investor & mentorship program). Build the Fort outlines five basic elements that are common to both fort-building and startups: Whether you are 16 or 60, Build the Fort will provide the listener a better understanding of the earliest micro-steps of starting your own business by overlaying Chris' 30 years of experiences in startups, investments, big-company intrapreneurship, and community development. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Build the Fort Subtitle: Why 5 Simple Lessons You Learned as a 10-Year-Old Can Set You up for Startup Success Author: Chris Heivly Narrator: Morley Shulman Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 15 mins Language: English Release date: 02-05-16 Publisher: Beacon Audiobooks Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: In Build the Fort, Heivly breaks down his personal fort-building experiences and uses them as an analogy to his journey as co-founder of MapQuest as well as The Startup Factory (a seed-stage investor & mentorship program). Build the Fort outlines five basic elements that are common to both fort-building and startups: Whether you are 16 or 60, Build the Fort will provide the listener a better understanding of the earliest micro-steps of starting your own business by overlaying Chris' 30 years of experiences in startups, investments, big-company intrapreneurship, and community development. Members Reviews: What I like about this book is that Chris puts all the ... This is one of a handful of books I can honestly say I read cover-to-cover, word-for-word, non-stop. For those of us who have been involved with many start-ups over the years, as founders, mentors, advisors, or educators, the lessons in the book are not new. Nor should they be. I've shared the same lessons with students over and over again through the years. What I like about this book is that Chris puts all the critical lessons that a first-time founder needs to learn in a succint, easy to read, and entertaining way. His five lessons paint a pretty complete picture of what it takes and what you need to know to get a start-up off the ground with any hope of success. I really love the parable of his childhood experience of building the coolest fort ever. I would guess that most of us can relate to that (I certainly can). As I read through the book I thought back to my first start-up and all the mistakes we made. I wish Mr. Conti had been around then! I would highly recommend this book to anyone who is itching to turn their dreams into reality via the start-up route. I particularly recommend it for those starting a tech venture. That's Chris's personal background and it shines through clearly in the book, although I'm sure the lessons will be of great value to anyone starting anything - a bakery, a social movement, a you-tube channel, or a B2B software company. It even gave me some new thoughts on how test an idea that's been bouncing around in my head at nearly zero cost. Can't wait to try it! Gives the reader confidence by demystifying the startup process and making it seem familiar Chris did a great job with this book balancing its readability with the necessary didactic elements. This first chapter is an entertaining story from his youth about how he and his friends built a fort in the woods. Each chapter that follows is a necessary step in building your startup company demonstrating how you probably already know how to do this just like building a fort as a kid. There is plenty of how-to in these chapters but I think the Chris's greatest accomplishment here is in demystifying the startup process giving the reader confidence to proceed. He somehow makes the scary high-risk world of starting your own venture oddly familiar and thus far less ominous. Again...great job Chris! There are a lot of how-to startup books but I can't think of any that accomplish this so well. If you don't have time to go through Chris's startup accelerator then this book is your next best option. Happily for you If only Chris Heivly had written this little red book of startup advice years ago. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Strategy-in-Action-Audiobook/B01NBP79M2 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Strategy-in-Action Subtitle: Marrying Planning, People and Performance Author: Edward J. Borey, Thomas D. Zweifel Narrator: Shlomo Zacks Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 42 mins Language: English Release date: 12-30-16 Publisher: Zacks Audiobooks Production Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: In this age of complexity and rapid change, robots and Big Data, globalization and a flatter world, the rules have changed. Traditional strategic planning no longer guarantees success. Uncertainty, empowered consumers, and networked corporations call for a new approach. This award-winning book shows through cutting-edge research and compelling cases how companies ended the long-standing divorce between planners and implementers. One saved $200 million from people power and another made €74 million from innovation. CEOs, senior managers and strategists will find a systematic 7-step roadmap for winning strategies: how to stand in the future, get intelligence from far-flung locations, give voice to dissenters, build alignment, maximize ownership, screen out losers efficiently, build a culture of accountability and entrepreneurship, produce quick wins, and get dynamic feedback from the action. In short, Strategy-in-Action gives listeners the art and science of integrating planning, people, and performance. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Edward J. Borey) Fri, 30 Dec 2016 20:05:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Strategy-in-Action-Audiobook/B01NBP79M2 thebookvoice.com 06:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Strategy-in-Action Subtitle: Marrying Planning, People and Performance Author: Edward J. Borey, Thomas D. Zweifel Narrator: Shlomo Zacks Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 42 mins Language: English Release date: 12-30-16 Publisher: Zacks Audiobooks Production Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: In this age of complexity and rapid change, robots and Big Data, globalization and a flatter world, the rules have changed. Traditional strategic planning no longer guarantees success. Uncertainty, empowered consumers, and networked corporations call for a new approach. This award-winning book shows through cutting-edge research and compelling cases how companies ended the long-standing divorce between planners and implementers. One saved $200 million from people power and another made €74 million from innovation. CEOs, senior managers and strategists will find a systematic 7-step roadmap for winning strategies: how to stand in the future, get intelligence from far-flung locations, give voice to dissenters, build alignment, maximize ownership, screen out losers efficiently, build a culture of accountability and entrepreneurship, produce quick wins, and get dynamic feedback from the action. In short, Strategy-in-Action gives listeners the art and science of integrating planning, people, and performance. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Strategy-in-Action Subtitle: Marrying Planning, People and Performance Author: Edward J. Borey, Thomas D. Zweifel Narrator: Shlomo Zacks Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 42 mins Language: English Release date: 12-30-16 Publisher: Zacks Audiobooks Production Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: In this age of complexity and rapid change, robots and Big Data, globalization and a flatter world, the rules have changed. Traditional strategic planning no longer guarantees success. Uncertainty, empowered consumers, and networked corporations call for a new approach. This award-winning book shows through cutting-edge research and compelling cases how companies ended the long-standing divorce between planners and implementers. One saved $200 million from people power and another made €74 million from innovation. CEOs, senior managers and strategists will find a systematic 7-step roadmap for winning strategies: how to stand in the future, get intelligence from far-flung locations, give voice to dissenters, build alignment, maximize ownership, screen out losers efficiently, build a culture of accountability and entrepreneurship, produce quick wins, and get dynamic feedback from the action. In short, Strategy-in-Action gives listeners the art and science of integrating planning, people, and performance. Members Reviews: The best book about strategy, a must have in my bookshelf! The best book about strategy I ever read. It closes the gap between powerful visions and people actions through a framework that I never experienced before. Each of the 7 steps of Strategy-In-Action is provided through a powerful context build upon real business case, step by step exercise or workshops to enable you to start with your own team from day 1. It also covers all pitfalls that are waiting for you along the way, with easy and understandable solutions to override them. A must have in my bookshelf! Great book! Clear Great book! Clear, results-driven, and all about listening and getting out of people's way. It's about doing things more and managing less, but with clear steps for doing it right. Highly recommended. A wonderful companion for your strategic thinking. This handy book by Thomas Zweifel and Ed Borey is a true treasure. Whenever I plan a project, prepare for a workshop, or review our organizational strategy, I open the book and invariable find inspiration to challenge my assumptions, ask deeper questions, and find myself more prepared for finding better options. This book is fresh, results oriented, rich in examples. It has been an invaluable resource on my desk since the day I got it - just with ever more ear-marks, and the progressive wear and tear of a book in constant use. âI have personally experienced the power of the Strategy-In-Action methodology ... âI have personally experienced the power of the Strategy-In-Action methodology. We developed a shared understanding around objectives as well as an enhanced perception of obstacles and breakdowns. Strategy-in- Action provides insight into how to recognize and identify traps (such as the illusion of hope and the attachment to old solutions) as well as a formula for vision and action We identified immediate action steps that optimized our deployment and designed energizing 100-day âCatalytic Projectsâ. The adrenalin is pumping again, and we have results that were virtually impossible before Strategy-In-Action. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Innovation-By-Design-Audiobook/B077V6JHDM Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Innovation By Design Subtitle: How Any Organization Can Leverage Design Thinking to Produce Change, Drive New Ideas, and Deliver Meaningful Solutions Author: Edgar Papke, Thomas Lockwood Narrator: Chris Henry Coffey Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 23 mins Language: English Release date: 11-30-17 Publisher: Recorded Books Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Why are some organizations more innovative than others? How can we tap in to, empower, and leverage the natural innovation within our organizations that is so vital to our future success? Now more than ever, companies and institutions of all types and sizes are determined to create more innovative organizations. In study after study, leaders say that fostering innovation and the need for transformational change are among their top priorities. But they also report struggling with how to engage their cultures to implement the changes necessary to maximize their innovative targets. In Innovation by Design, authors Thomas Lockwood and Edgar Papke share the results of their study of some of the world's most innovative organizations, including: Innovation by Design offers a powerful set of insights and practical solutions to the most important challenge for today's businesses - the need for relevant innovation. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Edgar Papke) Thu, 30 Nov 2017 04:17:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Innovation-By-Design-Audiobook/B077V6JHDM thebookvoice.com 07:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Innovation By Design Subtitle: How Any Organization Can Leverage Design Thinking to Produce Change, Drive New Ideas, and Deliver Meaningful Solutions Author: Edgar Papke, Thomas Lockwood Narrator: Chris Henry Coffey Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 23 mins Language: English Release date: 11-30-17 Publisher: Recorded Books Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Why are some organizations more innovative than others? How can we tap in to, empower, and leverage the natural innovation within our organizations that is so vital to our future success? Now more than ever, companies and institutions of all types and sizes are determined to create more innovative organizations. In study after study, leaders say that fostering innovation and the need for transformational change are among their top priorities. But they also report struggling with how to engage their cultures to implement the changes necessary to maximize their innovative targets. In Innovation by Design, authors Thomas Lockwood and Edgar Papke share the results of their study of some of the world's most innovative organizations, including: Innovation by Design offers a powerful set of insights and practical solutions to the most important challenge for today's businesses - the need for relevant innovation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Innovation By Design Subtitle: How Any Organization Can Leverage Design Thinking to Produce Change, Drive New Ideas, and Deliver Meaningful Solutions Author: Edgar Papke, Thomas Lockwood Narrator: Chris Henry Coffey Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 23 mins Language: English Release date: 11-30-17 Publisher: Recorded Books Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Why are some organizations more innovative than others? How can we tap in to, empower, and leverage the natural innovation within our organizations that is so vital to our future success? Now more than ever, companies and institutions of all types and sizes are determined to create more innovative organizations. In study after study, leaders say that fostering innovation and the need for transformational change are among their top priorities. But they also report struggling with how to engage their cultures to implement the changes necessary to maximize their innovative targets. In Innovation by Design, authors Thomas Lockwood and Edgar Papke share the results of their study of some of the world's most innovative organizations, including: Innovation by Design offers a powerful set of insights and practical solutions to the most important challenge for today's businesses - the need for relevant innovation. Members Reviews: and packed with great information about scaling innovation I just read this book cover to cover in four sittings - mostly on airplanes. It was very informative, well written, and packed with great information about scaling innovation, corporate culture and organization alignment. Being a Director in high tech supply chain, this is extremely relevant to all my functions. Highly recommended reading. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Open-Source-Leadership-Audiobook/B076PP4JLH Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Open Source Leadership Subtitle: Reinventing Management When There Is No More Business as Usual Author: Rajeev Peshawaria Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 33 mins Language: English Release date: 10-27-17 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: From taxi rides, hotel stays, car driving, to communicating and paying, business as usual is a thing of the past. This revolutionary model is the secret to driving profitability and growth in today's transformed business landscape. Free and abundant information, 24/7 connectivity, and the empowerment of everyone has transformed every company into an open-source organization and you must adapt in order to succeed. Open Source Leadership explains why the most relied-upon management practices today are ineffective, and it provides a new, counterintuitive model for seizing the competitive edge and holding it in any industry. The author challenges conventional thinking, overturning a host of management myths about what works and what doesn't. His approach gives you highly practical tools and techniques you need to source talent and innovation easier and quicker than ever. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Rajeev Peshawaria) Fri, 27 Oct 2017 20:32:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Open-Source-Leadership-Audiobook/B076PP4JLH thebookvoice.com 07:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Open Source Leadership Subtitle: Reinventing Management When There Is No More Business as Usual Author: Rajeev Peshawaria Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 33 mins Language: English Release date: 10-27-17 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: From taxi rides, hotel stays, car driving, to communicating and paying, business as usual is a thing of the past. This revolutionary model is the secret to driving profitability and growth in today's transformed business landscape. Free and abundant information, 24/7 connectivity, and the empowerment of everyone has transformed every company into an open-source organization and you must adapt in order to succeed. Open Source Leadership explains why the most relied-upon management practices today are ineffective, and it provides a new, counterintuitive model for seizing the competitive edge and holding it in any industry. The author challenges conventional thinking, overturning a host of management myths about what works and what doesn't. His approach gives you highly practical tools and techniques you need to source talent and innovation easier and quicker than ever. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Open Source Leadership Subtitle: Reinventing Management When There Is No More Business as Usual Author: Rajeev Peshawaria Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 33 mins Language: English Release date: 10-27-17 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: From taxi rides, hotel stays, car driving, to communicating and paying, business as usual is a thing of the past. This revolutionary model is the secret to driving profitability and growth in today's transformed business landscape. Free and abundant information, 24/7 connectivity, and the empowerment of everyone has transformed every company into an open-source organization and you must adapt in order to succeed. Open Source Leadership explains why the most relied-upon management practices today are ineffective, and it provides a new, counterintuitive model for seizing the competitive edge and holding it in any industry. The author challenges conventional thinking, overturning a host of management myths about what works and what doesn't. His approach gives you highly practical tools and techniques you need to source talent and innovation easier and quicker than ever. Members Reviews: The power and impact of âtop-down/bold leadershipâ According to Rajeev Peshawaria, the results of a global study â 16,000 respondents in 28 countries â indicate that about 75% of them agree with this statement: âWhen it comes to achieving breakthrough success for the organization, a significant amount of top-down/bold leadership is required.â Quite true. Not everyone aspires to provide that leadership but most agree that [begin italics] someone [end italics] must if anything truly significant is accomplished. James OâToole nailed it when suggesting that cultural resistance to organizational change (especially transformation) is the most difficult to overcome, the result of what he so aptly characterizes as âthe ideology of comfort and the tyranny of custom.â Peshawaria urges his reader to think about issues such as these: o Millions of people are now being trained at great expense for jobs that no longer exist. o An even greater number of people are unqualified for the jobs that do exist. o Meanwhile, global population will be at least nine billion by 2050 and probably sooner, creating increasingly greater pressure on natural resources such as food and water. o And meanwhile, the leadership needed at all levels and in all areas -- to ask the right questions in order to solve the right problems -- is not being developed...at least not in sufficient quantity. o Leaders in almost all organizations lack an open source mentality. They resent and feel threatened by principled dissent, especially from direct reports. o Worse yet, if innovation is involved, collaboration with customers and competitors is incomprehensible to the closed source mentality. In todayâs business world, most of the silos are disguised as executives who remain convinced that wet highways cause rain. For almost twenty years, I have read and reviewed several thousand business books for Amazon US, UK, and Canada in addition to my own website, The best of these books serve as a window to new or better ideas as well as a mirror to other ideas that many (most) leaders cherish and sustain. Those now held captive to âthe ideology of comfort and the tyranny of customâ were probably among those who replaced the previous status quo in their organization. Itâs time for you to become an open source leader and help replace the status quo in your own organization. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Road-to-Reinvention-Audiobook/B00KAGLLKW Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Road to Reinvention Subtitle: How to Drive Disruption and Accelerate Transformation Author: Josh Linkner Narrator: Josh Linkner Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 39 mins Language: English Release date: 06-03-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 30 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Companies, communities, and individuals fail for many reasons, but one of the most common - and easily avoidable - is the failure to reinvent. When people and organizations rest on prior successes rather than driving purposeful transformation, they discover too late that they have lost their market position altogether to competitors and external forces. The most successful companies, brands, and individuals make reinvention a regular part of their business strategies. Transformation demands an ongoing process of discovery and imagination, and The Road to Reinvention lays out a systematic approach for continually challenging and reinventing yourself and your business. Venture capitalist and serial entrepreneur Josh Linkner identifies six elements in any business that are ripe for reinvention and shares examples, methods, and step-by-step techniques for creating deliberate, productive disruption. Throughout The Road to Reinvention, Linkner also explores the history - the great rise, unprecedented fall, and now rebirth - of his beloved hometown, Detroit. First rising to greatness as the result of breathtaking innovation, Detroit had generations of booming growth before succumbing to apathy, atrophy, and finally bankruptcy. Now, the city is rising from the ashes and driving sustainable success through an intense focus on reinvention. Linkner brings an insider's view of this incredible story of grit, determination, and creativity, sharing his perspective on Detroit's successes and setbacks as a profound example of large-scale organizational and personal transformation. Change is inevitable. You need to decide: Will you drive that change, or be driven away by it? Will you disrupt or be disrupted? By choosing to deliberately reimagine your own status quo, you can secure a strong future for both your company and your career. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Josh Linkner) Tue, 03 Jun 2014 13:41:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Road-to-Reinvention-Audiobook/B00KAGLLKW thebookvoice.com 09:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Road to Reinvention Subtitle: How to Drive Disruption and Accelerate Transformation Author: Josh Linkner Narrator: Josh Linkner Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 39 mins Language: English Release date: 06-03-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 30 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Companies, communities, and individuals fail for many reasons, but one of the most common - and easily avoidable - is the failure to reinvent. When people and organizations rest on prior successes rather than driving purposeful transformation, they discover too late that they have lost their market position altogether to competitors and external forces. The most successful companies, brands, and individuals make reinvention a regular part of their business strategies. Transformation demands an ongoing process of discovery and imagination, and The Road to Reinvention lays out a systematic approach for continually challenging and reinventing yourself and your business. Venture capitalist and serial entrepreneur Josh Linkner identifies six elements in any business that are ripe for reinvention and shares examples, methods, and step-by-step techniques for creating deliberate, productive disruption. Throughout The Road to Reinvention, Linkner also explores the history - the great rise, unprecedented fall, and now rebirth - of his beloved hometown, Detroit. First rising to greatness as the result of breathtaking innovation, Detroit had generations of booming growth before succumbing to apathy, atrophy, and finally bankruptcy. Now, the city is rising from the ashes and driving sustainable success through an intense focus on reinvention. Linkner brings an insider's view of this incredible story of grit, determination, and creativity, sharing his perspective on Detroit's successes and setbacks as a profound example of large-scale organizational and personal transformation. Change is inevitable. You need to decide: Will you drive that change, or be driven away by it? Will you disrupt or be disrupted? By choosing to deliberately reimagine your own status quo, you can secure a strong future for both your company and your career. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Road to Reinvention Subtitle: How to Drive Disruption and Accelerate Transformation Author: Josh Linkner Narrator: Josh Linkner Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 39 mins Language: English Release date: 06-03-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 30 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Companies, communities, and individuals fail for many reasons, but one of the most common - and easily avoidable - is the failure to reinvent. When people and organizations rest on prior successes rather than driving purposeful transformation, they discover too late that they have lost their market position altogether to competitors and external forces. The most successful companies, brands, and individuals make reinvention a regular part of their business strategies. Transformation demands an ongoing process of discovery and imagination, and The Road to Reinvention lays out a systematic approach for continually challenging and reinventing yourself and your business. Venture capitalist and serial entrepreneur Josh Linkner identifies six elements in any business that are ripe for reinvention and shares examples, methods, and step-by-step techniques for creating deliberate, productive disruption. Throughout The Road to Reinvention, Linkner also explores the history - the great rise, unprecedented fall, and now rebirth - of his beloved hometown, Detroit. First rising to greatness as the result of breathtaking innovation, Detroit had generations of booming growth before succumbing to apathy, atrophy, and finally bankruptcy. Now, the city is rising from the ashes and driving sustainable success through an intense focus on reinvention. Linkner brings an insider's view of this incredible story of grit, determination, and creativity, sharing his perspective on Detroit's successes and setbacks as a profound example of large-scale organizational and personal transformation. Change is inevitable. You need to decide: Will you drive that change, or be driven away by it? Will you disrupt or be disrupted? By choosing to deliberately reimagine your own status quo, you can secure a strong future for both your company and your career. Members Reviews: Not Much New Here This is not a bad book. I could probably give it 3.5 stars if the rating system allowed it. The book is well organized and covers a lot of information regarding the process of re-inventing organizations and yourself. If you need a pep talk, it is a good book and it has a lot of good ideas. Why not a higher rating? The book simply does not cover much in the way of new ground. There really is not much here that was not covered decades ago by Napoleon Hill and there are many other newer books that cover much of the same subject matter in much the same way. Still, the book moves well and the stories included for inspiration and explanation, although some are familiar, are good. The narration, by the author, is not bad. However, as is so often the case, a professional narration probably would have been better. One word of warning: The author is from Detroit, and a lot of the examples are about Detroit. The author earnestly believes that Detroit will re-invent itself as a great American city. If you do not want to hear repeatedly about that, this book is not for you. Great copy, horrible diction I stopped listening at chapter 3. Great content so far but horrible delivery. I stopped and started provably 10 times trying to get past the author's distracting cadence because I love the information presented, but I found that I was simply repeating each sentence in my head using the correct diction and emphasis on words to make sense of the sentences. I am so frustrated right now. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/How-Google-Works-Audiobook/B00O3HVIT8 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: How Google Works Author: Eric Schmidt, Jonathan Rosenberg Narrator: Holter Graham, Jonathan Rosenberg Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 46 mins Language: English Release date: 10-02-14 Publisher: Hodder & Stoughton Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 72 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Both Eric Schmidt and Jonathan Rosenberg came to Google as seasoned Silicon Valley business executives, but over the course of a decade they came to see the wisdom in Coach John Wooden's observation that 'it's what you learn after you know it all that counts'. As they helped grow Google from a young start-up to a global icon, they relearned everything they knew about management. How Google Works is the sum of those experiences distilled into a fun, easy-to-read primer on corporate culture, strategy, talent, decision-making, communication, innovation, and dealing with disruption. The authors explain how the confluence of three seismic changes - the internet, mobile, and cloud computing - has shifted the balance of power from companies to consumers. The companies that will thrive in this ever-changing landscape will be the ones that create superior products and attract a new breed of multifaceted employees whom the authors dub 'smart creatives'. The management maxims ('Consensus requires dissension', 'Exile knaves but fight for divas', 'Think 10X, not 10%') are illustrated with previously unreported anecdotes from Google's corporate history. 'Back in 2010, Eric and I created an internal class for Google managers,' says Rosenberg. 'The class slides all read 'Google confidential' until an employee suggested we uphold the spirit of openness and share them with the world. This book codifies the recipe for our secret sauce: how Google innovates and how it empowers employees to succeed.' Read by award-winning narrator Holter Graham, with the foreword and introduction read by Jonathan Rosenberg. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Eric Schmidt) Thu, 02 Oct 2014 08:15:15 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/How-Google-Works-Audiobook/B00O3HVIT8 thebookvoice.com 09:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: How Google Works Author: Eric Schmidt, Jonathan Rosenberg Narrator: Holter Graham, Jonathan Rosenberg Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 46 mins Language: English Release date: 10-02-14 Publisher: Hodder & Stoughton Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 72 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Both Eric Schmidt and Jonathan Rosenberg came to Google as seasoned Silicon Valley business executives, but over the course of a decade they came to see the wisdom in Coach John Wooden's observation that 'it's what you learn after you know it all that counts'. As they helped grow Google from a young start-up to a global icon, they relearned everything they knew about management. How Google Works is the sum of those experiences distilled into a fun, easy-to-read primer on corporate culture, strategy, talent, decision-making, communication, innovation, and dealing with disruption. The authors explain how the confluence of three seismic changes - the internet, mobile, and cloud computing - has shifted the balance of power from companies to consumers. The companies that will thrive in this ever-changing landscape will be the ones that create superior products and attract a new breed of multifaceted employees whom the authors dub 'smart creatives'. The management maxims ('Consensus requires dissension', 'Exile knaves but fight for divas', 'Think 10X, not 10%') are illustrated with previously unreported anecdotes from Google's corporate history. 'Back in 2010, Eric and I created an internal class for Google managers,' says Rosenberg. 'The class slides all read 'Google confidential' until an employee suggested we uphold the spirit of openness and share them with the world. This book codifies the recipe for our secret sauce: how Google innovates and how it empowers employees to succeed.' Read by award-winning narrator Holter Graham, with the foreword and introduction read by Jonathan Rosenberg. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: How Google Works Author: Eric Schmidt, Jonathan Rosenberg Narrator: Holter Graham, Jonathan Rosenberg Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 46 mins Language: English Release date: 10-02-14 Publisher: Hodder & Stoughton Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 72 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Both Eric Schmidt and Jonathan Rosenberg came to Google as seasoned Silicon Valley business executives, but over the course of a decade they came to see the wisdom in Coach John Wooden's observation that 'it's what you learn after you know it all that counts'. As they helped grow Google from a young start-up to a global icon, they relearned everything they knew about management. How Google Works is the sum of those experiences distilled into a fun, easy-to-read primer on corporate culture, strategy, talent, decision-making, communication, innovation, and dealing with disruption. The authors explain how the confluence of three seismic changes - the internet, mobile, and cloud computing - has shifted the balance of power from companies to consumers. The companies that will thrive in this ever-changing landscape will be the ones that create superior products and attract a new breed of multifaceted employees whom the authors dub 'smart creatives'. The management maxims ('Consensus requires dissension', 'Exile knaves but fight for divas', 'Think 10X, not 10%') are illustrated with previously unreported anecdotes from Google's corporate history. 'Back in 2010, Eric and I created an internal class for Google managers,' says Rosenberg. 'The class slides all read 'Google confidential' until an employee suggested we uphold the spirit of openness and share them with the world. This book codifies the recipe for our secret sauce: how Google innovates and how it empowers employees to succeed.' Read by award-winning narrator Holter Graham, with the foreword and introduction read by Jonathan Rosenberg. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio. Members Reviews: Great insight into Google The great insight into the culture and business model of Google and Silicon Valley. A must listen. Detail oriented The book is detailed, coupled with real life examples from the company that so many of us admire. The narrator has done a good job of narrating it with voice modulations wherever required to enhance the impact. Good book but terrible narration It's an ok book but No where near the likes of "The everything store" by Brad Stone about Amazon. That's probably because this is a book by an insider. Nevertheless there are nuggets of information that's valuable to learn: how to hire, how to think about product development, what products to prioritize etc. Beautiful paradigm to share Many learnings I'd like to instill in our company as a platform business dependent on smart creatives Great insights into one of the best companies There is something special about this company Google. What is that and why..? This is neatly and funnily explained by the guys who've seen it very closely. Worth listening for any entrepreneur; must for any youngster. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Trillions-Audiobook/B00BQK5J7W Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Trillions Subtitle: Thriving in the Emerging Information Ecology Author: Joe Ballay, Peter Lucas, Mickey McManus Narrator: Nelson Runger Format: Unabridged Length: 12 hrs and 22 mins Language: English Release date: 03-10-13 Publisher: MAYA Design, Inc. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 27 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: We are facing a future of unbounded complexity. Whether that complexity is harnessed to build a world that is safe, pleasant, humane and profitable, or whether it causes us to careen off a cliff into an abyss of mind-numbing junk is an open question. The challenges and opportunities - technical, business, and human - that this technological sea change will bring are without precedent. Entire industries will be born and others will be laid to ruin as our society navigates this journey. There are already many more computing devices in the world than there are people. In a few more years, their number will climb into the trillions. We put microprocessors into nearly every significant thing that we manufacture, and the cost of routine computing and storage is rapidly becoming negligible. We have literally permeated our world with computation. But more significant than mere numbers is the fact we are quickly figuring out how to make those processors communicate with each other, and with us. We are about to be faced, not with a trillion isolated devices, but with a trillion-node network: a network whose scale and complexity will dwarf that of today's Internet. And, unlike the Internet, this will be a network not of computation that we use, but of computation that we live in. Written by the leaders of one of America's leading pervasive computing design firms, this book gives a no-holds-barred insiders' account of both the promise and the risks of the age of Trillions. It is also a cautionary tale of the head-in-the-sand attitude with which many of today's thought-leaders are at present approaching these issues. Trillions is a field guide to the future - designed to help businesses and their customers prepare to prosper, in the information. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Joe Ballay) Sun, 10 Mar 2013 03:01:11 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Trillions-Audiobook/B00BQK5J7W thebookvoice.com 12:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Trillions Subtitle: Thriving in the Emerging Information Ecology Author: Joe Ballay, Peter Lucas, Mickey McManus Narrator: Nelson Runger Format: Unabridged Length: 12 hrs and 22 mins Language: English Release date: 03-10-13 Publisher: MAYA Design, Inc. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 27 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: We are facing a future of unbounded complexity. Whether that complexity is harnessed to build a world that is safe, pleasant, humane and profitable, or whether it causes us to careen off a cliff into an abyss of mind-numbing junk is an open question. The challenges and opportunities - technical, business, and human - that this technological sea change will bring are without precedent. Entire industries will be born and others will be laid to ruin as our society navigates this journey. There are already many more computing devices in the world than there are people. In a few more years, their number will climb into the trillions. We put microprocessors into nearly every significant thing that we manufacture, and the cost of routine computing and storage is rapidly becoming negligible. We have literally permeated our world with computation. But more significant than mere numbers is the fact we are quickly figuring out how to make those processors communicate with each other, and with us. We are about to be faced, not with a trillion isolated devices, but with a trillion-node network: a network whose scale and complexity will dwarf that of today's Internet. And, unlike the Internet, this will be a network not of computation that we use, but of computation that we live in. Written by the leaders of one of America's leading pervasive computing design firms, this book gives a no-holds-barred insiders' account of both the promise and the risks of the age of Trillions. It is also a cautionary tale of the head-in-the-sand attitude with which many of today's thought-leaders are at present approaching these issues. Trillions is a field guide to the future - designed to help businesses and their customers prepare to prosper, in the information. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Trillions Subtitle: Thriving in the Emerging Information Ecology Author: Joe Ballay, Peter Lucas, Mickey McManus Narrator: Nelson Runger Format: Unabridged Length: 12 hrs and 22 mins Language: English Release date: 03-10-13 Publisher: MAYA Design, Inc. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 27 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: We are facing a future of unbounded complexity. Whether that complexity is harnessed to build a world that is safe, pleasant, humane and profitable, or whether it causes us to careen off a cliff into an abyss of mind-numbing junk is an open question. The challenges and opportunities - technical, business, and human - that this technological sea change will bring are without precedent. Entire industries will be born and others will be laid to ruin as our society navigates this journey. There are already many more computing devices in the world than there are people. In a few more years, their number will climb into the trillions. We put microprocessors into nearly every significant thing that we manufacture, and the cost of routine computing and storage is rapidly becoming negligible. We have literally permeated our world with computation. But more significant than mere numbers is the fact we are quickly figuring out how to make those processors communicate with each other, and with us. We are about to be faced, not with a trillion isolated devices, but with a trillion-node network: a network whose scale and complexity will dwarf that of today's Internet. And, unlike the Internet, this will be a network not of computation that we use, but of computation that we live in. Written by the leaders of one of America's leading pervasive computing design firms, this book gives a no-holds-barred insiders' account of both the promise and the risks of the age of Trillions. It is also a cautionary tale of the head-in-the-sand attitude with which many of today's thought-leaders are at present approaching these issues. Trillions is a field guide to the future - designed to help businesses and their customers prepare to prosper, in the information. Members Reviews: Thought provoking, dismissive Inspiring vision for 10+ years from now in which there's a lot of truth, but the authors annoyingly dismiss current innovations as childish and short sighted. I really love the way they break up the sections read in the voices of the other coauthors. Fuzzy minded crap. Fuzzy minded crap. Self-aggrandizing. Awful presenter. I endured it to the end thinking that there would be some specific information about their vision. No such luck. In the end I felt cheated out of the time I invested in reading it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Summary-Knapp-Zeratsky-Kowitzs-Sprint-How-to-Solve-Big-Problems-and-Test-New-Ideas-in-Just-Five-Days-Audiobook/B01HQOIOVE Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Summary: Knapp, Zeratsky & Kowitz's Sprint: How to Solve Big Problems and Test New Ideas in Just Five Days Author: Ant Hive Media Narrator: Don Moffit Format: Unabridged Length: 25 mins Language: English Release date: 06-30-16 Publisher: Ant Hive Media Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 9 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: This is a summary of Knapp, Zeratsky, and Kowitz's Sprint: How to Solve Big Problems and Test New Ideas in Just Five Days. This New York Times and Wall Street Journal best seller, written by three partners at Google Ventures, is a unique five-day process for solving tough problems, proven at more than 100 companies. Entrepreneurs and leaders face big questions every day: What's the most important place to focus your effort, and how do you start? What will your idea look like in real life? How many meetings and discussions does it take before you can be sure you have the right solution? Now there's a surefire way to answer these important questions: the sprint. Designer Jake Knapp created the five-day process at Google, where sprints were used on everything from Google Search to Google X. He joined Braden Kowitz and John Zeratsky at Google Ventures, and together they have completed more than 100 sprints with companies in mobile, e-commerce, healthcare, finance, and more. A practical guide to answering critical business questions, Sprint is a book for teams of any size, from small startups to Fortune 100s, from teachers to nonprofits. It's for anyone with a big opportunity, problem, or idea who needs to get answers today. Available in a variety of formats, this summary is aimed for those who want to capture the gist of the book but don't have the current time to devour the full book. You get the main summary along with all of the benefits and lessons the actual book has to offer. This summary is not intended to be used without reference to the original book. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Ant Hive Media) Thu, 30 Jun 2016 16:27:06 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Summary-Knapp-Zeratsky-Kowitzs-Sprint-How-to-Solve-Big-Problems-and-Test-New-Ideas-in-Just-Five-Days-Audiobook/B01HQOIOVE thebookvoice.com 00:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Summary: Knapp, Zeratsky & Kowitz's Sprint: How to Solve Big Problems and Test New Ideas in Just Five Days Author: Ant Hive Media Narrator: Don Moffit Format: Unabridged Length: 25 mins Language: English Release date: 06-30-16 Publisher: Ant Hive Media Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 9 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: This is a summary of Knapp, Zeratsky, and Kowitz's Sprint: How to Solve Big Problems and Test New Ideas in Just Five Days. This New York Times and Wall Street Journal best seller, written by three partners at Google Ventures, is a unique five-day process for solving tough problems, proven at more than 100 companies. Entrepreneurs and leaders face big questions every day: What's the most important place to focus your effort, and how do you start? What will your idea look like in real life? How many meetings and discussions does it take before you can be sure you have the right solution? Now there's a surefire way to answer these important questions: the sprint. Designer Jake Knapp created the five-day process at Google, where sprints were used on everything from Google Search to Google X. He joined Braden Kowitz and John Zeratsky at Google Ventures, and together they have completed more than 100 sprints with companies in mobile, e-commerce, healthcare, finance, and more. A practical guide to answering critical business questions, Sprint is a book for teams of any size, from small startups to Fortune 100s, from teachers to nonprofits. It's for anyone with a big opportunity, problem, or idea who needs to get answers today. Available in a variety of formats, this summary is aimed for those who want to capture the gist of the book but don't have the current time to devour the full book. You get the main summary along with all of the benefits and lessons the actual book has to offer. This summary is not intended to be used without reference to the original book. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Summary: Knapp, Zeratsky & Kowitz's Sprint: How to Solve Big Problems and Test New Ideas in Just Five Days Author: Ant Hive Media Narrator: Don Moffit Format: Unabridged Length: 25 mins Language: English Release date: 06-30-16 Publisher: Ant Hive Media Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 9 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: This is a summary of Knapp, Zeratsky, and Kowitz's Sprint: How to Solve Big Problems and Test New Ideas in Just Five Days. This New York Times and Wall Street Journal best seller, written by three partners at Google Ventures, is a unique five-day process for solving tough problems, proven at more than 100 companies. Entrepreneurs and leaders face big questions every day: What's the most important place to focus your effort, and how do you start? What will your idea look like in real life? How many meetings and discussions does it take before you can be sure you have the right solution? Now there's a surefire way to answer these important questions: the sprint. Designer Jake Knapp created the five-day process at Google, where sprints were used on everything from Google Search to Google X. He joined Braden Kowitz and John Zeratsky at Google Ventures, and together they have completed more than 100 sprints with companies in mobile, e-commerce, healthcare, finance, and more. A practical guide to answering critical business questions, Sprint is a book for teams of any size, from small startups to Fortune 100s, from teachers to nonprofits. It's for anyone with a big opportunity, problem, or idea who needs to get answers today. Available in a variety of formats, this summary is aimed for those who want to capture the gist of the book but don't have the current time to devour the full book. You get the main summary along with all of the benefits and lessons the actual book has to offer. This summary is not intended to be used without reference to the original book. Members Reviews: decent summary of the original content I think it would still be easier to flip through the paper book to refresh. A good overall summary Short and to the point. This summary gave me all I needed to understand the process. short and crisp does exactly what is offered - in less than 30mins the 5-steps concept with its key parameters explained. great food for thoughts! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Lose-Your-Limits-Grow-Your-Business-Audiobook/B077VRZ5W1 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Lose Your Limits: Grow Your Business Subtitle: The 5-Key System to Go from Struggling Business Owner to Limitless Entrepreneur Author: Christian Chasmer Narrator: Christian Chasmer Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 41 mins Language: English Release date: 12-04-17 Publisher: Christian Chasmer Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: "Lose Your Limits: Grow Your Business should be in every entrepreneur's library. This book gives you the blueprint for business success and does so by going deeper than the typical business books and cutting straight to the root of what's holding most people back: themselves. Highly recommend!" - Hal Elrod, number one best-selling author of The Miracle Morning Are you tired of working 60 hours a week on your business and not making the profit you want? Are you look for a system to get more out of your business and life? Using proven, real world strategies, Lose Your Limits: Grow Your Business shows you how to become the entrepreneur capable of designing the business you want. Whether you want to scale your business to new heights or want to cut the hours you work in half, Lose Your Limits: Grow Your Business gives you the formula for achieving your goals. Lose the limits in your business by losing the limits within you. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Christian Chasmer) Mon, 04 Dec 2017 11:18:48 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Lose-Your-Limits-Grow-Your-Business-Audiobook/B077VRZ5W1 thebookvoice.com 01:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Lose Your Limits: Grow Your Business Subtitle: The 5-Key System to Go from Struggling Business Owner to Limitless Entrepreneur Author: Christian Chasmer Narrator: Christian Chasmer Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 41 mins Language: English Release date: 12-04-17 Publisher: Christian Chasmer Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: "Lose Your Limits: Grow Your Business should be in every entrepreneur's library. This book gives you the blueprint for business success and does so by going deeper than the typical business books and cutting straight to the root of what's holding most people back: themselves. Highly recommend!" - Hal Elrod, number one best-selling author of The Miracle Morning Are you tired of working 60 hours a week on your business and not making the profit you want? Are you look for a system to get more out of your business and life? Using proven, real world strategies, Lose Your Limits: Grow Your Business shows you how to become the entrepreneur capable of designing the business you want. Whether you want to scale your business to new heights or want to cut the hours you work in half, Lose Your Limits: Grow Your Business gives you the formula for achieving your goals. Lose the limits in your business by losing the limits within you. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Lose Your Limits: Grow Your Business Subtitle: The 5-Key System to Go from Struggling Business Owner to Limitless Entrepreneur Author: Christian Chasmer Narrator: Christian Chasmer Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 41 mins Language: English Release date: 12-04-17 Publisher: Christian Chasmer Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: "Lose Your Limits: Grow Your Business should be in every entrepreneur's library. This book gives you the blueprint for business success and does so by going deeper than the typical business books and cutting straight to the root of what's holding most people back: themselves. Highly recommend!" - Hal Elrod, number one best-selling author of The Miracle Morning Are you tired of working 60 hours a week on your business and not making the profit you want? Are you look for a system to get more out of your business and life? Using proven, real world strategies, Lose Your Limits: Grow Your Business shows you how to become the entrepreneur capable of designing the business you want. Whether you want to scale your business to new heights or want to cut the hours you work in half, Lose Your Limits: Grow Your Business gives you the formula for achieving your goals. Lose the limits in your business by losing the limits within you. Members Reviews: Personal presentation of established motivational advice makes for compelling read Although Lose Your Limits draws heavily from other sources and certainly isn't the first piece of self-help literature to use a "5 keys" model, it offers a unique perspective through Christian's personal anecdotes. By framing established motivational concepts in the context of his own life experiences, Christian makes his 5 keys compelling and relatable. Every one of his keys is sound advice and the chapter exercises he provides makes it easier to use his advice rather than just read it. I am certain that I will be able to apply his tips to improve my own life and career and I'm sure you can as well. This book isn't for everyone... Limiting beliefs are universal. They're those little voices inside your head telling you that you can't achieve your goals. Christian makes an excellent point near the beginning of the book: "Most people would rather do nothing than fight these voices". Because it's easier to do nothing about it then work towards overcoming these fears. This book is for those serious about understanding why limiting beliefs exist and how to break through them. Christian provides a framework that is beautiful in its simplicity - anyone can understand it, and only those serious about making a change in their life will truly experience the value it provides. Valuable, easy to read and to the point I was a little suspicious when saw all 5 ratings, but they are well deserved. I am thankful to author to not stretch content to over 400 pages. The book has just about 130 pages of useful content and everything is to the point. The book is easy to read. Although some concepts are known from before, author describes them on simple way which proves he understands them. Also, I found several new ideas that I didn't see in other books. Highly recommended read even for already successful people. A business book that surprised me! This book was really well done. I've definitely read my share of business books, and over time, they all start looking and sounding the same. But this one challenged me in new ways that I found very interesting and inspiring. I like to skim as I read, but certain questions that Christian was asking in this book made me take a step back, and reflect upon my life. And he presented several ideas that i could take tangible action on. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Analysis-of-Andrew-S-Groves-Only-the-Paranoid-Survive-by-Milkyway-Media-Audiobook/B075JMPLXT Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Analysis of Andrew S. Grove's Only the Paranoid Survive by Milkyway Media Author: Milkyway Media Narrator: Dwight Equitz Format: Unabridged Length: 9 mins Language: English Release date: 09-12-17 Publisher: Milkyway Media Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: In Only the Paranoid Survive (1996), former Intel CEO Andrew S. Grove explains how businesses or individuals should react to major market changes. Business owners, managers, and employees must understand that a company is always at risk. Purchase this in-depth analysis to learn more. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Milkyway Media) Tue, 12 Sep 2017 00:01:52 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Analysis-of-Andrew-S-Groves-Only-the-Paranoid-Survive-by-Milkyway-Media-Audiobook/B075JMPLXT thebookvoice.com 00:09:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Analysis of Andrew S. Grove's Only the Paranoid Survive by Milkyway Media Author: Milkyway Media Narrator: Dwight Equitz Format: Unabridged Length: 9 mins Language: English Release date: 09-12-17 Publisher: Milkyway Media Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: In Only the Paranoid Survive (1996), former Intel CEO Andrew S. Grove explains how businesses or individuals should react to major market changes. Business owners, managers, and employees must understand that a company is always at risk. Purchase this in-depth analysis to learn more. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Analysis of Andrew S. Grove's Only the Paranoid Survive by Milkyway Media Author: Milkyway Media Narrator: Dwight Equitz Format: Unabridged Length: 9 mins Language: English Release date: 09-12-17 Publisher: Milkyway Media Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: In Only the Paranoid Survive (1996), former Intel CEO Andrew S. Grove explains how businesses or individuals should react to major market changes. Business owners, managers, and employees must understand that a company is always at risk. Purchase this in-depth analysis to learn more. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Lead-Your-Boss-Audiobook/B0031QD1WE Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Lead Your Boss Subtitle: The Subtle Art of Managing Up Author: John Baldoni Narrator: Paul Hernandez Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 7 mins Language: English Release date: 12-23-09 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 36 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Every manager on the move wants to have influence at the top in order to get his or her ideas heard and ultimately acted upon. In Lead Your Boss, recognized leadership guru John Baldoni gives managers new as well as tried and true methods for influencing both their bosses and their peers, and giving senior leaders reasons to follow their lead. Featuring instructive stories based on real-life experiences from leaders at all levels. Lead Your Boss gives readers practical, tactical advice on becoming a key player in any organization, regardless of whether or not they have an office in the Csuite! YET. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (John Baldoni) Wed, 23 Dec 2009 13:58:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Lead-Your-Boss-Audiobook/B0031QD1WE thebookvoice.com 06:07:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Lead Your Boss Subtitle: The Subtle Art of Managing Up Author: John Baldoni Narrator: Paul Hernandez Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 7 mins Language: English Release date: 12-23-09 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 36 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Every manager on the move wants to have influence at the top in order to get his or her ideas heard and ultimately acted upon. In Lead Your Boss, recognized leadership guru John Baldoni gives managers new as well as tried and true methods for influencing both their bosses and their peers, and giving senior leaders reasons to follow their lead. Featuring instructive stories based on real-life experiences from leaders at all levels. Lead Your Boss gives readers practical, tactical advice on becoming a key player in any organization, regardless of whether or not they have an office in the Csuite! YET. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Lead Your Boss Subtitle: The Subtle Art of Managing Up Author: John Baldoni Narrator: Paul Hernandez Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 7 mins Language: English Release date: 12-23-09 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 36 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Every manager on the move wants to have influence at the top in order to get his or her ideas heard and ultimately acted upon. In Lead Your Boss, recognized leadership guru John Baldoni gives managers new as well as tried and true methods for influencing both their bosses and their peers, and giving senior leaders reasons to follow their lead. Featuring instructive stories based on real-life experiences from leaders at all levels. Lead Your Boss gives readers practical, tactical advice on becoming a key player in any organization, regardless of whether or not they have an office in the Csuite! YET. Members Reviews: Surprisingly Good I have read my share of business books and this one is surprisingly good. There are lots of books about how to be THE leader, but this one recognizes that you are most likely ONE of the leaders with your own boss to report to. I thought that the vignettes of other leaders helped to characterize many points and the author seemed careful about keeping the examples as tangible as possible. It was well narrated and a pretty easy listen. Great tips. This book provides many great tips. I am strongly recommending that you read it, because it helps me and I warrant it cans the same to you as well. mislabled This book is helpful for middle management who are looking to become more effective leaders. Only 1/10th of the book even mentions leading up, instead focusing on leading "down". If you're new to leadership, this book has some valuable insight. If you are looking for ways to lead those above you, do not purchase this book. Not a single original idea and misleading title For anyone who has never read a book on leadership in general, you would find this to be a useful introduction. For the rest of us who are trying to deepen our insights and be challenged with new and original ideas in our quest to influance sideways and upward... well - rather read something else. The book is filled with cliche's. Furthermore, I do not know how they relate the title to the contents. This book is not about leading up, but about leadership in general. Rather look into "Linchpin", "360 degree leader" and "how to become CEO". Another book not on Audible is "The art of WOO" - excellent read on influance. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/How-I-Did-It-Audiobook/B00ZE5TU0W Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: How I Did It Subtitle: Lessons from the Front Lines of Business Author: Harvard Business Review, Daniel McGinn Narrator: Mark Cabus, Susan Larkin Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 51 mins Language: English Release date: 08-04-15 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 35 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Powerful stories from the world's top CEOs to help prepare you for the hard decisions ahead. The essays in How I Did It teach and inspire. Pulled directly from the pages of one of the most popular columns in Harvard Business Review, these essays offer firsthand accounts of the most difficult management challenges faced by the men and women who occupy the corner office. It's the next best thing to sitting down and talking face to face with these corporate leaders. You'll hear from renowned global leaders including: Let these potent stories of strategic thinking - and often bold and unconventional action - be your guide as you step into your own future as a leader. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Harvard Business Review) Tue, 04 Aug 2015 02:26:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/How-I-Did-It-Audiobook/B00ZE5TU0W thebookvoice.com 09:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: How I Did It Subtitle: Lessons from the Front Lines of Business Author: Harvard Business Review, Daniel McGinn Narrator: Mark Cabus, Susan Larkin Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 51 mins Language: English Release date: 08-04-15 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 35 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Powerful stories from the world's top CEOs to help prepare you for the hard decisions ahead. The essays in How I Did It teach and inspire. Pulled directly from the pages of one of the most popular columns in Harvard Business Review, these essays offer firsthand accounts of the most difficult management challenges faced by the men and women who occupy the corner office. It's the next best thing to sitting down and talking face to face with these corporate leaders. You'll hear from renowned global leaders including: Let these potent stories of strategic thinking - and often bold and unconventional action - be your guide as you step into your own future as a leader. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: How I Did It Subtitle: Lessons from the Front Lines of Business Author: Harvard Business Review, Daniel McGinn Narrator: Mark Cabus, Susan Larkin Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 51 mins Language: English Release date: 08-04-15 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 35 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Powerful stories from the world's top CEOs to help prepare you for the hard decisions ahead. The essays in How I Did It teach and inspire. Pulled directly from the pages of one of the most popular columns in Harvard Business Review, these essays offer firsthand accounts of the most difficult management challenges faced by the men and women who occupy the corner office. It's the next best thing to sitting down and talking face to face with these corporate leaders. You'll hear from renowned global leaders including: Let these potent stories of strategic thinking - and often bold and unconventional action - be your guide as you step into your own future as a leader. Members Reviews: Variable quality but a must read The first texts provide essential learning pointers for a future business manager, but text quality and the learning experience tend to decline at mid way. Great stories from business leaders well narrated and interesting with excellent insights and lessons learned from captains of industry. interesting application of strategy in various business situations. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Leadership-Transformed-Audiobook/B00E6AX6R4 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Leadership Transformed Subtitle: How Ordinary Managers Become Extraordinary Leaders Author: Dr. Peter Fuda Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 44 mins Language: English Release date: 08-20-13 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 39 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: How does a good manager become a great leader? Ask around in business circles, and youll get a thousand different answers. But now, internationally-renowned leadership expert Dr. Peter Fuda has created a single, coherent roadmap for leadership effectiveness in Leadership Transformed. After more than a decades research and practice, Dr. Fuda shares the seven common themes that have enabled hundreds of CEOs across the world to transform themselves into highly effective leaders, and transform the performance of their organizations as well. Through his work, Dr. Fuda discovered that the best way to elicit deep and broad discussion of the seven leadership themes - and to describe the CEOs mastery of what they had learned - was through metaphor. Dr. Fuda has helped leaders on four continents achieve greatness. Previously available only to the select clients of his industry-leading consultancy, now his expert knowledge can accelerate your own leadership transformation. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Dr. Peter Fuda) Tue, 20 Aug 2013 20:40:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Leadership-Transformed-Audiobook/B00E6AX6R4 thebookvoice.com 05:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Leadership Transformed Subtitle: How Ordinary Managers Become Extraordinary Leaders Author: Dr. Peter Fuda Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 44 mins Language: English Release date: 08-20-13 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 39 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: How does a good manager become a great leader? Ask around in business circles, and youll get a thousand different answers. But now, internationally-renowned leadership expert Dr. Peter Fuda has created a single, coherent roadmap for leadership effectiveness in Leadership Transformed. After more than a decades research and practice, Dr. Fuda shares the seven common themes that have enabled hundreds of CEOs across the world to transform themselves into highly effective leaders, and transform the performance of their organizations as well. Through his work, Dr. Fuda discovered that the best way to elicit deep and broad discussion of the seven leadership themes - and to describe the CEOs mastery of what they had learned - was through metaphor. Dr. Fuda has helped leaders on four continents achieve greatness. Previously available only to the select clients of his industry-leading consultancy, now his expert knowledge can accelerate your own leadership transformation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Leadership Transformed Subtitle: How Ordinary Managers Become Extraordinary Leaders Author: Dr. Peter Fuda Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 44 mins Language: English Release date: 08-20-13 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 39 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: How does a good manager become a great leader? Ask around in business circles, and youll get a thousand different answers. But now, internationally-renowned leadership expert Dr. Peter Fuda has created a single, coherent roadmap for leadership effectiveness in Leadership Transformed. After more than a decades research and practice, Dr. Fuda shares the seven common themes that have enabled hundreds of CEOs across the world to transform themselves into highly effective leaders, and transform the performance of their organizations as well. Through his work, Dr. Fuda discovered that the best way to elicit deep and broad discussion of the seven leadership themes - and to describe the CEOs mastery of what they had learned - was through metaphor. Dr. Fuda has helped leaders on four continents achieve greatness. Previously available only to the select clients of his industry-leading consultancy, now his expert knowledge can accelerate your own leadership transformation. Members Reviews: Interesting Not bad but would be better used as a book in hand. Each chapter ends with some ideas for further study. So I would rather have a hard copy to work with as I usual listen to books while driving. Metaphors are very helpful There is a lot to take in. The many actual people used as examples make this come alive. The leadership metaphors are great. Also, the reader did an excellent job. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Empowered-Manager-Second-Edition-Audiobook/B06Y4CS3DY Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Empowered Manager, Second Edition Subtitle: Positive Political Skills at Work Author: Peter Block Narrator: Mirron Willis Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 19 mins Language: English Release date: 04-22-17 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 1 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Empowerment produces the conditions for high performance. Especially for middle managers and below. Empowered cultures attract and retain talent. They produce high achievement, high accountability and high commitment. The Empowered Manager uncovers a road map to creating a more accountable culture in today's fragmented and virtual world. Best-selling author Peter Block is a true visionary: author of the classic Flawless Consulting, his work is about empowerment, stewardship, chosen accountability, and reconciliation of community. In this book he returns his eye toward management to renew our efforts to create a shift in the traditional hierarchy. Twenty years after the original book, Block talks of why it is so difficult to both open the door to empowerment and, more importantly, have people walk through it. It is more important than ever to create a culture in which all members of an organization are treated as entrepreneurs, giving them ownership over their roles and responsibilities. This is in the face of the reality that most employees want safety, not the adventure of empowerment. Peter enhances the first edition of the book by acknowledging employees wish for dependency. Their longing for the days when a job carried a promise of a future and companies cared more about the product and the people than about the money. This is written primarily for people in the middle - good managers and employees who care more about doing good work and treating people right than ambition and making it into the ruling class. The upper middle and below is where there is the greatest need for great management. Which builds on valuing strengths and allowing talent the space to stretch and achieve almost independent of the power points of people at the top. This book shows you how a new approach to management empowers all employees at all levels and culminates in better business outcomes for the entire organization. If you feel controlled by bureaucracy, unrewarded for creativity, and, from a distance, powerless to control your own destiny, this book is the breath of fresh air your career has been craving. Timeless tips from a master of business strategy alongside a framework for more effective management makes The Empowered Manager a must-listen guide for anyone doing business today. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Peter Block) Sat, 22 Apr 2017 15:55:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Empowered-Manager-Second-Edition-Audiobook/B06Y4CS3DY thebookvoice.com 07:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Empowered Manager, Second Edition Subtitle: Positive Political Skills at Work Author: Peter Block Narrator: Mirron Willis Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 19 mins Language: English Release date: 04-22-17 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 1 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Empowerment produces the conditions for high performance. Especially for middle managers and below. Empowered cultures attract and retain talent. They produce high achievement, high accountability and high commitment. The Empowered Manager uncovers a road map to creating a more accountable culture in today's fragmented and virtual world. Best-selling author Peter Block is a true visionary: author of the classic Flawless Consulting, his work is about empowerment, stewardship, chosen accountability, and reconciliation of community. In this book he returns his eye toward management to renew our efforts to create a shift in the traditional hierarchy. Twenty years after the original book, Block talks of why it is so difficult to both open the door to empowerment and, more importantly, have people walk through it. It is more important than ever to create a culture in which all members of an organization are treated as entrepreneurs, giving them ownership over their roles and responsibilities. This is in the face of the reality that most employees want safety, not the adventure of empowerment. Peter enhances the first edition of the book by acknowledging employees wish for dependency. Their longing for the days when a job carried a promise of a future and companies cared more about the product and the people than about the money. This is written primarily for people in the middle - good managers and employees who care more about doing good work and treating people right than ambition and making it into the ruling class. The upper middle and below is where there is the greatest need for great management. Which builds on valuing strengths and allowing talent the space to stretch and achieve almost independent of the power points of people at the top. This book shows you how a new approach to management empowers all employees at all levels and culminates in better business outcomes for the entire organization. If you feel controlled by bureaucracy, unrewarded for creativity, and, from a distance, powerless to control your own destiny, this book is the breath of fresh air your career has been craving. Timeless tips from a master of business strategy alongside a framework for more effective management makes The Empowered Manager a must-listen guide for anyone doing business today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Empowered Manager, Second Edition Subtitle: Positive Political Skills at Work Author: Peter Block Narrator: Mirron Willis Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 19 mins Language: English Release date: 04-22-17 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 1 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Empowerment produces the conditions for high performance. Especially for middle managers and below. Empowered cultures attract and retain talent. They produce high achievement, high accountability and high commitment. The Empowered Manager uncovers a road map to creating a more accountable culture in today's fragmented and virtual world. Best-selling author Peter Block is a true visionary: author of the classic Flawless Consulting, his work is about empowerment, stewardship, chosen accountability, and reconciliation of community. In this book he returns his eye toward management to renew our efforts to create a shift in the traditional hierarchy. Twenty years after the original book, Block talks of why it is so difficult to both open the door to empowerment and, more importantly, have people walk through it. It is more important than ever to create a culture in which all members of an organization are treated as entrepreneurs, giving them ownership over their roles and responsibilities. This is in the face of the reality that most employees want safety, not the adventure of empowerment. Peter enhances the first edition of the book by acknowledging employees wish for dependency. Their longing for the days when a job carried a promise of a future and companies cared more about the product and the people than about the money. This is written primarily for people in the middle - good managers and employees who care more about doing good work and treating people right than ambition and making it into the ruling class. The upper middle and below is where there is the greatest need for great management. Which builds on valuing strengths and allowing talent the space to stretch and achieve almost independent of the power points of people at the top. This book shows you how a new approach to management empowers all employees at all levels and culminates in better business outcomes for the entire organization. If you feel controlled by bureaucracy, unrewarded for creativity, and, from a distance, powerless to control your own destiny, this book is the breath of fresh air your career has been craving. Timeless tips from a master of business strategy alongside a framework for more effective management makes The Empowered Manager a must-listen guide for anyone doing business today. Members Reviews: Reclaim the word politics Recently there was a video on how you have to be willing to do politics to become a CEO. To lead yourself, you need inspiration and motivation but to lead others, you translate the same requisites to a vision that can be shared by all. In this path of magnification from self to an organization, you can take the bureaucratic cycle or the entrepreneurial cycle. There is a good deal of comparison in each of the two kinds of organizations - tactics used, state of the members in terms of dependency. In a change situation, when the CEO's orders are not followed - 'Even people at the top are in the middle' serves as a caution to the leaders who dont take charge. I recently learned about ADKAR (Awareness Desire Knowledge Ability Reinforcement) with regards to Change management. The Desire of ADKAR is chimed in the 'change from the top down happens at the will and whim of those below'. The third important realization that the author Peter Block had about power and empowerment is 'The power of boss is asymmetrical'. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Scrum-Master-Certification-Audiobook/B01INL4Y0E Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Scrum Master Certification Subtitle: PSM 1 Exam: Preparation Guide and Handbook Author: Paul VII Narrator: Randal Schaffer Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 32 mins Language: English Release date: 07-19-16 Publisher: Pashun Consulting Ltd. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 27 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Thank you, and congratulations on taking this class. In this class, you will be given a multitude of information and proven tips to help you to pass the scrum.org Professional Scrum Master (PSM 1) Exam. I know you will get value from this class, as its information has been successfully used by many students in order to pass the PSM 1 Exam. I will walk you step-by-step through agile scrum so that you have an excellent foundation. Following the explanation of each concept, I give you tips for passing the PSM 1 exam and even for using scrum in your team or business from the ground up. Along the way, I give you plenty of examples and finally I give you the links you can use to sit the practice open assessment. This is the official practice exam from scrum.org. In this class, you will learn: Concise overview of scrum - The exact events, roles, rules, and artifacts used to deliver a project using scrum, along with the history of scrum. This includes lectures on the fundamentals of sprint planning, the daily scrum, sprint review, sprint retrospective, scrum artifacts, and more. The facts based on the scrum guide - The correct terminology and use of scrum is essential to mastering it. The scrum guide is the rulebook on scrum and many do not use it or know it. Scrum certification coaching - A summary of frequently asked questions (FAQs) and frequently misunderstood points around scrum that have been in past open assessment exams. Scrum certification preparation - I tell you how to prepare for scrum certification and how to sit it online saving you hundreds if not thousands of dollars. So let's get started and let me help you pass the scrum.org Professional Scrum Master (PSM 1) Exam. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Paul VII) Tue, 19 Jul 2016 16:37:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Scrum-Master-Certification-Audiobook/B01INL4Y0E thebookvoice.com 01:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Scrum Master Certification Subtitle: PSM 1 Exam: Preparation Guide and Handbook Author: Paul VII Narrator: Randal Schaffer Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 32 mins Language: English Release date: 07-19-16 Publisher: Pashun Consulting Ltd. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 27 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Thank you, and congratulations on taking this class. In this class, you will be given a multitude of information and proven tips to help you to pass the scrum.org Professional Scrum Master (PSM 1) Exam. I know you will get value from this class, as its information has been successfully used by many students in order to pass the PSM 1 Exam. I will walk you step-by-step through agile scrum so that you have an excellent foundation. Following the explanation of each concept, I give you tips for passing the PSM 1 exam and even for using scrum in your team or business from the ground up. Along the way, I give you plenty of examples and finally I give you the links you can use to sit the practice open assessment. This is the official practice exam from scrum.org. In this class, you will learn: Concise overview of scrum - The exact events, roles, rules, and artifacts used to deliver a project using scrum, along with the history of scrum. This includes lectures on the fundamentals of sprint planning, the daily scrum, sprint review, sprint retrospective, scrum artifacts, and more. The facts based on the scrum guide - The correct terminology and use of scrum is essential to mastering it. The scrum guide is the rulebook on scrum and many do not use it or know it. Scrum certification coaching - A summary of frequently asked questions (FAQs) and frequently misunderstood points around scrum that have been in past open assessment exams. Scrum certification preparation - I tell you how to prepare for scrum certification and how to sit it online saving you hundreds if not thousands of dollars. So let's get started and let me help you pass the scrum.org Professional Scrum Master (PSM 1) Exam. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Scrum Master Certification Subtitle: PSM 1 Exam: Preparation Guide and Handbook Author: Paul VII Narrator: Randal Schaffer Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 32 mins Language: English Release date: 07-19-16 Publisher: Pashun Consulting Ltd. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 27 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Thank you, and congratulations on taking this class. In this class, you will be given a multitude of information and proven tips to help you to pass the scrum.org Professional Scrum Master (PSM 1) Exam. I know you will get value from this class, as its information has been successfully used by many students in order to pass the PSM 1 Exam. I will walk you step-by-step through agile scrum so that you have an excellent foundation. Following the explanation of each concept, I give you tips for passing the PSM 1 exam and even for using scrum in your team or business from the ground up. Along the way, I give you plenty of examples and finally I give you the links you can use to sit the practice open assessment. This is the official practice exam from scrum.org. In this class, you will learn: Concise overview of scrum - The exact events, roles, rules, and artifacts used to deliver a project using scrum, along with the history of scrum. This includes lectures on the fundamentals of sprint planning, the daily scrum, sprint review, sprint retrospective, scrum artifacts, and more. The facts based on the scrum guide - The correct terminology and use of scrum is essential to mastering it. The scrum guide is the rulebook on scrum and many do not use it or know it. Scrum certification coaching - A summary of frequently asked questions (FAQs) and frequently misunderstood points around scrum that have been in past open assessment exams. Scrum certification preparation - I tell you how to prepare for scrum certification and how to sit it online saving you hundreds if not thousands of dollars. So let's get started and let me help you pass the scrum.org Professional Scrum Master (PSM 1) Exam. Members Reviews: Does not help much What disappointed you about Scrum Master Certification? It does not add any value if you have already read the Scrum Guide (and you have to read that to pass anyway). The author picks parts of it constantly and just describes it with his own words, without adding anything you wouldn't have already guessed. Good solid training and tips on Scrum Good solid training and tips on Scrum that will help those gain an understanding of Scrum and to help them pass the PSM1 certification https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Business-Plans-for-Dummies-Second-Edition-Audiobook/B002V0TGFC Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Business Plans for Dummies, Second Edition Author: Paul Tiffany Narrator: Brett Barry Format: Abridged Length: 3 hrs and 12 mins Language: English Release date: 10-19-07 Publisher: HarperAudio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 27 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Creating a great business plan is the first and most vital step to business success. Business Plans For Dummies, Second Edition, offers quick, easy solutions for all your planning dilemmas. Packed with the latest tips and advice, this fun, friendly resource will help you launch your company with confidence. Discover how to: bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Paul Tiffany) Fri, 19 Oct 2007 22:44:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Business-Plans-for-Dummies-Second-Edition-Audiobook/B002V0TGFC thebookvoice.com 03:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Business Plans for Dummies, Second Edition Author: Paul Tiffany Narrator: Brett Barry Format: Abridged Length: 3 hrs and 12 mins Language: English Release date: 10-19-07 Publisher: HarperAudio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 27 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Creating a great business plan is the first and most vital step to business success. Business Plans For Dummies, Second Edition, offers quick, easy solutions for all your planning dilemmas. Packed with the latest tips and advice, this fun, friendly resource will help you launch your company with confidence. Discover how to: Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Business Plans for Dummies, Second Edition Author: Paul Tiffany Narrator: Brett Barry Format: Abridged Length: 3 hrs and 12 mins Language: English Release date: 10-19-07 Publisher: HarperAudio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 27 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Creating a great business plan is the first and most vital step to business success. Business Plans For Dummies, Second Edition, offers quick, easy solutions for all your planning dilemmas. Packed with the latest tips and advice, this fun, friendly resource will help you launch your company with confidence. Discover how to: Members Reviews: Not exactly what I was looking for... I was hoping for a book on how to write a business plan step by step. This one just tells you why you need a business plan and the uses for it. Truly for dummies This is a book of common sense. The insight to business planning is superficial and the simplicity of the knowledge presented captures the title brilliantly. After listening to this, I now know that I am not a dummy when it comes to business planning. I would only recommend this book to folks with a cursory education. Concise Overview of Necessary Planning Steps For those seeking a quick study on business planning this is a good guide. I recommend it! Ummm.... I tried to listen and read along (a sound tactic for ADD studying) but the recording was all over the place. In the last part, it jumps ahead over 100 pages. What? Why? It never covers the missing pages. I wish I had my money back. Informative. Easy listening. Very clear and helpful. I'd recommend for any "dummy" who'd like an intro into what a business plan outline looks like. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Positive-Organization-Audiobook/B013F117P2 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Positive Organization Subtitle: Breaking Free from Conventional Cultures, Constraints, and Beliefs Author: Robert E. Quinn Narrator: Wayne Shepherd Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 34 mins Language: English Release date: 08-05-15 Publisher: Berrett-Koehler Publishers Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 7 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Beholden to accepted assumptions about people and organizations, too many enterprises waste human potential. Robert Quinn shows how to defy convention and create organizations where people feel fully engaged and continually rewarded, where - both individually and collectively - they flourish and exceed expectations. The problem is that leaders are following a negative and constraining "mental map" that insists organizations must be rigid, top-down hierarchies and that the people in them are driven mainly by self-interest and fear. But leaders can adopt a different mental map, one where organizations are networks of fluid, evolving relationships and where people are motivated by a desire to grow, learn, and serve a larger goal. Using dozens of memorable stories, Quinn describes specific actions leaders can take to facilitate the emergence of this organizational culture - helping people gain a sense of purpose, engage in authentic conversations, see new possibilities, and sacrifice for the common good. The book includes the positive organization generator, a tool that provides 100 real-life practices from positive organizations and helps you reinvent them to fit your specific needs. With the POG you can identify and implement the practices that will have the greatest impact on your organization. At its heart, the book helps leaders see new possibilities that lie within the acknowledged realities of organizational life. It provides five keys for learning to be "bilingual" - speaking the conventional language of business as well as the language of the positive organization. When leaders can do this, they are able to make real and lasting change. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Robert E. Quinn) Wed, 05 Aug 2015 07:04:38 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Positive-Organization-Audiobook/B013F117P2 thebookvoice.com 03:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Positive Organization Subtitle: Breaking Free from Conventional Cultures, Constraints, and Beliefs Author: Robert E. Quinn Narrator: Wayne Shepherd Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 34 mins Language: English Release date: 08-05-15 Publisher: Berrett-Koehler Publishers Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 7 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Beholden to accepted assumptions about people and organizations, too many enterprises waste human potential. Robert Quinn shows how to defy convention and create organizations where people feel fully engaged and continually rewarded, where - both individually and collectively - they flourish and exceed expectations. The problem is that leaders are following a negative and constraining "mental map" that insists organizations must be rigid, top-down hierarchies and that the people in them are driven mainly by self-interest and fear. But leaders can adopt a different mental map, one where organizations are networks of fluid, evolving relationships and where people are motivated by a desire to grow, learn, and serve a larger goal. Using dozens of memorable stories, Quinn describes specific actions leaders can take to facilitate the emergence of this organizational culture - helping people gain a sense of purpose, engage in authentic conversations, see new possibilities, and sacrifice for the common good. The book includes the positive organization generator, a tool that provides 100 real-life practices from positive organizations and helps you reinvent them to fit your specific needs. With the POG you can identify and implement the practices that will have the greatest impact on your organization. At its heart, the book helps leaders see new possibilities that lie within the acknowledged realities of organizational life. It provides five keys for learning to be "bilingual" - speaking the conventional language of business as well as the language of the positive organization. When leaders can do this, they are able to make real and lasting change. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Positive Organization Subtitle: Breaking Free from Conventional Cultures, Constraints, and Beliefs Author: Robert E. Quinn Narrator: Wayne Shepherd Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 34 mins Language: English Release date: 08-05-15 Publisher: Berrett-Koehler Publishers Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 7 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Beholden to accepted assumptions about people and organizations, too many enterprises waste human potential. Robert Quinn shows how to defy convention and create organizations where people feel fully engaged and continually rewarded, where - both individually and collectively - they flourish and exceed expectations. The problem is that leaders are following a negative and constraining "mental map" that insists organizations must be rigid, top-down hierarchies and that the people in them are driven mainly by self-interest and fear. But leaders can adopt a different mental map, one where organizations are networks of fluid, evolving relationships and where people are motivated by a desire to grow, learn, and serve a larger goal. Using dozens of memorable stories, Quinn describes specific actions leaders can take to facilitate the emergence of this organizational culture - helping people gain a sense of purpose, engage in authentic conversations, see new possibilities, and sacrifice for the common good. The book includes the positive organization generator, a tool that provides 100 real-life practices from positive organizations and helps you reinvent them to fit your specific needs. With the POG you can identify and implement the practices that will have the greatest impact on your organization. At its heart, the book helps leaders see new possibilities that lie within the acknowledged realities of organizational life. It provides five keys for learning to be "bilingual" - speaking the conventional language of business as well as the language of the positive organization. When leaders can do this, they are able to make real and lasting change. Members Reviews: Iâve been intrigued by the power of the positive since my early skateboard days listening to Bad Brains PMA I bought this book the very first day it was available. Quinn is one of the forefathers of the Center for Positive Organizational Scholarship (POS) at the University Of Michigan Ross School Of Business. 5 Years ago I attended a Positive Leadership executive education course at Michigan. I was introduced to the positive organization concept and the underlying academic discipline of Positive Psychology. Iâve been intrigued by the power of the positive since my early skateboard days listening to Bad Brains PMA. Quinn hypothesizes that by using the Positive Organization Generator (provided in the appendix and online here) and doing some work we can lead our organizations to a more positive place. The trick is that most leaders, over the years, have developed negative and constraining mental maps. They see all organizations as top-down hierarchies where people are primarily self-interested and driven by fear. Quinn wants to show us how to change our mental map to one where we see organizations as networks of relationships full of people motivated by their desires to grow, learn and serve a larger goal. I believe Quinn. I have seen the results first hand in my organization. Great and Practical I love the subject! The book is very good, provide some great ideas that can be easily implemented. This is a great book. Unlike many books on leadership This is a great book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Tech-Entrepreneurs-Survival-Guide-Audiobook/B00LEU8AF2 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Tech Entrepreneur's Survival Guide Subtitle: How to Bootstrap Your Startup, Lead Through Tough Times, and Cash in for Success Author: Bernd Schoner Narrator: Steven Roy Grimsley Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 50 mins Language: English Release date: 07-01-14 Publisher: McGraw-Hill Education Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 19 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Most technology startups never make it to the funding stage, and only a small percentage of those that are venture-backed generate a positive return for their investors. An even smaller number of startup founders enjoy a truly prosperous exit. Bernd Schoner cofounded his tech startup during the dot-com bust, navigated it through market crises and internal turmoil, brought it through the global financial meltdown intact, and eventually sold it to a multibillion-dollar, multinational public technology company. In The Tech Entrepreneur's Survival Guide, Bernd shares what he learned and what he wished he knew at the time. He explains the major phases in a technology company's life cycle, helping entrepreneurs avoid common pitfalls and survive crises when they strike. He guides readers from the initial bootstrapping process through venture-capital financing and provides valuable advice on how to sell a technology company profitably - even in a challenging economic environment. Every chapter presents solutions to real world issues that could otherwise have fatal consequences for a tech venture. Written with deep insight, refreshing candor, and a dash of humor, this comprehensive guide to the often harsh realities of startup life is indispensable for entrepreneurs at any stage. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Bernd Schoner) Tue, 01 Jul 2014 23:59:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Tech-Entrepreneurs-Survival-Guide-Audiobook/B00LEU8AF2 thebookvoice.com 07:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Tech Entrepreneur's Survival Guide Subtitle: How to Bootstrap Your Startup, Lead Through Tough Times, and Cash in for Success Author: Bernd Schoner Narrator: Steven Roy Grimsley Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 50 mins Language: English Release date: 07-01-14 Publisher: McGraw-Hill Education Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 19 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Most technology startups never make it to the funding stage, and only a small percentage of those that are venture-backed generate a positive return for their investors. An even smaller number of startup founders enjoy a truly prosperous exit. Bernd Schoner cofounded his tech startup during the dot-com bust, navigated it through market crises and internal turmoil, brought it through the global financial meltdown intact, and eventually sold it to a multibillion-dollar, multinational public technology company. In The Tech Entrepreneur's Survival Guide, Bernd shares what he learned and what he wished he knew at the time. He explains the major phases in a technology company's life cycle, helping entrepreneurs avoid common pitfalls and survive crises when they strike. He guides readers from the initial bootstrapping process through venture-capital financing and provides valuable advice on how to sell a technology company profitably - even in a challenging economic environment. Every chapter presents solutions to real world issues that could otherwise have fatal consequences for a tech venture. Written with deep insight, refreshing candor, and a dash of humor, this comprehensive guide to the often harsh realities of startup life is indispensable for entrepreneurs at any stage. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Tech Entrepreneur's Survival Guide Subtitle: How to Bootstrap Your Startup, Lead Through Tough Times, and Cash in for Success Author: Bernd Schoner Narrator: Steven Roy Grimsley Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 50 mins Language: English Release date: 07-01-14 Publisher: McGraw-Hill Education Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 19 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Most technology startups never make it to the funding stage, and only a small percentage of those that are venture-backed generate a positive return for their investors. An even smaller number of startup founders enjoy a truly prosperous exit. Bernd Schoner cofounded his tech startup during the dot-com bust, navigated it through market crises and internal turmoil, brought it through the global financial meltdown intact, and eventually sold it to a multibillion-dollar, multinational public technology company. In The Tech Entrepreneur's Survival Guide, Bernd shares what he learned and what he wished he knew at the time. He explains the major phases in a technology company's life cycle, helping entrepreneurs avoid common pitfalls and survive crises when they strike. He guides readers from the initial bootstrapping process through venture-capital financing and provides valuable advice on how to sell a technology company profitably - even in a challenging economic environment. Every chapter presents solutions to real world issues that could otherwise have fatal consequences for a tech venture. Written with deep insight, refreshing candor, and a dash of humor, this comprehensive guide to the often harsh realities of startup life is indispensable for entrepreneurs at any stage. Members Reviews: A Wise and Seasoned Guide to Doing Startups If you are looking for a wise and fun guide to surviving in a startup, look no further than The Tech Entrepreneur's Survival Guide. Bernd Schoner hooks you with his sense of humor and humility in the first paragraph of chapter 1 where he describes why he and his mates from MIT graduate school started their company, ThinkMagic, which they ultimately sold to Trimble Navigation.. "Unlike most successful entrepreneurs who leave school to found a company, we founded a company because we had to leave school." There are so many great books available about how to do startups that it is almost impossible to come up with new material and novel and useful ideas. I have advised startups in Silicon Valley for more than thirty years,and have read many great books about entrepreneurship and was delighted to find so much new advice offered from a fresh perspective. For example, the author does an excellent job translating the complex legalese of venture capital financing practices into plain English that any entrepreneur can understand. The chapter on compensation is equally good. All of the key insights are presented clearly with summaries of the key points at the end of the chapters. Mr. Schoner has a clear and confident writer's voice that is refreshingly free of ego. The best thing about this book is that Mr. Schoner feels like an ordinary person who built a successful startup. If you are a first time entrepreneur looking for guidance through the startup process, this is a great book for you. Mr. Schoner shares the wisdom of his journey with you in an accessible way that will make you feel like you can build a successful startup, too. Excellent book for founders who want to commercialize their equipment Excellent book for founders who want to commercialize their equipment. So many start-up books are focused on software developers. This one has solid advice and explanations for non-MBA technical people. It is also a good read and quite entertaining. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Service-Fanatics-Audiobook/B00REWD7XO Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Service Fanatics Subtitle: How to Build Superior Patient Experience the Cleveland Clinic Way Author: James Merlino Narrator: Tim Lundeen Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 21 mins Language: English Release date: 12-24-14 Publisher: McGraw-Hill Education Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 34 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The proven model for driving positive organizational change Cleveland Clinic has long been recognized for driving some of the best clinical outcomes in the nation, but it was not always a leader in patient experience. There was a time when this revered organization ranked among the lowest in the country in this area. Within 10 years, however, it had climbed to among the highest and has emerged as the thought leader in the space. How did Cleveland Clinic turn itself around so effectively and so quickly? More important, how can you do the same with your organization? In gripping, visceral, on-the ground fashion, Service Fanatics reveals the strategies and tactics the Clinic applied to become one of today's leading patient-experience healthcare organizations - methods that seamlessly translate to any business seeking to improve its customer experience. This strategic guide covers: Rather than view patients simply as sick people who need treatment, Cleveland Clinic sees them also as important stakeholders in the organization's success. Patients are customers - who desire, pay for, and deserve the best possible care and experience during what is often a challenging time in their lives. Featuring customer service case studies, as well as invaluable insight from C-level executives at top corporations in various industries, Service Fanatics provides actionable lessons for any manager and business leader beyond healthcare. Critic Reviews: "This is an important and very timely book. Dr. Merlino reminds us that the complexities of the global healthcare challenge must never obscure our primary focus on the patient and patient experience. This is the story of one of the world's leading medical centers going through transformation without losing sight of its true mission." (Alex Gorsky, chairman and CEO of Johnson & Johnson) "Merlino gives a behind-the-scenes account of how Cleveland Clinic, traditionally known for medical excellence, transformed itself to put equal focus on the patient experience... For all healthcare leaders leading a similar transformation, this book will be an indispensable guide to the journey ahead." (Dan Heath , coauthor of the New York Times best sellers Made to Stick, Switch, and Decisive bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (James Merlino) Wed, 24 Dec 2014 17:48:43 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Service-Fanatics-Audiobook/B00REWD7XO thebookvoice.com 10:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Service Fanatics Subtitle: How to Build Superior Patient Experience the Cleveland Clinic Way Author: James Merlino Narrator: Tim Lundeen Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 21 mins Language: English Release date: 12-24-14 Publisher: McGraw-Hill Education Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 34 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The proven model for driving positive organizational change Cleveland Clinic has long been recognized for driving some of the best clinical outcomes in the nation, but it was not always a leader in patient experience. There was a time when this revered organization ranked among the lowest in the country in this area. Within 10 years, however, it had climbed to among the highest and has emerged as the thought leader in the space. How did Cleveland Clinic turn itself around so effectively and so quickly? More important, how can you do the same with your organization? In gripping, visceral, on-the ground fashion, Service Fanatics reveals the strategies and tactics the Clinic applied to become one of today's leading patient-experience healthcare organizations - methods that seamlessly translate to any business seeking to improve its customer experience. This strategic guide covers: Rather than view patients simply as sick people who need treatment, Cleveland Clinic sees them also as important stakeholders in the organization's success. Patients are customers - who desire, pay for, and deserve the best possible care and experience during what is often a challenging time in their lives. Featuring customer service case studies, as well as invaluable insight from C-level executives at top corporations in various industries, Service Fanatics provides actionable lessons for any manager and business leader beyond healthcare. Critic Reviews: "This is an important and very timely book. Dr. Merlino reminds us that the complexities of the global healthcare challenge must never obscure our primary focus on the patient and patient experience. This is the story of one of the world's leading medical centers going through transformation without losing sight of its true mission." (Alex Gorsky, chairman and CEO of Johnson & Johnson) "Merlino gives a behind-the-scenes account of how Cleveland Clinic, traditionally known for medical excellence, transformed itself to put equal focus on the patient experience... For all healthcare leaders leading a similar transformation, this book will be an indispensable guide to the journey ahead." (Dan Heath , coauthor of the New York Times best sellers Made to Stick, Switch, and Decisive Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Service Fanatics Subtitle: How to Build Superior Patient Experience the Cleveland Clinic Way Author: James Merlino Narrator: Tim Lundeen Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 21 mins Language: English Release date: 12-24-14 Publisher: McGraw-Hill Education Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 34 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The proven model for driving positive organizational change Cleveland Clinic has long been recognized for driving some of the best clinical outcomes in the nation, but it was not always a leader in patient experience. There was a time when this revered organization ranked among the lowest in the country in this area. Within 10 years, however, it had climbed to among the highest and has emerged as the thought leader in the space. How did Cleveland Clinic turn itself around so effectively and so quickly? More important, how can you do the same with your organization? In gripping, visceral, on-the ground fashion, Service Fanatics reveals the strategies and tactics the Clinic applied to become one of today's leading patient-experience healthcare organizations - methods that seamlessly translate to any business seeking to improve its customer experience. This strategic guide covers: Rather than view patients simply as sick people who need treatment, Cleveland Clinic sees them also as important stakeholders in the organization's success. Patients are customers - who desire, pay for, and deserve the best possible care and experience during what is often a challenging time in their lives. Featuring customer service case studies, as well as invaluable insight from C-level executives at top corporations in various industries, Service Fanatics provides actionable lessons for any manager and business leader beyond healthcare. Critic Reviews: "This is an important and very timely book. Dr. Merlino reminds us that the complexities of the global healthcare challenge must never obscure our primary focus on the patient and patient experience. This is the story of one of the world's leading medical centers going through transformation without losing sight of its true mission." (Alex Gorsky, chairman and CEO of Johnson & Johnson) "Merlino gives a behind-the-scenes account of how Cleveland Clinic, traditionally known for medical excellence, transformed itself to put equal focus on the patient experience... For all healthcare leaders leading a similar transformation, this book will be an indispensable guide to the journey ahead." (Dan Heath , coauthor of the New York Times best sellers Made to Stick, Switch, and Decisive Members Reviews: An insightful book on not just patient experience This book is not just about patient experience. It is a great book on what it means to find your purpose and how to fulfill it at both individual and organizational levels. It is about service excellence. And it is about delivering safe and high quality care. Must read for medical personnel. The audio must heard for Medical Person who wants to be best in service. insightful. thoughtful. enjoy story. Good for all medical professionals Learning, growing and exuding exceptional customer care is at the basis of success in all medical models. You as well as your patients and customers will benefit. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Seducir-al-cliente-de-forma-efectiva-10-ideas-practicas-Seduce-Customers-Effectively-10-Practical-Ideas-Audiobook/B01DCPNT48 Escuche este audio libro completo gratis en https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> Título: Seducir al cliente de forma efectiva. 10 ideas prácticas [Seduce Customers Effectively: 10 Practical Ideas] Autor: José María Mateu Narrador: Alfonso Sales Formato: Unabridged Duración: 52 mins Idioma: Español Fecha de publicación: 03-24-16 Editor: Alfonso Sales Calificaciones: 4.5 de 5 de 25 votos Categorías: Business, Management Resumen del editor: Todos podemos encontrar buenas ideas si nos ponemos a buscarlas, pero no siempre encontramos el tiempo o el momento para hacerlo. Este audiolibro puede constituir por ello un util atajo para todos aquellos que necesitan implementar cambios en su trayectoria emprendedora u organización comercial que les lleve a mas y mejores resultados, pero no encuentran en el intenso dia a dia mucho hueco para pensar. El contenido de este audiolibro es el resultado de un largo proceso de reflexion del autor en busca de ideas de inmediata aplicacion que puedan provocar un revulsivo en la actuacion -y como consecuencia en los resultados- de todo profesional, emprendedor o empresa de cualquier tamano y sector. 10 ideas practicas para seducir al cliente. Hablaremos de utilidad, de valor, de satisfaccion, de calidad y tambien de personas. El oyente encontrara recursos de inmediata aplicacion a su caso, y quizas la formula para avanzar mas alla de lo expuesto. Please note: This audiobook is in Spanish. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (José María Mateu) Thu, 24 Mar 2016 20:09:42 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Seducir-al-cliente-de-forma-efectiva-10-ideas-practicas-Seduce-Customers-Effectively-10-Practical-Ideas-Audiobook/B01DCPNT48 thebookvoice.com 00:52:00 no Escucha este título completo gratis en thebookvoice.com Escuche este audio libro completo gratis en https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> Título: Seducir al cliente de forma efectiva. 10 ideas prácticas [Seduce Customers Effectively: 10 Practical Ideas] Autor: José María Mateu Narrador: Alfonso Sales Formato: Unabridged Duración: 52 mins Idioma: Español Fecha de publicación: 03-24-16 Editor: Alfonso Sales Calificaciones: 4.5 de 5 de 25 votos Categorías: Business, Management Resumen del editor: Todos podemos encontrar buenas ideas si nos ponemos a buscarlas, pero no siempre encontramos el tiempo o el momento para hacerlo. Este audiolibro puede constituir por ello un util atajo para todos aquellos que necesitan implementar cambios en su trayectoria emprendedora u organización comercial que les lleve a mas y mejores resultados, pero no encuentran en el intenso dia a dia mucho hueco para pensar. El contenido de este audiolibro es el resultado de un largo proceso de reflexion del autor en busca de ideas de inmediata aplicacion que puedan provocar un revulsivo en la actuacion -y como consecuencia en los resultados- de todo profesional, emprendedor o empresa de cualquier tamano y sector. 10 ideas practicas para seducir al cliente. Hablaremos de utilidad, de valor, de satisfaccion, de calidad y tambien de personas. El oyente encontrara recursos de inmediata aplicacion a su caso, y quizas la formula para avanzar mas alla de lo expuesto. Please note: This audiobook is in Spanish. Escuche este audio libro completo gratis en https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> Título: Seducir al cliente de forma efectiva. 10 ideas prácticas [Seduce Customers Effectively: 10 Practical Ideas] Autor: José María Mateu Narrador: Alfonso Sales Formato: Unabridged Duración: 52 mins Idioma: Español Fecha de publicación: 03-24-16 Editor: Alfonso Sales Calificaciones: 4.5 de 5 de 25 votos Categorías: Business, Management Resumen del editor: Todos podemos encontrar buenas ideas si nos ponemos a buscarlas, pero no siempre encontramos el tiempo o el momento para hacerlo. Este audiolibro puede constituir por ello un util atajo para todos aquellos que necesitan implementar cambios en su trayectoria emprendedora u organización comercial que les lleve a mas y mejores resultados, pero no encuentran en el intenso dia a dia mucho hueco para pensar. El contenido de este audiolibro es el resultado de un largo proceso de reflexion del autor en busca de ideas de inmediata aplicacion que puedan provocar un revulsivo en la actuacion -y como consecuencia en los resultados- de todo profesional, emprendedor o empresa de cualquier tamano y sector. 10 ideas practicas para seducir al cliente. Hablaremos de utilidad, de valor, de satisfaccion, de calidad y tambien de personas. El oyente encontrara recursos de inmediata aplicacion a su caso, y quizas la formula para avanzar mas alla de lo expuesto. Please note: This audiobook is in Spanish. Opiniones de los miembros: Buenos ejemplos y de fácil comprensión What made the experience of listening to Seducir al cliente de forma efectiva. 10 ideas prácticas [Seduce Customers Effectively: 10 Practical Ideas] the most enjoyable? Me gustan los audiolibros de este autor por la manera de explicar cada una de las ideas. Un audiolibro muy bien organizado. Lo recomiendo. Seducir al cliente. Ideas prácticas What made the experience of listening to Seducir al cliente de forma efectiva. 10 ideas prácticas [Seduce Customers Effectively: 10 Practical Ideas] the most enjoyable? Son ideas que puedes llevar a la práctica y están bien explicadas. Con tan sólo sacar provecho de alguna de ellas, ya mecece mucho la pena. What did you like best about this story? Me gustaron los ejemplos.Intercalados con el desarrollo de cada idea, hacen que sea un libro fácil de escuchar. What about Alfonso Saless performance did you like? Es una voy muy agradable de escuchar. Y su lectura es correcta. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Going-Lean-Audiobook/B002V5B5G0 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Going Lean Subtitle: How the Best Companies Apply Lean Manufacturing Principles Author: Stephen A. Ruffa Narrator: Jim Bond Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 19 mins Language: English Release date: 07-02-08 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 72 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Led by a new breed of companies - Toyota, Wal-Mart, and Southwest Airlines - a powerful, yet unexpected mindset is reshaping the rules for business competitiveness. By using Lean Dynamics - based on the now famous Toyota Production System - companies everywhere can thrive in virtually any environment. In Going Lean, listeners will learn how to: bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Stephen A. Ruffa) Wed, 02 Jul 2008 08:57:54 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Going-Lean-Audiobook/B002V5B5G0 thebookvoice.com 07:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Going Lean Subtitle: How the Best Companies Apply Lean Manufacturing Principles Author: Stephen A. Ruffa Narrator: Jim Bond Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 19 mins Language: English Release date: 07-02-08 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 72 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Led by a new breed of companies - Toyota, Wal-Mart, and Southwest Airlines - a powerful, yet unexpected mindset is reshaping the rules for business competitiveness. By using Lean Dynamics - based on the now famous Toyota Production System - companies everywhere can thrive in virtually any environment. In Going Lean, listeners will learn how to: Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Going Lean Subtitle: How the Best Companies Apply Lean Manufacturing Principles Author: Stephen A. Ruffa Narrator: Jim Bond Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 19 mins Language: English Release date: 07-02-08 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 72 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Led by a new breed of companies - Toyota, Wal-Mart, and Southwest Airlines - a powerful, yet unexpected mindset is reshaping the rules for business competitiveness. By using Lean Dynamics - based on the now famous Toyota Production System - companies everywhere can thrive in virtually any environment. In Going Lean, listeners will learn how to: Members Reviews: Boring, boring, boring This author repeats himself over and over again, throughout the book, throughout the chapters, until you finally decide to stop listening. Basically this book provides some vague notions about lean dynamics and is referencing Southwest Airlines and Toyota in every paragraph - without actually touching any specifics. Honestly, this book was a waste of my time and I would not recommend it to anyone. Lean Business speak....hard to follow Would you say that listening to this book was time well-spent? Why or why not? I have read almost every book on LEAN and this one makes a few points but is really hard to follow and apply to the every day running of a business. What was most disappointing about Stephen A. Ruffas story? No real applicable take aways... no concrete information. a rather empty survey of what author calls lean dynamics. he refered to a few of othrr lean books which are more worthy od reading. Insights in manufacturing philosophy A must read, takes lessons from history and explains it to us all. The reasons of successes and failures of companies in aerospace, auto airlines and retail. the Voice it is not Would you try another book written by Stephen A. Ruffa or narrated by Jim Bond? I would listen to another or possible buy the book Who was your favorite character and why? N/A How did the narrator detract from the book? A lot. the voice was so Droll and on a subject that's not full of excitment it's just pain full. it was like being in the longest drollest lecture I'd ever been in... and I only got 20 mins in. You didnt love this book--but did it have any redeeming qualities? not really https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Virtual-Assistant-Assistant-The-Ultimate-Guide-to-Finding-Hiring-and-Working-with-Virtual-Assistants-Audiobook/B01K81JP2E Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Virtual Assistant Assistant: The Ultimate Guide to Finding, Hiring, and Working with Virtual Assistants Author: Nick Loper Narrator: Scott Panfil Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 5 mins Language: English Release date: 08-15-16 Publisher: Bryck Media, LLC Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 20 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Virtual Assistant Assistant is the book for entrepreneurs who are looking for a way to take their business to the next level. If you've ever caught yourself thinking there just aren't enough hours in the day, there is a solution. And it won't make you go broke, either. Virtual assistants are essentially telecommuting contractors to your business. This book tells you everything you need to know about virtual assistants, including: In the end, virtual assistants can help you lead a happier, healthier, and more productive and stress-free life. It's possible (and I would argue essential) to unload many aspects of your day-to-day work, leaving you free to tackle the higher-level, strategic, and money-making projects that often get neglected. Time is Our Most Valuable Resource But it's also the resource we are quickest to waste. With this book, you may not achieve the 4 Hour Work Week right away, but you'll get actionable advice on how to get started with outsourcing. The world's most successful people didn't get there alone; they all had help along the way. What are you waiting for? Hit the Buy Now button and get started today. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Nick Loper) Mon, 15 Aug 2016 04:56:55 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Virtual-Assistant-Assistant-The-Ultimate-Guide-to-Finding-Hiring-and-Working-with-Virtual-Assistants-Audiobook/B01K81JP2E thebookvoice.com 02:05:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Virtual Assistant Assistant: The Ultimate Guide to Finding, Hiring, and Working with Virtual Assistants Author: Nick Loper Narrator: Scott Panfil Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 5 mins Language: English Release date: 08-15-16 Publisher: Bryck Media, LLC Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 20 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Virtual Assistant Assistant is the book for entrepreneurs who are looking for a way to take their business to the next level. If you've ever caught yourself thinking there just aren't enough hours in the day, there is a solution. And it won't make you go broke, either. Virtual assistants are essentially telecommuting contractors to your business. This book tells you everything you need to know about virtual assistants, including: In the end, virtual assistants can help you lead a happier, healthier, and more productive and stress-free life. It's possible (and I would argue essential) to unload many aspects of your day-to-day work, leaving you free to tackle the higher-level, strategic, and money-making projects that often get neglected. Time is Our Most Valuable Resource But it's also the resource we are quickest to waste. With this book, you may not achieve the 4 Hour Work Week right away, but you'll get actionable advice on how to get started with outsourcing. The world's most successful people didn't get there alone; they all had help along the way. What are you waiting for? Hit the Buy Now button and get started today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Virtual Assistant Assistant: The Ultimate Guide to Finding, Hiring, and Working with Virtual Assistants Author: Nick Loper Narrator: Scott Panfil Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 5 mins Language: English Release date: 08-15-16 Publisher: Bryck Media, LLC Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 20 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Virtual Assistant Assistant is the book for entrepreneurs who are looking for a way to take their business to the next level. If you've ever caught yourself thinking there just aren't enough hours in the day, there is a solution. And it won't make you go broke, either. Virtual assistants are essentially telecommuting contractors to your business. This book tells you everything you need to know about virtual assistants, including: In the end, virtual assistants can help you lead a happier, healthier, and more productive and stress-free life. It's possible (and I would argue essential) to unload many aspects of your day-to-day work, leaving you free to tackle the higher-level, strategic, and money-making projects that often get neglected. Time is Our Most Valuable Resource But it's also the resource we are quickest to waste. With this book, you may not achieve the 4 Hour Work Week right away, but you'll get actionable advice on how to get started with outsourcing. The world's most successful people didn't get there alone; they all had help along the way. What are you waiting for? Hit the Buy Now button and get started today. Members Reviews: Truly and immediately useful information Would you recommend this audiobook to a friend? If so, why? This might seem to be a quick listen at just over two hours, but you'll find yourself bookmarking and re-listening like crazy! This isn't just one of those theory books, this book contains resources that are immediately useful to every listener. Plus, tons of ideas of how to use a virtual assistant. What does Scott Panfil bring to the story that you wouldnt experience if you just read the book? Face-paced narration that is clear and easily understandable. A friendly voice that's easy to listen to. Was there a moment in the book that particularly moved you? A list of over a hundred ideas of ways to use a virtual assistant to make my life easier! Any additional comments? If you liked Chris Decker's "Virtual Freedom" you'll appreciate this book, too' and especially the links to current virtual assistant resources. No Substance Would you try another book from Nick Loper and/or Scott Panfil? Sure Has Virtual Assistant Assistant: The Ultimate Guide to Finding, Hiring, and Working with Virtual Assistants turned you off from other books in this genre? No How could the performance have been better? There's no real usable content in this book... the title says "The Ultimate Guide to Finding, Hiring, and Working with Virtual Assistants", but all the author talked about for 2 hours is basic concepts, what VAs cost, and a few websites! There is no specific strategies on working with VAs after you hire them. No time management or ways to transition your workload over to VAs. All the author says is "talk to them on Skype", "I like to hire them monthly". Totally useless. What character would you cut from Virtual Assistant Assistant: The Ultimate Guide to Finding, Hiring, and Working with Virtual Assistants? This book is just way to simple and lacks any real-world business VA relationship strategies or processes. Getting my money back! Loved it!! Must read for all small business owners I am a dentist and own my own practice. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/John-C-Maxwell-on-Identifying-Your-Level-of-Leadership-Audiobook/B00R57FHMC Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: John C. Maxwell on Identifying Your Level of Leadership Author: John C. Maxwell Narrator: Dave Summers Format: Original Recording Length: 9 mins Language: English Release date: 12-19-14 Publisher: American Management Association Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 5 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Good leaders aren't developed overnight, as soon as they get the promotion. Leadership is an ongoing process; even the greats like Jack Welch are constantly honing their skills and abilities. Today's guest, John C. Maxwell, has developed a system that delineates the steps on the road to influential leadership in his new book, The Five Levels of Leadership. Whether you're a Level One that seeks to improve or a Level Five who wants to expand your influence, identifying which level you currently are will show you the steps needed to get to the next opportunity in your career. AMA is a world-class leadership development provider in more than 40 countries worldwide. Our training is internationally recognized by nine professional associations and the majority of the Fortune 500 companies. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (John C. Maxwell) Fri, 19 Dec 2014 10:27:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/John-C-Maxwell-on-Identifying-Your-Level-of-Leadership-Audiobook/B00R57FHMC thebookvoice.com 00:09:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: John C. Maxwell on Identifying Your Level of Leadership Author: John C. Maxwell Narrator: Dave Summers Format: Original Recording Length: 9 mins Language: English Release date: 12-19-14 Publisher: American Management Association Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 5 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Good leaders aren't developed overnight, as soon as they get the promotion. Leadership is an ongoing process; even the greats like Jack Welch are constantly honing their skills and abilities. Today's guest, John C. Maxwell, has developed a system that delineates the steps on the road to influential leadership in his new book, The Five Levels of Leadership. Whether you're a Level One that seeks to improve or a Level Five who wants to expand your influence, identifying which level you currently are will show you the steps needed to get to the next opportunity in your career. AMA is a world-class leadership development provider in more than 40 countries worldwide. Our training is internationally recognized by nine professional associations and the majority of the Fortune 500 companies. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: John C. Maxwell on Identifying Your Level of Leadership Author: John C. Maxwell Narrator: Dave Summers Format: Original Recording Length: 9 mins Language: English Release date: 12-19-14 Publisher: American Management Association Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 5 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Good leaders aren't developed overnight, as soon as they get the promotion. Leadership is an ongoing process; even the greats like Jack Welch are constantly honing their skills and abilities. Today's guest, John C. Maxwell, has developed a system that delineates the steps on the road to influential leadership in his new book, The Five Levels of Leadership. Whether you're a Level One that seeks to improve or a Level Five who wants to expand your influence, identifying which level you currently are will show you the steps needed to get to the next opportunity in your career. AMA is a world-class leadership development provider in more than 40 countries worldwide. Our training is internationally recognized by nine professional associations and the majority of the Fortune 500 companies. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Diversity-Inclusion-Audiobook/B00JDTNOJ8 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Diversity & Inclusion Subtitle: The Big Six Formula for Success Author: D. A. Abrams Narrator: Dave Wright Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 3 mins Language: English Release date: 04-01-14 Publisher: David A. Abrams Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The case that I make for diversity and inclusion is not just sociological or democratic: it is a business strategy. That is the focus of this book. I developed this framework for corporations and associations. It will show you how to increase your revenues directly, through understanding the pathways that I provide, and by implementing the Big Six Action Plan that I outline, so that you can take a comprehensive and holistic business approach to diversity and inclusion in your own company. I explain how to ensure a diverse workforce at every level, how to reach a multi-cultural marketplace, and how to include diversity in your image as a way of ensuring the greatest opportunities for growth and expansion. Most savvy executives today are attuned already to the diversity of the contemporary U.S. marketplace, but with this audiobook, you will also be equipped with all of the most current data and facts regarding American ethnic and racial diversity as it pertains to your product or service. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (D. A. Abrams) Tue, 01 Apr 2014 11:34:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Diversity-Inclusion-Audiobook/B00JDTNOJ8 thebookvoice.com 03:03:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Diversity & Inclusion Subtitle: The Big Six Formula for Success Author: D. A. Abrams Narrator: Dave Wright Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 3 mins Language: English Release date: 04-01-14 Publisher: David A. Abrams Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The case that I make for diversity and inclusion is not just sociological or democratic: it is a business strategy. That is the focus of this book. I developed this framework for corporations and associations. It will show you how to increase your revenues directly, through understanding the pathways that I provide, and by implementing the Big Six Action Plan that I outline, so that you can take a comprehensive and holistic business approach to diversity and inclusion in your own company. I explain how to ensure a diverse workforce at every level, how to reach a multi-cultural marketplace, and how to include diversity in your image as a way of ensuring the greatest opportunities for growth and expansion. Most savvy executives today are attuned already to the diversity of the contemporary U.S. marketplace, but with this audiobook, you will also be equipped with all of the most current data and facts regarding American ethnic and racial diversity as it pertains to your product or service. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Diversity & Inclusion Subtitle: The Big Six Formula for Success Author: D. A. Abrams Narrator: Dave Wright Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 3 mins Language: English Release date: 04-01-14 Publisher: David A. Abrams Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The case that I make for diversity and inclusion is not just sociological or democratic: it is a business strategy. That is the focus of this book. I developed this framework for corporations and associations. It will show you how to increase your revenues directly, through understanding the pathways that I provide, and by implementing the Big Six Action Plan that I outline, so that you can take a comprehensive and holistic business approach to diversity and inclusion in your own company. I explain how to ensure a diverse workforce at every level, how to reach a multi-cultural marketplace, and how to include diversity in your image as a way of ensuring the greatest opportunities for growth and expansion. Most savvy executives today are attuned already to the diversity of the contemporary U.S. marketplace, but with this audiobook, you will also be equipped with all of the most current data and facts regarding American ethnic and racial diversity as it pertains to your product or service. Members Reviews: Vital Resource D.A. Abrams has done a masterful job of organizing into a coherent whole the various practices, philosophies, and frameworks of the diversity and inclusion field. This vital resource offers a clear understanding of and a way to navigate the challenges of creating and sustaining inclusion initiatives that truly work. The book is designed to be a hands-on resource, providing case studies to show how diversity and inclusion operate in a variety of settings, effectively highlighting the practices needed to benefit from diversity. This is a must read for anyone interested in this important organizational and global challenge. Highly Recommend. All Business Owners Need This Book When I grabbed this book I was thinking it would be mostly about including all races in a business. Boy, was I wrong. It goes into detail about women, Latinos, Asian Americans and even LGBTQIA and Seniors in our society. So many of us are so comfortable in our little bubble of like-minded people who are doing the same things we are doing but thatâs not the real world. The real world is full of many different kinds of people and if we are going to be successful at business â and in life â we have to accept and embrace differences. I enjoyed the case studies, as they really brought some things to light for me. This book is full of great information and is well-written. Canât wait to see what this author does next! Diversity + Inclusion = Improved Business Outcomes A 2015 BOOK The author breaks it down to a level that easily understood. Diversity and inclusion are topics that are often avoided in the workplace. Managers rather ignore it than embrace it. Newsflash! It ain't going nowhere. It will become more important before you retire. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Silo-Effect-Audiobook/B0149MG5Z8 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Silo Effect Subtitle: The Peril of Expertise and the Promise of Breaking Down Barriers Author: Gillian Tett Narrator: Fiona Hardingham Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 6 mins Language: English Release date: 09-01-15 Publisher: Simon & Schuster Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 97 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: From award-winning columnist and journalist Gillian Tett comes a brilliant examination of how our tendency to create functional departments - silos - hinders our work and how some people and organizations can break those silos down to unleash innovation. One of the characteristics of industrial-age enterprises is that they are organized around functional departments. This organizational structure results in both limited information and restricted thinking. The Silo Effect asks these basic questions: Why do humans working in modern institutions collectively act in ways that sometimes seem stupid? Why do normally clever people fail to see risks and opportunities that later seem blindingly obvious? Why, as psychologist Daniel Kahneman put it, are we sometimes so "blind to our own blindness"? Gillian Tett, journalist and senior editor for the Financial Times, answers these questions by plumbing her background as an anthropologist and her experience reporting on the financial crisis in 2008. In The Silo Effect, she shares eight different tales of the silo syndrome, spanning Bloomberg's City Hall in New York, the Bank of England in London, Cleveland Clinic hospital in Ohio, UBS bank in Switzerland, Facebook in San Francisco, Sony in Tokyo, the BlueMountain hedge fund, and the Chicago police. Some of these narratives illustrate how foolishly people can behave when they are mastered by silos. Others, however, show how institutions and individuals can master their silos instead. These are stories of failure and success. From ideas about how to organize office spaces and lead teams of people with disparate expertise, Tett lays bare the silo effect and explains how people organize themselves, interact with each other, and imagine the world can take hold of an organization and lead from institutional blindness to 20/20 vision. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Gillian Tett) Tue, 01 Sep 2015 06:43:15 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Silo-Effect-Audiobook/B0149MG5Z8 thebookvoice.com 10:06:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Silo Effect Subtitle: The Peril of Expertise and the Promise of Breaking Down Barriers Author: Gillian Tett Narrator: Fiona Hardingham Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 6 mins Language: English Release date: 09-01-15 Publisher: Simon & Schuster Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 97 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: From award-winning columnist and journalist Gillian Tett comes a brilliant examination of how our tendency to create functional departments - silos - hinders our work and how some people and organizations can break those silos down to unleash innovation. One of the characteristics of industrial-age enterprises is that they are organized around functional departments. This organizational structure results in both limited information and restricted thinking. The Silo Effect asks these basic questions: Why do humans working in modern institutions collectively act in ways that sometimes seem stupid? Why do normally clever people fail to see risks and opportunities that later seem blindingly obvious? Why, as psychologist Daniel Kahneman put it, are we sometimes so "blind to our own blindness"? Gillian Tett, journalist and senior editor for the Financial Times, answers these questions by plumbing her background as an anthropologist and her experience reporting on the financial crisis in 2008. In The Silo Effect, she shares eight different tales of the silo syndrome, spanning Bloomberg's City Hall in New York, the Bank of England in London, Cleveland Clinic hospital in Ohio, UBS bank in Switzerland, Facebook in San Francisco, Sony in Tokyo, the BlueMountain hedge fund, and the Chicago police. Some of these narratives illustrate how foolishly people can behave when they are mastered by silos. Others, however, show how institutions and individuals can master their silos instead. These are stories of failure and success. From ideas about how to organize office spaces and lead teams of people with disparate expertise, Tett lays bare the silo effect and explains how people organize themselves, interact with each other, and imagine the world can take hold of an organization and lead from institutional blindness to 20/20 vision. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Silo Effect Subtitle: The Peril of Expertise and the Promise of Breaking Down Barriers Author: Gillian Tett Narrator: Fiona Hardingham Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 6 mins Language: English Release date: 09-01-15 Publisher: Simon & Schuster Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 97 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: From award-winning columnist and journalist Gillian Tett comes a brilliant examination of how our tendency to create functional departments - silos - hinders our work and how some people and organizations can break those silos down to unleash innovation. One of the characteristics of industrial-age enterprises is that they are organized around functional departments. This organizational structure results in both limited information and restricted thinking. The Silo Effect asks these basic questions: Why do humans working in modern institutions collectively act in ways that sometimes seem stupid? Why do normally clever people fail to see risks and opportunities that later seem blindingly obvious? Why, as psychologist Daniel Kahneman put it, are we sometimes so "blind to our own blindness"? Gillian Tett, journalist and senior editor for the Financial Times, answers these questions by plumbing her background as an anthropologist and her experience reporting on the financial crisis in 2008. In The Silo Effect, she shares eight different tales of the silo syndrome, spanning Bloomberg's City Hall in New York, the Bank of England in London, Cleveland Clinic hospital in Ohio, UBS bank in Switzerland, Facebook in San Francisco, Sony in Tokyo, the BlueMountain hedge fund, and the Chicago police. Some of these narratives illustrate how foolishly people can behave when they are mastered by silos. Others, however, show how institutions and individuals can master their silos instead. These are stories of failure and success. From ideas about how to organize office spaces and lead teams of people with disparate expertise, Tett lays bare the silo effect and explains how people organize themselves, interact with each other, and imagine the world can take hold of an organization and lead from institutional blindness to 20/20 vision. Members Reviews: Mediocre reader and weakly supported thesis What disappointed you about The Silo Effect? After an interesting introduction, what followed was a history of modern anthropology that just ran too long to make its point. The case study about Sony was promising. Then it just went flat. I couldn't stay interested. The theme suggested by the title was never convincingly developed. I hoped for a useful insight to apply at work, where we have probably the normal number of silo issues. Has The Silo Effect turned you off from other books in this genre? No. How could the performance have been better? The reader misread words and emphasized the wrong word or syllable so often it became a major distraction. In the passage about Chicago, she read about Cook Country several times before correcting it to Cook County. In parts about technology that involved VMWare she emphasized "Ware" like it was a person's last name, then later read it as WMWare. If you could play editor, what scene or scenes would you have cut from The Silo Effect? I would just make sure that words are pronounced correctly and consistently. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Hire-the-Right-Virtual-Assistant-Audiobook/B0792MQLK1 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Hire the Right Virtual Assistant Subtitle: How the Right VA Will Make Your Life Easier, Create Time, and Make You More Money Author: Melissa Smith Narrator: Sandy Weaver Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs Language: English Release date: 01-18-18 Publisher: Melissa Smith Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Why are you doing everything yourself? What would you do if you had even one more hour a day devoted solely to growing your business and making more money? Virtual assistants will make your life easier by taking the stress out of your business life. As a small business owner, you need more time so you can make more money and stay competitive in an ever-changing world. If youre spending less than 70 percent of your time on work that doesnt generate revenue, isnt building relationships, or isnt creating new products, then youre not spending enough time on your business. It means youre spending too much time in your business. This audiobook will show you why virtual assistance (VA) is the answer. Hire the Right Virtual Assistant is the complete guide to: If you had time right now to work on your business instead of in it, what could you do? Could you make a sale? Visit a client and earn more business? Make another 20 calls a day to land more clients? Work the pipeline? Network? Think about your proven method to gain more clients. Using that method, how many more clients could you have if you had more time? This is where you put a VA to work for you. They work in your business so you can work on your business. I promise that hiring a VA will be the best decision you make for your business. You will get back your time. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Melissa Smith) Thu, 18 Jan 2018 15:50:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Hire-the-Right-Virtual-Assistant-Audiobook/B0792MQLK1 thebookvoice.com 00:03:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Hire the Right Virtual Assistant Subtitle: How the Right VA Will Make Your Life Easier, Create Time, and Make You More Money Author: Melissa Smith Narrator: Sandy Weaver Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs Language: English Release date: 01-18-18 Publisher: Melissa Smith Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Why are you doing everything yourself? What would you do if you had even one more hour a day devoted solely to growing your business and making more money? Virtual assistants will make your life easier by taking the stress out of your business life. As a small business owner, you need more time so you can make more money and stay competitive in an ever-changing world. If youre spending less than 70 percent of your time on work that doesnt generate revenue, isnt building relationships, or isnt creating new products, then youre not spending enough time on your business. It means youre spending too much time in your business. This audiobook will show you why virtual assistance (VA) is the answer. Hire the Right Virtual Assistant is the complete guide to: If you had time right now to work on your business instead of in it, what could you do? Could you make a sale? Visit a client and earn more business? Make another 20 calls a day to land more clients? Work the pipeline? Network? Think about your proven method to gain more clients. Using that method, how many more clients could you have if you had more time? This is where you put a VA to work for you. They work in your business so you can work on your business. I promise that hiring a VA will be the best decision you make for your business. You will get back your time. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Hire the Right Virtual Assistant Subtitle: How the Right VA Will Make Your Life Easier, Create Time, and Make You More Money Author: Melissa Smith Narrator: Sandy Weaver Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs Language: English Release date: 01-18-18 Publisher: Melissa Smith Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Why are you doing everything yourself? What would you do if you had even one more hour a day devoted solely to growing your business and making more money? Virtual assistants will make your life easier by taking the stress out of your business life. As a small business owner, you need more time so you can make more money and stay competitive in an ever-changing world. If youre spending less than 70 percent of your time on work that doesnt generate revenue, isnt building relationships, or isnt creating new products, then youre not spending enough time on your business. It means youre spending too much time in your business. This audiobook will show you why virtual assistance (VA) is the answer. Hire the Right Virtual Assistant is the complete guide to: If you had time right now to work on your business instead of in it, what could you do? Could you make a sale? Visit a client and earn more business? Make another 20 calls a day to land more clients? Work the pipeline? Network? Think about your proven method to gain more clients. Using that method, how many more clients could you have if you had more time? This is where you put a VA to work for you. They work in your business so you can work on your business. I promise that hiring a VA will be the best decision you make for your business. You will get back your time. Members Reviews: and author Melissa Smith engaged me to rearrange my thoughts and change my limiting beliefs about how to better run my business As a small business owner, I was quite the skeptic before reading this book. I tore through "Hire The Right Virtual Assistant" in two sittings. Page by page, chapter by chapter, the author helped reveal so many blind spots --not just in my business sphere, but also what had evidently led to a bit of disruption in my personal life as well. It all starts with belief, and author Melissa Smith engaged me to rearrange my thoughts and change my limiting beliefs about how to better run my business --and that was to let go, delegate, lead, and trust. To me, the author is very clear about her message and it's very evident that she is a devout practitioner of her own writing. It's to create freedom and to truly be able to enjoy the most important things in life, while making money and running a profitable business. A sensational read, and equally result-based material. It's easy to gloss over this This book was quite an eye-opener! Just because business owners CAN technically do things themselves, they should ask themselves if it's really contributing to the bottom line. In many cases, we mistake activity (and minutia) for productivity. That's why Melissa educates readers on exactly WHAT a VA is, WHO they are (as people), WHY they choose their profession, and the hidden value they offer time-starved business owners. I think the most enlightening part for me was the 70/30 rule. It's easy to gloss over this, but she challenges readers to rediscover its significance and how to make it (and a VA) become a competitive advantage. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Forecasting-Tomorrow-Audiobook/B01DJKWMEY Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Forecasting Tomorrow Subtitle: The Future of Safety Excellence Author: Shawn M. Galloway, Terry L. Mathis Narrator: Neil Leifert Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 45 mins Language: English Release date: 03-29-16 Publisher: SCE Press Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Is Your Safety Strategy Ready for What's Coming? The marketplace and allocation of internal resources are both increasingly competitive. Safety strategies of the future must align with evolving business goals. Will your company's safety efforts keep up with the demands of the future? Emerging trends are becoming increasing visible regarding how safety is viewed, thought of, strategically managed, and how progress is measured. Moreover, the cast of characters, the roles they play, and accountability for responsibilities are evolving, all for the better. The seven predictions found within this book are based on the authors' years of deep experience as trusted safety advisors across all industry sectors. Follow their actionable recommendations to test strategies, then anticipate and adopt superior practices. Tap this vital industry intelligence to create a powerful, sustainable safety culture for your business and turn it into a competitive advantage. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Shawn M. Galloway) Tue, 29 Mar 2016 16:55:48 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Forecasting-Tomorrow-Audiobook/B01DJKWMEY thebookvoice.com 02:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Forecasting Tomorrow Subtitle: The Future of Safety Excellence Author: Shawn M. Galloway, Terry L. Mathis Narrator: Neil Leifert Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 45 mins Language: English Release date: 03-29-16 Publisher: SCE Press Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Is Your Safety Strategy Ready for What's Coming? The marketplace and allocation of internal resources are both increasingly competitive. Safety strategies of the future must align with evolving business goals. Will your company's safety efforts keep up with the demands of the future? Emerging trends are becoming increasing visible regarding how safety is viewed, thought of, strategically managed, and how progress is measured. Moreover, the cast of characters, the roles they play, and accountability for responsibilities are evolving, all for the better. The seven predictions found within this book are based on the authors' years of deep experience as trusted safety advisors across all industry sectors. Follow their actionable recommendations to test strategies, then anticipate and adopt superior practices. Tap this vital industry intelligence to create a powerful, sustainable safety culture for your business and turn it into a competitive advantage. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Forecasting Tomorrow Subtitle: The Future of Safety Excellence Author: Shawn M. Galloway, Terry L. Mathis Narrator: Neil Leifert Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 45 mins Language: English Release date: 03-29-16 Publisher: SCE Press Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Is Your Safety Strategy Ready for What's Coming? The marketplace and allocation of internal resources are both increasingly competitive. Safety strategies of the future must align with evolving business goals. Will your company's safety efforts keep up with the demands of the future? Emerging trends are becoming increasing visible regarding how safety is viewed, thought of, strategically managed, and how progress is measured. Moreover, the cast of characters, the roles they play, and accountability for responsibilities are evolving, all for the better. The seven predictions found within this book are based on the authors' years of deep experience as trusted safety advisors across all industry sectors. Follow their actionable recommendations to test strategies, then anticipate and adopt superior practices. Tap this vital industry intelligence to create a powerful, sustainable safety culture for your business and turn it into a competitive advantage. Members Reviews: Excellent and feasible safety culture predictions. Love the book I will apply the insight Would recommend this any strategic safety professional The future of Excellent Safety Culture is now! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/What-Matters-Now-Audiobook/B0072L4PLK Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: What Matters Now Subtitle: How to Win in a World of Relentless Change, Ferocious Competition, and Unstoppable Innovation Author: Gary Hamel Narrator: Gary Hamel Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 58 mins Language: English Release date: 02-01-12 Publisher: Gildan Media, LLC Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 71 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: "This is not a book about one thing. It's not a 300-page dissertation on leadership, teams, or motivation. Instead, it's a multi-faceted agendafor building organizations that can win in world of relentless change, ferocious competition, and unstoppable innovation." (From the Preface) What Matters Now is Gary Hamel's impassioned plea to rethink the fundamental assumptions we have about management, the meaning of work, and organizational life. He asks, "What are the fundamental, make-or-break issues that will determine whether your organization thrives or dives in the years ahead?" The answer is found in five paramount issues: values, innovation, adaptability, passion, and ideology. Values: With trust in large organizations at an all time low, there is an urgent need to rebuild the ethical foundations of capitalism. What's required is nothing less than a moral renaissance in business. Innovation: Innovation is the only defense against margin-crushing competition, and the only way to outgrow a dismal economy. In too many companies, innovation is still a buzzword, rather than the responsibility of every single individual. This must change. Adaptability: In a world of accelerating change, every company must build an evolutionary advantage. The forces of inertia must be vanquished. The ultimate prize: an organization that is as nimble as change itself. Passion: In business as in life, the difference between "insipid" and "inspired" is passion. With mediocrity fast becoming a competitive liability, success depends on finding new ways to rouse the human spirit at work. Ideology: Today, businesses need more than better practices; they need better principles. Bureaucracy and control have had their day. It's time for a new ideology based on freedom and self-determination. Critic Reviews: "Gary Hamel has crafted a challenging book that starts with values, celebrates innovation, and concludes by opening up the hierarchies of large companies to unleash the true human potential of the people who work there. This is a book to return to again and again as managers everywhere confront the challenges of orthodoxy, management lethargy, and overly-rigid company processes." (Henry Chesbrough, author, OpenInnovation; professor at UC Berkeley's Haas School of Business) "What Matters Now lets you in on the five things that will transform your organizationor sink it. It's your choiceput Gary Hamel's book at the top of your to-do list or procrastinate and risk falling farther behind." (Charlene Li, author, Open Leadership; founder of Altimeter Group) bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Gary Hamel) Wed, 01 Feb 2012 14:39:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/What-Matters-Now-Audiobook/B0072L4PLK thebookvoice.com 07:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: What Matters Now Subtitle: How to Win in a World of Relentless Change, Ferocious Competition, and Unstoppable Innovation Author: Gary Hamel Narrator: Gary Hamel Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 58 mins Language: English Release date: 02-01-12 Publisher: Gildan Media, LLC Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 71 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: "This is not a book about one thing. It's not a 300-page dissertation on leadership, teams, or motivation. Instead, it's a multi-faceted agendafor building organizations that can win in world of relentless change, ferocious competition, and unstoppable innovation." (From the Preface) What Matters Now is Gary Hamel's impassioned plea to rethink the fundamental assumptions we have about management, the meaning of work, and organizational life. He asks, "What are the fundamental, make-or-break issues that will determine whether your organization thrives or dives in the years ahead?" The answer is found in five paramount issues: values, innovation, adaptability, passion, and ideology. Values: With trust in large organizations at an all time low, there is an urgent need to rebuild the ethical foundations of capitalism. What's required is nothing less than a moral renaissance in business. Innovation: Innovation is the only defense against margin-crushing competition, and the only way to outgrow a dismal economy. In too many companies, innovation is still a buzzword, rather than the responsibility of every single individual. This must change. Adaptability: In a world of accelerating change, every company must build an evolutionary advantage. The forces of inertia must be vanquished. The ultimate prize: an organization that is as nimble as change itself. Passion: In business as in life, the difference between "insipid" and "inspired" is passion. With mediocrity fast becoming a competitive liability, success depends on finding new ways to rouse the human spirit at work. Ideology: Today, businesses need more than better practices; they need better principles. Bureaucracy and control have had their day. It's time for a new ideology based on freedom and self-determination. Critic Reviews: "Gary Hamel has crafted a challenging book that starts with values, celebrates innovation, and concludes by opening up the hierarchies of large companies to unleash the true human potential of the people who work there. This is a book to return to again and again as managers everywhere confront the challenges of orthodoxy, management lethargy, and overly-rigid company processes." (Henry Chesbrough, author, OpenInnovation; professor at UC Berkeley's Haas School of Business) "What Matters Now lets you in on the five things that will transform your organizationor sink it. It's your choiceput Gary Hamel's book at the top of your to-do list or procrastinate and risk falling farther behind." (Charlene Li, author, Open Leadership; founder of Altimeter Group) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: What Matters Now Subtitle: How to Win in a World of Relentless Change, Ferocious Competition, and Unstoppable Innovation Author: Gary Hamel Narrator: Gary Hamel Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 58 mins Language: English Release date: 02-01-12 Publisher: Gildan Media, LLC Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 71 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: "This is not a book about one thing. It's not a 300-page dissertation on leadership, teams, or motivation. Instead, it's a multi-faceted agendafor building organizations that can win in world of relentless change, ferocious competition, and unstoppable innovation." (From the Preface) What Matters Now is Gary Hamel's impassioned plea to rethink the fundamental assumptions we have about management, the meaning of work, and organizational life. He asks, "What are the fundamental, make-or-break issues that will determine whether your organization thrives or dives in the years ahead?" The answer is found in five paramount issues: values, innovation, adaptability, passion, and ideology. Values: With trust in large organizations at an all time low, there is an urgent need to rebuild the ethical foundations of capitalism. What's required is nothing less than a moral renaissance in business. Innovation: Innovation is the only defense against margin-crushing competition, and the only way to outgrow a dismal economy. In too many companies, innovation is still a buzzword, rather than the responsibility of every single individual. This must change. Adaptability: In a world of accelerating change, every company must build an evolutionary advantage. The forces of inertia must be vanquished. The ultimate prize: an organization that is as nimble as change itself. Passion: In business as in life, the difference between "insipid" and "inspired" is passion. With mediocrity fast becoming a competitive liability, success depends on finding new ways to rouse the human spirit at work. Ideology: Today, businesses need more than better practices; they need better principles. Bureaucracy and control have had their day. It's time for a new ideology based on freedom and self-determination. Critic Reviews: "Gary Hamel has crafted a challenging book that starts with values, celebrates innovation, and concludes by opening up the hierarchies of large companies to unleash the true human potential of the people who work there. This is a book to return to again and again as managers everywhere confront the challenges of orthodoxy, management lethargy, and overly-rigid company processes." (Henry Chesbrough, author, OpenInnovation; professor at UC Berkeley's Haas School of Business) "What Matters Now lets you in on the five things that will transform your organizationor sink it. It's your choiceput Gary Hamel's book at the top of your to-do list or procrastinate and risk falling farther behind." (Charlene Li, author, Open Leadership; founder of Altimeter Group) Members Reviews: Worst book I've ever listened to! What could have made this a 4 or 5-star listening experience for you? Content Has What Matters Now turned you off from other books in this genre? I don't think we have a genre for nagging! What didnt you like about Gary Hamels performance? Nothing. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Wealth-Machine-Audiobook/B01MTNHVQX Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Wealth Machine Subtitle: How to Start, Build, & Market a Debt-Free Small Business Author: John Cummuta Narrator: John Cummuta Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 22 mins Language: English Release date: 11-15-16 Publisher: Gildan Seminars Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 5 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Enjoy the life you've dreamed about! The number one reason most new businesses fail is that their owner or owners did not have enough business knowledge. They were very good at providing their product or service, but not very good at the elements of running the business itself. An established and highly successful entrepreneur himself, John cuts through the motivational pep talks and teaches you proven business-building methods that have been used by the most successful entrepreneurs of all time. He provides you with specific steps you must take to build a profitable business that lasts. With the growing volatility of the business world, now is the time to break free from being just a passenger in someone else's business to becoming captain of your own. By following step-by-step guidelines that John has carefully planned for you, you will find yourself among the growing number of winning entrepreneurs who experience both financial and personal triumph...and in record time! bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (John Cummuta) Tue, 15 Nov 2016 20:54:34 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Wealth-Machine-Audiobook/B01MTNHVQX thebookvoice.com 06:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Wealth Machine Subtitle: How to Start, Build, & Market a Debt-Free Small Business Author: John Cummuta Narrator: John Cummuta Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 22 mins Language: English Release date: 11-15-16 Publisher: Gildan Seminars Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 5 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Enjoy the life you've dreamed about! The number one reason most new businesses fail is that their owner or owners did not have enough business knowledge. They were very good at providing their product or service, but not very good at the elements of running the business itself. An established and highly successful entrepreneur himself, John cuts through the motivational pep talks and teaches you proven business-building methods that have been used by the most successful entrepreneurs of all time. He provides you with specific steps you must take to build a profitable business that lasts. With the growing volatility of the business world, now is the time to break free from being just a passenger in someone else's business to becoming captain of your own. By following step-by-step guidelines that John has carefully planned for you, you will find yourself among the growing number of winning entrepreneurs who experience both financial and personal triumph...and in record time! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Wealth Machine Subtitle: How to Start, Build, & Market a Debt-Free Small Business Author: John Cummuta Narrator: John Cummuta Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 22 mins Language: English Release date: 11-15-16 Publisher: Gildan Seminars Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 5 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Enjoy the life you've dreamed about! The number one reason most new businesses fail is that their owner or owners did not have enough business knowledge. They were very good at providing their product or service, but not very good at the elements of running the business itself. An established and highly successful entrepreneur himself, John cuts through the motivational pep talks and teaches you proven business-building methods that have been used by the most successful entrepreneurs of all time. He provides you with specific steps you must take to build a profitable business that lasts. With the growing volatility of the business world, now is the time to break free from being just a passenger in someone else's business to becoming captain of your own. By following step-by-step guidelines that John has carefully planned for you, you will find yourself among the growing number of winning entrepreneurs who experience both financial and personal triumph...and in record time! Members Reviews: Lot of good ideas for growing your buisness I previously reviewed and enjoyed TRANSFORMING DEBT INTO WEALTH, a CD program written and read by John M. Cummuta . . . he's an established and highly successful entrepreneur who's also a small-business consultant, speaker, and seminar leader. Recently, I came across another program that he also wrote and narrated: THE WEALTH MACHINE: HOW TO START, BUILD AND MARKET A DEBT-FREE BUSINESS . . . it's a bit too basic in the beginning for my liking (though probably fine for first-time entrepreneurs). When he gets into what's needed to be done in marketing, though, Cummuta's ideas really begin to soar . . . he helps you do what's necessary to succeed, but shows you how to do so without forcing your business into bankruptcy . . . to cite just a few of the many tidbits I picked up while listening, please consider these: * The more your employees can refer to systems to guide their work, the freer you become. * Every decision you make should be customer-driven. Or if that's not the case, ask yourself: Why bother? * Set your classified ad headline in 14 point type. It may cost you more, but it will make you stand out. * Do your own radio commercials if you can. Your voice will stand out from all the other announcers. * A customer-driven database can be your most important asset. * People don't buy things. They buy results. * Research has shown that it can take up to 27 contacts to go from total unawareness to the point of making a purchase. The average is 5-8 contacts. Those who stop after 1 or 2 leave a lot on the table. If you want to get some ideas for growing your business, you won't go wrong with THE WEALTH MACHINE. Wealth Machine by John Cummuta Learn how to start and build your own debt-free business so that you can achieve and enjoy the life of your choice! In this powerful step-by-step business-building system you'll learn: * Current tax laws favor you as a business owner over a wage-earner. * You design the look, feel, and personality of your business to match you and the life you desire to live. * How to choose the right kind of business for you. * How to make sure you have all the skills and tools to succeed. * The most important elements of a winning business plan. * Where to find capital. * Which advertising media are more effective. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Uniting-the-Virtual-Workforce-Audiobook/B002V0PRUU Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Uniting the Virtual Workforce Subtitle: Transforming Leadership and Innovation in the Globally Integrated Enterprise Author: Karen Sobel Lojeski, Richard R. Reilly Narrator: Joyce Bean Format: Abridged Length: 4 hrs and 43 mins Language: English Release date: 07-08-08 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Part of Wiley's Microsoft Executive Leadership series, Uniting the Virtual Workforce introduces the concept of Virtual Distance to show businesses the definite costs to doing work in a virtual environment. It then goes a step further and offers proven methods for measuring these costs and guidance on managing them. Wherever your organization is in its understanding of Virtual Distance, Uniting the Virtual Workforce covers: bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Karen Sobel Lojeski) Tue, 08 Jul 2008 20:47:56 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Uniting-the-Virtual-Workforce-Audiobook/B002V0PRUU thebookvoice.com 04:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Uniting the Virtual Workforce Subtitle: Transforming Leadership and Innovation in the Globally Integrated Enterprise Author: Karen Sobel Lojeski, Richard R. Reilly Narrator: Joyce Bean Format: Abridged Length: 4 hrs and 43 mins Language: English Release date: 07-08-08 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Part of Wiley's Microsoft Executive Leadership series, Uniting the Virtual Workforce introduces the concept of Virtual Distance to show businesses the definite costs to doing work in a virtual environment. It then goes a step further and offers proven methods for measuring these costs and guidance on managing them. Wherever your organization is in its understanding of Virtual Distance, Uniting the Virtual Workforce covers: Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Uniting the Virtual Workforce Subtitle: Transforming Leadership and Innovation in the Globally Integrated Enterprise Author: Karen Sobel Lojeski, Richard R. Reilly Narrator: Joyce Bean Format: Abridged Length: 4 hrs and 43 mins Language: English Release date: 07-08-08 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Part of Wiley's Microsoft Executive Leadership series, Uniting the Virtual Workforce introduces the concept of Virtual Distance to show businesses the definite costs to doing work in a virtual environment. It then goes a step further and offers proven methods for measuring these costs and guidance on managing them. Wherever your organization is in its understanding of Virtual Distance, Uniting the Virtual Workforce covers: Members Reviews: Good Work! I'm a consultant; this book was useful to me, in that it helped provide context for understanding there are many types of distance; not just physical distance. Important to understand this set of concepts when working on e-collaboration or knowledge management initiatives in corporations. In terms of writing style, sometimes I got the feeling this was Karen Lojeski's graduate thesis worked up into a book, but if true, that's OK; still good info. Five Stars thank you MBA Class I had to buy this book for my MBA classes. This one was easy to read and I learned alot. Good buy Not just for business executives... This new addition to the Wiley Microsoft Leadership Series provides an updated perspective, not only for business leaders, but for executives, managers and leaders of all types of organizations. Whether we work in public libraries or for Hewlett Packard, communication in the digital age is a challenge! Authors Lojeski and Riley present a timely, innovative response to workplace teams. Their virtual distance model cleverly intertwines the threads of physical distance, affinity distance, and operational distance into a visual shape that helps to understand the broader picture of today's workplace and its impact on work success or failure. The reader learns about the history of the notion of teamwork. This context is not only relevant to corporate society, but all societies where work is done, both the private sector and the non-profit and government sectors. The discussion of pre-Industrial Age teams and Guilds to the teamwork models of today conveys a chronology of the past that helps to put the workplace of today in clearer perspective. The authors state: `...it is no longer possible that virtual workers build emotional ties to one another in the ways that people have done for centuries. The loose organizations of the Digital Age are not usually built for this purpose." This is a thought-provoking insight encouraging all leaders to take more responsibility for bridging the "affinity distance" gap. Overall, I recommend this work to all readers currently in the workforce, not just managers, not just students, not just academics. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Mackay-MBA-of-Selling-in-The-Real-World-Audiobook/B005Y1BTSW Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Mackay MBA of Selling in The Real World Author: Harvey Mackay Narrator: Tim Wheeler Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 35 mins Language: English Release date: 11-01-11 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 64 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Harvey Mackay is a legend - his best sellers Swim with the Sharks Without Being Eaten Alive and Beware the Naked Man Who Offers You His Shirt were named by the New York Times as two of the most inspirational business books of all time. Now hes back with the sum total of decades of sales know-how - teaching go-getters how to make the sale and hit the numbers, day in and day out. His advice is rooted in road-tested, real-world experiences and include tips on the Web, LinkedIn, and Facebook. As Mackay notes, everyone from the five-year-old proprietor of a lemonade stand... to the GE sales maven pitching a 250-megawatt turbine dynamo can learn from this book. From finding the right mentor to earning customer loyalty to overcoming rejection, his passion and knowledge come through in his energetic and irreverent style. As a lifelong student of the sales game, he has spent decades collecting secrets, wisdom, and anecdotes. Each section of this book ends with a memorable Mackays Moral such as: Even in our fast-paced, technologically driven world, the human touch is still the most important tool a salesperson has. And there is no one better to show you how to be a high-energy, determined, creative sales dynamo than Harvey Mackay. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Harvey Mackay) Tue, 01 Nov 2011 21:04:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Mackay-MBA-of-Selling-in-The-Real-World-Audiobook/B005Y1BTSW thebookvoice.com 08:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Mackay MBA of Selling in The Real World Author: Harvey Mackay Narrator: Tim Wheeler Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 35 mins Language: English Release date: 11-01-11 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 64 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Harvey Mackay is a legend - his best sellers Swim with the Sharks Without Being Eaten Alive and Beware the Naked Man Who Offers You His Shirt were named by the New York Times as two of the most inspirational business books of all time. Now hes back with the sum total of decades of sales know-how - teaching go-getters how to make the sale and hit the numbers, day in and day out. His advice is rooted in road-tested, real-world experiences and include tips on the Web, LinkedIn, and Facebook. As Mackay notes, everyone from the five-year-old proprietor of a lemonade stand... to the GE sales maven pitching a 250-megawatt turbine dynamo can learn from this book. From finding the right mentor to earning customer loyalty to overcoming rejection, his passion and knowledge come through in his energetic and irreverent style. As a lifelong student of the sales game, he has spent decades collecting secrets, wisdom, and anecdotes. Each section of this book ends with a memorable Mackays Moral such as: Even in our fast-paced, technologically driven world, the human touch is still the most important tool a salesperson has. And there is no one better to show you how to be a high-energy, determined, creative sales dynamo than Harvey Mackay. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Mackay MBA of Selling in The Real World Author: Harvey Mackay Narrator: Tim Wheeler Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 35 mins Language: English Release date: 11-01-11 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 64 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Harvey Mackay is a legend - his best sellers Swim with the Sharks Without Being Eaten Alive and Beware the Naked Man Who Offers You His Shirt were named by the New York Times as two of the most inspirational business books of all time. Now hes back with the sum total of decades of sales know-how - teaching go-getters how to make the sale and hit the numbers, day in and day out. His advice is rooted in road-tested, real-world experiences and include tips on the Web, LinkedIn, and Facebook. As Mackay notes, everyone from the five-year-old proprietor of a lemonade stand... to the GE sales maven pitching a 250-megawatt turbine dynamo can learn from this book. From finding the right mentor to earning customer loyalty to overcoming rejection, his passion and knowledge come through in his energetic and irreverent style. As a lifelong student of the sales game, he has spent decades collecting secrets, wisdom, and anecdotes. Each section of this book ends with a memorable Mackays Moral such as: Even in our fast-paced, technologically driven world, the human touch is still the most important tool a salesperson has. And there is no one better to show you how to be a high-energy, determined, creative sales dynamo than Harvey Mackay. Members Reviews: Empty rah-rah Nothing really new in this book except for endless motivational quotes and sport analogies. Quite boring when you've heard the quotes before and don't like sports. A good chuck of the material is about Lou Holtz for some reason. It's also confusing to follow, in fact it's not clear if this is supposed to be narrated in the first person or if this is a book about that Mackay guy by someone else. I wish I could memorize it all Incredible! I could not take enough notes to make sure I start implementing all the ideas (I mean all, because one has hard distinguish which are more important). There are certain ideas - actually a lot of them - which I am already familiar with through other teachings, however the organization of the book makes all unique and new. I know I will read the book again and again, to get the "swing" of it. Anyone, who wants to become the sales person of today and of course that of tomorrow should read and have this book for references - always. Thank you. Harvey's leaking oil What could have made this a 4 or 5-star listening experience for you? Give us something new and have it read by the author. Has The Mackay MBA of Selling in The Real World turned you off from other books in this genre? No. I've read most of his other books Would you listen to another book narrated by Tim Wheeler? yes If you could play editor, what scene or scenes would you have cut from The Mackay MBA of Selling in The Real World? Enough with the Carol Ann already Timeless Advice Harvey Mackay may sell envelopes, but his lessons about how to succeed in business really apply to anyone. This truly is a Master's course in how to succeed. It is a really excellent book, and the story moves nicely. A Lifetime of Marketing & Selling Knowledge I first hear Mr. MacKay talk about this book in an interview with Jay Abraham. After that, I had to have it, and I wasn't disappointed. MacKay knows his business, and he shares his thoughts, approach and a lifetime of experiences in a nice neat package. All of his books are excellent and well worth your time, but this one pulls a lot of thought and know-how together. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Management-Tips-Audiobook/B00Y1FPBPE Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Management Tips Subtitle: From Harvard Business Review Author: Harvard Business Review Narrator: Kevin Stillwell Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 17 mins Language: English Release date: 08-04-15 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 12 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: As a manager you're shouldering more and more responsibilities - from maximizing your team's performance to increasing your company's market share to building profitable customer relationships. On top of all that, you need to orchestrate your own time and keep your career on track. The challenges are stacking up - but you've got less and less time to figure out how to tackle them. How are you supposed to resolve this dilemma? Happily, help is on the way: the new Management Tips from the Harvard Business Review. This concise, handy guide is packed with quick tips on a broad range of topics, organized into three major skills every manager must master: Drawing from HBR's popular Management Tip of the Day, the audiobook puts the best management practices and insights, from top thinkers in the field, right at your fingertips. Pick it up any time you have a few minutes to spare, and you'll have a fresh, powerful idea you can immediately put into action. You may not be able to do much about being time starved. But with Management Tips from the Harvard Business Review as your guide, you'll stand the best chance of succeeding in your role as a manager. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Harvard Business Review) Tue, 04 Aug 2015 00:42:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Management-Tips-Audiobook/B00Y1FPBPE thebookvoice.com 02:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Management Tips Subtitle: From Harvard Business Review Author: Harvard Business Review Narrator: Kevin Stillwell Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 17 mins Language: English Release date: 08-04-15 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 12 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: As a manager you're shouldering more and more responsibilities - from maximizing your team's performance to increasing your company's market share to building profitable customer relationships. On top of all that, you need to orchestrate your own time and keep your career on track. The challenges are stacking up - but you've got less and less time to figure out how to tackle them. How are you supposed to resolve this dilemma? Happily, help is on the way: the new Management Tips from the Harvard Business Review. This concise, handy guide is packed with quick tips on a broad range of topics, organized into three major skills every manager must master: Drawing from HBR's popular Management Tip of the Day, the audiobook puts the best management practices and insights, from top thinkers in the field, right at your fingertips. Pick it up any time you have a few minutes to spare, and you'll have a fresh, powerful idea you can immediately put into action. You may not be able to do much about being time starved. But with Management Tips from the Harvard Business Review as your guide, you'll stand the best chance of succeeding in your role as a manager. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Management Tips Subtitle: From Harvard Business Review Author: Harvard Business Review Narrator: Kevin Stillwell Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 17 mins Language: English Release date: 08-04-15 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 12 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: As a manager you're shouldering more and more responsibilities - from maximizing your team's performance to increasing your company's market share to building profitable customer relationships. On top of all that, you need to orchestrate your own time and keep your career on track. The challenges are stacking up - but you've got less and less time to figure out how to tackle them. How are you supposed to resolve this dilemma? Happily, help is on the way: the new Management Tips from the Harvard Business Review. This concise, handy guide is packed with quick tips on a broad range of topics, organized into three major skills every manager must master: Drawing from HBR's popular Management Tip of the Day, the audiobook puts the best management practices and insights, from top thinkers in the field, right at your fingertips. Pick it up any time you have a few minutes to spare, and you'll have a fresh, powerful idea you can immediately put into action. You may not be able to do much about being time starved. But with Management Tips from the Harvard Business Review as your guide, you'll stand the best chance of succeeding in your role as a manager. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Anatomy-of-Transformation-A-Proven-System-Creating-Results-for-Over-a-Quarter-Century-Audiobook/B078TQV2DV Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Anatomy of Transformation: A Proven System Creating Results for Over a Quarter Century Author: Willard Barth Narrator: Willard Barth Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 21 mins Language: English Release date: 01-08-18 Publisher: Willard Barth Enterprises Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The Anatomy of Transformation is a proven system that has been used over a quarter of a century to help take individuals and businesses to the next level...no matter how successful they already are! The system outlined in The Anatomy of Transformation is what the author has used himself to go from a life that was destroyed mentally, emotionally, spiritually, physically, and financially to being a leader in the business consulting and coaching field. This system has also been used to help his clients get amazing results. One client increased their gross revenues by over 93% in one year, while another client became one of the 10 fastest growing companies in NJ in 2014. This system has helped companies of all sizes and all industries go from where they are to where they desire to be. It is not "theory". It is a proven system that leads to amazing results. The Anatomy of Transformation outlines the seven phases that you must go through to achieve transformation in your life and in your business. This system has been used by sports figures, entertainers, students, entrepreneurs, and everyday people who were committed to getting more out of themselves, their careers, their employees and their companies. No matter what area of life you are looking to transform, the "system" for transformation is the same. In the audiobook, learn how one company went from 15 employees and $32 million in annual revenue to over 60 employees and $124 million in revenue in just 18 months. The journey begins now! bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Willard Barth) Mon, 08 Jan 2018 05:57:43 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Anatomy-of-Transformation-A-Proven-System-Creating-Results-for-Over-a-Quarter-Century-Audiobook/B078TQV2DV thebookvoice.com 08:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Anatomy of Transformation: A Proven System Creating Results for Over a Quarter Century Author: Willard Barth Narrator: Willard Barth Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 21 mins Language: English Release date: 01-08-18 Publisher: Willard Barth Enterprises Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The Anatomy of Transformation is a proven system that has been used over a quarter of a century to help take individuals and businesses to the next level...no matter how successful they already are! The system outlined in The Anatomy of Transformation is what the author has used himself to go from a life that was destroyed mentally, emotionally, spiritually, physically, and financially to being a leader in the business consulting and coaching field. This system has also been used to help his clients get amazing results. One client increased their gross revenues by over 93% in one year, while another client became one of the 10 fastest growing companies in NJ in 2014. This system has helped companies of all sizes and all industries go from where they are to where they desire to be. It is not "theory". It is a proven system that leads to amazing results. The Anatomy of Transformation outlines the seven phases that you must go through to achieve transformation in your life and in your business. This system has been used by sports figures, entertainers, students, entrepreneurs, and everyday people who were committed to getting more out of themselves, their careers, their employees and their companies. No matter what area of life you are looking to transform, the "system" for transformation is the same. In the audiobook, learn how one company went from 15 employees and $32 million in annual revenue to over 60 employees and $124 million in revenue in just 18 months. The journey begins now! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Anatomy of Transformation: A Proven System Creating Results for Over a Quarter Century Author: Willard Barth Narrator: Willard Barth Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 21 mins Language: English Release date: 01-08-18 Publisher: Willard Barth Enterprises Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The Anatomy of Transformation is a proven system that has been used over a quarter of a century to help take individuals and businesses to the next level...no matter how successful they already are! The system outlined in The Anatomy of Transformation is what the author has used himself to go from a life that was destroyed mentally, emotionally, spiritually, physically, and financially to being a leader in the business consulting and coaching field. This system has also been used to help his clients get amazing results. One client increased their gross revenues by over 93% in one year, while another client became one of the 10 fastest growing companies in NJ in 2014. This system has helped companies of all sizes and all industries go from where they are to where they desire to be. It is not "theory". It is a proven system that leads to amazing results. The Anatomy of Transformation outlines the seven phases that you must go through to achieve transformation in your life and in your business. This system has been used by sports figures, entertainers, students, entrepreneurs, and everyday people who were committed to getting more out of themselves, their careers, their employees and their companies. No matter what area of life you are looking to transform, the "system" for transformation is the same. In the audiobook, learn how one company went from 15 employees and $32 million in annual revenue to over 60 employees and $124 million in revenue in just 18 months. The journey begins now! Members Reviews: Excellent Book. I have read many personal development books ... Excellent Book. I have read many personal development books and this is by far one of the Best Ones !!! Love the way it is presented. Love the Author story and how he overcome his challenges. Great Example. I will be ordering other copies and use it as a gift this Christmas !!! Very helpful and actionable book on how to create lasting ... Very helpful and actionable book on how to create lasting change. The stories of the author are touching and powerful too. Five Stars So very helpful. Willard has laid out a simple process for sustained personal ... Willard has laid out a simple process for sustained personal success! I have had a ringside seat for the last 20 years watching him walk his talk...:) Just get the book you can thank me later. By far the best book ever. Highly recommended it. Your life will never be the same. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Scrum-Mega-Pack-Audiobook/B01E4H932A Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Scrum Mega Pack Author: Paul VII Narrator: Ted R Brown, Christian Carvajal, Scott Clem, Randal Schaffer, Buddy Hatton, Kevin Kollins Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 30 mins Language: English Release date: 04-12-16 Publisher: Pashun Publishing Press a Decision of Pashun Publishing Ltd. Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 8 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Scrum is a simple framework for managing even the most complex projects. In this book you have all the tools you need to start implementing it in your team or business. This book is an amalgamation of the following books sold as a cost effective box set: Bonus bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Paul VII) Tue, 12 Apr 2016 13:26:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Scrum-Mega-Pack-Audiobook/B01E4H932A thebookvoice.com 04:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Scrum Mega Pack Author: Paul VII Narrator: Ted R Brown, Christian Carvajal, Scott Clem, Randal Schaffer, Buddy Hatton, Kevin Kollins Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 30 mins Language: English Release date: 04-12-16 Publisher: Pashun Publishing Press a Decision of Pashun Publishing Ltd. Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 8 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Scrum is a simple framework for managing even the most complex projects. In this book you have all the tools you need to start implementing it in your team or business. This book is an amalgamation of the following books sold as a cost effective box set: Bonus Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Scrum Mega Pack Author: Paul VII Narrator: Ted R Brown, Christian Carvajal, Scott Clem, Randal Schaffer, Buddy Hatton, Kevin Kollins Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 30 mins Language: English Release date: 04-12-16 Publisher: Pashun Publishing Press a Decision of Pashun Publishing Ltd. Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 8 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Scrum is a simple framework for managing even the most complex projects. In this book you have all the tools you need to start implementing it in your team or business. This book is an amalgamation of the following books sold as a cost effective box set: Bonus Members Reviews: better as a book I think Mostly a set of bullets and checklists. Don't really think it lends itself to an audio book. The quality of narration various too. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Money-Wisdom-Audiobook/B002UUFSJG Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Money Wisdom Author: Suze Orman, Michael Toms Narrator: Suze Orman Format: Original Recording Length: 51 mins Language: English Release date: 10-13-00 Publisher: Hay House Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 38 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Money can't make you happy, but not having it can be very challenging. Financial planner and best selling author Suze Orman reveals why so many of us have persistent financial problems. She explains that many people think that the amount of money we have ultimately determines our emotional state, but, in fact, it's our emotional state that determines how much money we have! In this information-packed dialogue with New Dimensions Radio host Michael Toms, Orman will show you how to start thriving instead of just surviving by removing the obstacles standing in your way of financial freedom. As you listen to this audio program, you'll discover: the three internal obstacles that keep you from bringing more money into your life, how to combine your self-worth with your net worth, what you may be doing to sabotage your own success, how to turn financial crisis into a financial breakthrough, and the relationship between clutter and credit card debt. © and (P)1999 New Dimensions Foundation bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Suze Orman) Fri, 13 Oct 2000 07:24:31 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Money-Wisdom-Audiobook/B002UUFSJG thebookvoice.com 00:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Money Wisdom Author: Suze Orman, Michael Toms Narrator: Suze Orman Format: Original Recording Length: 51 mins Language: English Release date: 10-13-00 Publisher: Hay House Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 38 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Money can't make you happy, but not having it can be very challenging. Financial planner and best selling author Suze Orman reveals why so many of us have persistent financial problems. She explains that many people think that the amount of money we have ultimately determines our emotional state, but, in fact, it's our emotional state that determines how much money we have! In this information-packed dialogue with New Dimensions Radio host Michael Toms, Orman will show you how to start thriving instead of just surviving by removing the obstacles standing in your way of financial freedom. As you listen to this audio program, you'll discover: the three internal obstacles that keep you from bringing more money into your life, how to combine your self-worth with your net worth, what you may be doing to sabotage your own success, how to turn financial crisis into a financial breakthrough, and the relationship between clutter and credit card debt. © and (P)1999 New Dimensions Foundation Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Money Wisdom Author: Suze Orman, Michael Toms Narrator: Suze Orman Format: Original Recording Length: 51 mins Language: English Release date: 10-13-00 Publisher: Hay House Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 38 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Money can't make you happy, but not having it can be very challenging. Financial planner and best selling author Suze Orman reveals why so many of us have persistent financial problems. She explains that many people think that the amount of money we have ultimately determines our emotional state, but, in fact, it's our emotional state that determines how much money we have! In this information-packed dialogue with New Dimensions Radio host Michael Toms, Orman will show you how to start thriving instead of just surviving by removing the obstacles standing in your way of financial freedom. As you listen to this audio program, you'll discover: the three internal obstacles that keep you from bringing more money into your life, how to combine your self-worth with your net worth, what you may be doing to sabotage your own success, how to turn financial crisis into a financial breakthrough, and the relationship between clutter and credit card debt. © and (P)1999 New Dimensions Foundation Members Reviews: Disappointing It seems that I have seen her name everywhere, so I was pleased to find Suze Orman's work on this site. I am very glad that I purchased this reasonably-priced sample before investing in a full-priced audiobook. The spirituality infused throughout was hard to relate to (yoga and karma are not things that one usually finds mentioned in financial self-help books), and the discussion lacked concrete advice. Her favorite piece of advice seemed to be that if you let go of money with open hands (non-profit donations), you have enabled it to find its way back to you (your hands are still open). According to her, you'll even get more than you gave! It was also somewhat difficult to take seriously one who has grammar issues. To be fair, thought, this is a radio show, so it's possible that her books wouldn't reflect this latter problem. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Invisible-Advantage-Audiobook/B01N21FYDJ Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Invisible Advantage Subtitle: How to Create a Culture of Innovation Author: Soren Kaplan PhD Narrator: Mike Norgaard Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 9 mins Language: English Release date: 01-13-17 Publisher: Soren Kaplan Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The Invisible Advantage details how any organization can create a culture of innovation - an environment that promotes free thinking, an entrepreneurial spirit, and sustainable value creation at all levels and across all functions. This book isn't just about the importance of an innovation culture, nor how to emulate the "innovation untouchables" like Google and Apple. It's a complete tool kit that anyone can use to uncover the unique, hidden drivers of innovation and then introduce fresh, intuitive approaches tailored to their organization's specific environment. Dr. Soren Kaplan is the author of the best-selling and award-winning book Leapfrogging, an affiliated professor at the Center for Effective Organizations at USC's Marshall School of Business, a contributing writer for FastCompany, a leading keynote speaker, and the founder of InnovationPoint. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Soren Kaplan PhD) Fri, 13 Jan 2017 10:36:60 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Invisible-Advantage-Audiobook/B01N21FYDJ thebookvoice.com 02:09:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Invisible Advantage Subtitle: How to Create a Culture of Innovation Author: Soren Kaplan PhD Narrator: Mike Norgaard Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 9 mins Language: English Release date: 01-13-17 Publisher: Soren Kaplan Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The Invisible Advantage details how any organization can create a culture of innovation - an environment that promotes free thinking, an entrepreneurial spirit, and sustainable value creation at all levels and across all functions. This book isn't just about the importance of an innovation culture, nor how to emulate the "innovation untouchables" like Google and Apple. It's a complete tool kit that anyone can use to uncover the unique, hidden drivers of innovation and then introduce fresh, intuitive approaches tailored to their organization's specific environment. Dr. Soren Kaplan is the author of the best-selling and award-winning book Leapfrogging, an affiliated professor at the Center for Effective Organizations at USC's Marshall School of Business, a contributing writer for FastCompany, a leading keynote speaker, and the founder of InnovationPoint. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Invisible Advantage Subtitle: How to Create a Culture of Innovation Author: Soren Kaplan PhD Narrator: Mike Norgaard Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 9 mins Language: English Release date: 01-13-17 Publisher: Soren Kaplan Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The Invisible Advantage details how any organization can create a culture of innovation - an environment that promotes free thinking, an entrepreneurial spirit, and sustainable value creation at all levels and across all functions. This book isn't just about the importance of an innovation culture, nor how to emulate the "innovation untouchables" like Google and Apple. It's a complete tool kit that anyone can use to uncover the unique, hidden drivers of innovation and then introduce fresh, intuitive approaches tailored to their organization's specific environment. Dr. Soren Kaplan is the author of the best-selling and award-winning book Leapfrogging, an affiliated professor at the Center for Effective Organizations at USC's Marshall School of Business, a contributing writer for FastCompany, a leading keynote speaker, and the founder of InnovationPoint. Members Reviews: and Iâm glad I did I hadnât heard of this book before but stumbled upon it, and Iâm glad I did. Itâs a quick easy read. Plus the format is very creative and the design is unusual for a business book â itâs square, lots of photos and colored pages, and the last two chapters contain a model and tools that would be really useful for any internal consultant, external consultant, or change leader who want to diagnose and help facilitate a culture of innovation. Iâd definitely recommend this book. Experience-driven Examples and Practical Tools! Besides a firm theoretical basis, this book offers practical, experience-driven examples of how innovation can be infused in the workplace. Dr. Kaplan offers many clear, current, relevant examples without the reader having to digest a 12-page case study. The innovation examples reflect what is happening with companies in multiple industries and reveal their processes and results. In addition, there are practical how-to's to kick-start an innovation assessment. Therefore, the book outlines critical innovation examples âÂplus provides a tool-kit to help mobilize a more innovation-driven culture. This book flows smoothly â making it a digestible blend of practical ideas and approaches that can help organizations seeking a more innovative culture! Short & Sweet, Smart & Simple Soren is at it again with a wonderfully simplistic, yet profound way of integrating innovation into workplace culture top down and all across. The Invisible Advantage sets a framework for launching into a renewed sense of clarity and purpose-- to create, improve upon, and truly innovate, and it equips leaders with the tools needed to make it happen. By combining and applying soft skills with hard metrics in intentful ways, comes powerful shifts in keeping organizations fresh. Soren captures and tackles this concept with practical approaches via his helpful toolkit. This book is a quick read for busy leaders, and helps organizations move one step closer to working smarter, with an edge on competitionâ.to working with an invisible advantage. The Advantage is Truly Invisible >> Do not wast your time or money This ostentatious pocket hardcover packages a mere 120 pages of insipid sophistries about "successful" corporations using wooden nickles and worthless awards. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Agile-Product-Management-The-7-Habits-of-Highly-Effective-Agile-Product-Managers-Audiobook/B06WLM7YS3 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Agile Product Management: The 7 Habits of Highly Effective Agile Product Managers Author: Paul VII Narrator: Randal Schaffer Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 7 mins Language: English Release date: 02-17-17 Publisher: Pashun Consulting Ltd. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Agile product management just got easier. In this class, you will be given a complete overview of what makes the best agile product managers successful. This will allow you to use their successes to help you to build great products in any team or business. In this class, I give you a concise overview the agile product manager, along with their day to day tasks and challenges. I then give you an overview of seven well known habits of great agile product managers so you can use them to be successful in your team or business. In this class, you will learn: So let us get started right away, so you can learn The 7 habits of Highly Effective Agile Product Managers! bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Paul VII) Fri, 17 Feb 2017 21:01:34 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Agile-Product-Management-The-7-Habits-of-Highly-Effective-Agile-Product-Managers-Audiobook/B06WLM7YS3 thebookvoice.com 01:07:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Agile Product Management: The 7 Habits of Highly Effective Agile Product Managers Author: Paul VII Narrator: Randal Schaffer Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 7 mins Language: English Release date: 02-17-17 Publisher: Pashun Consulting Ltd. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Agile product management just got easier. In this class, you will be given a complete overview of what makes the best agile product managers successful. This will allow you to use their successes to help you to build great products in any team or business. In this class, I give you a concise overview the agile product manager, along with their day to day tasks and challenges. I then give you an overview of seven well known habits of great agile product managers so you can use them to be successful in your team or business. In this class, you will learn: So let us get started right away, so you can learn The 7 habits of Highly Effective Agile Product Managers! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Agile Product Management: The 7 Habits of Highly Effective Agile Product Managers Author: Paul VII Narrator: Randal Schaffer Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 7 mins Language: English Release date: 02-17-17 Publisher: Pashun Consulting Ltd. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Agile product management just got easier. In this class, you will be given a complete overview of what makes the best agile product managers successful. This will allow you to use their successes to help you to build great products in any team or business. In this class, I give you a concise overview the agile product manager, along with their day to day tasks and challenges. I then give you an overview of seven well known habits of great agile product managers so you can use them to be successful in your team or business. In this class, you will learn: So let us get started right away, so you can learn The 7 habits of Highly Effective Agile Product Managers! Members Reviews: Great Book This is a really good book based on a popular theme. I liked the way the author adapted theme to fit the Agile Product Manager. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/How-to-Start-a-Salon-Day-Spa-Audiobook/B002V1NF30 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: How to Start a Salon & Day Spa Author: Entrepreneur Magazine Narrator: Michael Drew Shaw Format: Abridged Length: 4 hrs and 36 mins Language: English Release date: 11-09-06 Publisher: Entrepreneur Media, Inc. Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 13 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Be a stylish success with your own hair salon and day spa. Hair salons and day spas across the country are making as much as $300,000 a year - and you can, too. Whether you want to start a small salon out of your home or open a full-blown day spa, this audio guide will explain how to succeed. You don't even have to be a stylist! If you've got strong business skills, you can open a salon/spa, rent space to stylists, then sit back and rake in the cash. Topics covered in this information-packed guide include: bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Entrepreneur Magazine) Thu, 09 Nov 2006 08:49:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/How-to-Start-a-Salon-Day-Spa-Audiobook/B002V1NF30 thebookvoice.com 04:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: How to Start a Salon & Day Spa Author: Entrepreneur Magazine Narrator: Michael Drew Shaw Format: Abridged Length: 4 hrs and 36 mins Language: English Release date: 11-09-06 Publisher: Entrepreneur Media, Inc. Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 13 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Be a stylish success with your own hair salon and day spa. Hair salons and day spas across the country are making as much as $300,000 a year - and you can, too. Whether you want to start a small salon out of your home or open a full-blown day spa, this audio guide will explain how to succeed. You don't even have to be a stylist! If you've got strong business skills, you can open a salon/spa, rent space to stylists, then sit back and rake in the cash. Topics covered in this information-packed guide include: Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: How to Start a Salon & Day Spa Author: Entrepreneur Magazine Narrator: Michael Drew Shaw Format: Abridged Length: 4 hrs and 36 mins Language: English Release date: 11-09-06 Publisher: Entrepreneur Media, Inc. Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 13 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Be a stylish success with your own hair salon and day spa. Hair salons and day spas across the country are making as much as $300,000 a year - and you can, too. Whether you want to start a small salon out of your home or open a full-blown day spa, this audio guide will explain how to succeed. You don't even have to be a stylist! If you've got strong business skills, you can open a salon/spa, rent space to stylists, then sit back and rake in the cash. Topics covered in this information-packed guide include: Members Reviews: Very detailed and Specific! Would you consider the audio edition of How to Start a Salon & Day Spa to be better than the print version? Yes, I can listen to it anywhere! Who was your favorite character and why? The main speaker Which character as performed by Michael Drew Shaw was your favorite? I dont remember If you were to make a film of this book, what would be the tag line be? Next step to your salon business! Any additional comments? This is a grab audio book! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Good-Company-Audiobook/B009WTSEJE Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Good Company Subtitle: Business Success in the Worthiness Era Author: Laurie Bassi, Ed Frauenheim, Dan McMurrer Narrator: Rich Germaine Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 11 mins Language: English Release date: 10-26-12 Publisher: Berrett-Koehler Publishers Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: A noted economist and human capital expert, together with a multidisciplinary team, show that we've entered a new era in which good corporate behavior is no longer optional, it's the new imperative for success - and they have the data to prove it. Their Good Company Index ranking of the Fortune 100 takes the belief in the bottom-line benefits of good behavior out of the realm of faith and into the realm of facts. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Laurie Bassi) Fri, 26 Oct 2012 16:34:11 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Good-Company-Audiobook/B009WTSEJE thebookvoice.com 08:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Good Company Subtitle: Business Success in the Worthiness Era Author: Laurie Bassi, Ed Frauenheim, Dan McMurrer Narrator: Rich Germaine Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 11 mins Language: English Release date: 10-26-12 Publisher: Berrett-Koehler Publishers Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: A noted economist and human capital expert, together with a multidisciplinary team, show that we've entered a new era in which good corporate behavior is no longer optional, it's the new imperative for success - and they have the data to prove it. Their Good Company Index ranking of the Fortune 100 takes the belief in the bottom-line benefits of good behavior out of the realm of faith and into the realm of facts. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Good Company Subtitle: Business Success in the Worthiness Era Author: Laurie Bassi, Ed Frauenheim, Dan McMurrer Narrator: Rich Germaine Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 11 mins Language: English Release date: 10-26-12 Publisher: Berrett-Koehler Publishers Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: A noted economist and human capital expert, together with a multidisciplinary team, show that we've entered a new era in which good corporate behavior is no longer optional, it's the new imperative for success - and they have the data to prove it. Their Good Company Index ranking of the Fortune 100 takes the belief in the bottom-line benefits of good behavior out of the realm of faith and into the realm of facts. Members Reviews: Too much political rhetoric I wanted a business book and not a series of anecdotes laced with a political agenda. There is certainly good information within the book but the author leaves no room for doubt as to what political affiliation they side with, and this took away from the enjoyment of the book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Project-Management-Audiobook/B01M0M2ZYA Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Project Management Subtitle: From Beginner to Professional Manager and Respected Leader Author: Timothy Short Narrator: Pete Beretta Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 19 mins Language: English Release date: 09-30-16 Publisher: DCB Web Trading Ltd Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 15 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The purpose of this book is to take you through the stages of learning about project management, expectations and requirements of the job, the qualities of a good project manager, and the basic principles of project management. Some of these principles include time management, cost and budget, incorporating strategies in to the scope of the project, reporting to upper management or the CEO, and working with unmotivated or difficult people. This book will also walk you through factors to consider when planning a project, such as objectives and goals, strategies, people involved in the project (your team), upper management and stake holders, and time constraints. This guide will outline the entire process from start to finish, and the tools and techniques used by project managers to accomplish goals, meet milestones, meet deadlines, and manage time and work efficiently. For beginners who are looking for learn about project management, this book will be a great resource for you. The object is to take beginners with little to no experience with project management and give them the knowledge they need to feel comfortable in becoming experienced project management professionals and respected leaders. What's included in this book: Take action now and download this audiobook today! bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Timothy Short) Fri, 30 Sep 2016 22:40:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Project-Management-Audiobook/B01M0M2ZYA thebookvoice.com 01:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Project Management Subtitle: From Beginner to Professional Manager and Respected Leader Author: Timothy Short Narrator: Pete Beretta Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 19 mins Language: English Release date: 09-30-16 Publisher: DCB Web Trading Ltd Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 15 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The purpose of this book is to take you through the stages of learning about project management, expectations and requirements of the job, the qualities of a good project manager, and the basic principles of project management. Some of these principles include time management, cost and budget, incorporating strategies in to the scope of the project, reporting to upper management or the CEO, and working with unmotivated or difficult people. This book will also walk you through factors to consider when planning a project, such as objectives and goals, strategies, people involved in the project (your team), upper management and stake holders, and time constraints. This guide will outline the entire process from start to finish, and the tools and techniques used by project managers to accomplish goals, meet milestones, meet deadlines, and manage time and work efficiently. For beginners who are looking for learn about project management, this book will be a great resource for you. The object is to take beginners with little to no experience with project management and give them the knowledge they need to feel comfortable in becoming experienced project management professionals and respected leaders. What's included in this book: Take action now and download this audiobook today! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Project Management Subtitle: From Beginner to Professional Manager and Respected Leader Author: Timothy Short Narrator: Pete Beretta Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 19 mins Language: English Release date: 09-30-16 Publisher: DCB Web Trading Ltd Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 15 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The purpose of this book is to take you through the stages of learning about project management, expectations and requirements of the job, the qualities of a good project manager, and the basic principles of project management. Some of these principles include time management, cost and budget, incorporating strategies in to the scope of the project, reporting to upper management or the CEO, and working with unmotivated or difficult people. This book will also walk you through factors to consider when planning a project, such as objectives and goals, strategies, people involved in the project (your team), upper management and stake holders, and time constraints. This guide will outline the entire process from start to finish, and the tools and techniques used by project managers to accomplish goals, meet milestones, meet deadlines, and manage time and work efficiently. For beginners who are looking for learn about project management, this book will be a great resource for you. The object is to take beginners with little to no experience with project management and give them the knowledge they need to feel comfortable in becoming experienced project management professionals and respected leaders. What's included in this book: Take action now and download this audiobook today! Members Reviews: Fairly simplistic Maybe most beginners need something so basic, but this is all stuff I figured out on my own. How many times can you say "Communication is key to your success"? Duh. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Der-8-Weg-Audiobook/B00TPK4S3G Hören Sie sich dieses volle Hörbuch kostenlos bei https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> Titel: Der 8. Weg Untertitel: Mit Effektivität zu wahrer Größe Autor:: Stephen R. Covey Erzähler: Heiko Grauel, Sonngard Dressler Format: Unabridged Spieldauer: 13 hrs and 35 mins Sprache: Deutsch Veröffentlichungsdatum: 06-01-07 Herausgeber: Gabal Kategorien: Business, Management Zusammenfassung des Herausgebers: Der Autor: Das Times Magazin zählte Stephen R. Covey 1996 zu den 25 einflussreichsten Menschen in Amerika. Zu Recht, denn Covey galt und gilt weiterhin als der führende Experte für das Thema "Leadership". Er ist als Sprecher auf internationalen Bühnen ebenso gefragt wie als Berater von Unternehmen, Top Managern und Regierungen. Stephen Covey ist Mitbegründer und Vice Chairman des weltweit operierenden FranklinCovey Instituts, das inzwischen in mehr als 130 Ländern vertreten ist. Und vor allem ist er ein Visionär, der an Effektivität als Motor für das Wachstum von Individuen und Unternehmen glaubt. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Stephen R. Covey) Fri, 01 Jun 2007 14:33:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Der-8-Weg-Audiobook/B00TPK4S3G thebookvoice.com 13:35:00 no Hören Sie diesen Titel kostenlos bei thebookvoice.com Hören Sie sich dieses volle Hörbuch kostenlos bei https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> Titel: Der 8. Weg Untertitel: Mit Effektivität zu wahrer Größe Autor:: Stephen R. Covey Erzähler: Heiko Grauel, Sonngard Dressler Format: Unabridged Spieldauer: 13 hrs and 35 mins Sprache: Deutsch Veröffentlichungsdatum: 06-01-07 Herausgeber: Gabal Kategorien: Business, Management Zusammenfassung des Herausgebers: Der Autor: Das Times Magazin zählte Stephen R. Covey 1996 zu den 25 einflussreichsten Menschen in Amerika. Zu Recht, denn Covey galt und gilt weiterhin als der führende Experte für das Thema "Leadership". Er ist als Sprecher auf internationalen Bühnen ebenso gefragt wie als Berater von Unternehmen, Top Managern und Regierungen. Stephen Covey ist Mitbegründer und Vice Chairman des weltweit operierenden FranklinCovey Instituts, das inzwischen in mehr als 130 Ländern vertreten ist. Und vor allem ist er ein Visionär, der an Effektivität als Motor für das Wachstum von Individuen und Unternehmen glaubt. Hören Sie sich dieses volle Hörbuch kostenlos bei https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> Titel: Der 8. Weg Untertitel: Mit Effektivität zu wahrer Größe Autor:: Stephen R. Covey Erzähler: Heiko Grauel, Sonngard Dressler Format: Unabridged Spieldauer: 13 hrs and 35 mins Sprache: Deutsch Veröffentlichungsdatum: 06-01-07 Herausgeber: Gabal Kategorien: Business, Management Zusammenfassung des Herausgebers: Der Autor: Das Times Magazin zählte Stephen R. Covey 1996 zu den 25 einflussreichsten Menschen in Amerika. Zu Recht, denn Covey galt und gilt weiterhin als der führende Experte für das Thema "Leadership". Er ist als Sprecher auf internationalen Bühnen ebenso gefragt wie als Berater von Unternehmen, Top Managern und Regierungen. Stephen Covey ist Mitbegründer und Vice Chairman des weltweit operierenden FranklinCovey Instituts, das inzwischen in mehr als 130 Ländern vertreten ist. Und vor allem ist er ein Visionär, der an Effektivität als Motor für das Wachstum von Individuen und Unternehmen glaubt. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/An-Introduction-to-Indian-Gaming-from-an-Indian-Native-Thoughts-Audiobook/B01C3FHRQY Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: An Introduction to Indian Gaming from an Indian: Native Thoughts Author: Aaron M. Thomas Narrator: Aaron Thomas Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 57 mins Language: English Release date: 02-23-16 Publisher: Aaron Thomas Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: As I attend state and national gaming conferences, there's not too many tribal executives (at least at the time of writing this book) that have any real gaming operations experience. I am truly one of the lucky and skilled tribal executives who knows first-hand what it's like to have to go through tough economic times as well as the happy times when the champagne was uncorked every January because we just broke another revenue record. I hope that tribal members who listen to this book will get a better sense of what it truly takes to help a casino run more smoothly, to help grow their revenue, and to lead with a business hat on rather than the political hat that we've become so used to in the tribal government sectors. I wish you all well with your endeavors as you look to increase profit for your tribe. I hope that this book will serve as a book of guidelines that will propel you to the next level of your gaming knowledge. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Aaron M. Thomas) Tue, 23 Feb 2016 20:53:55 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/An-Introduction-to-Indian-Gaming-from-an-Indian-Native-Thoughts-Audiobook/B01C3FHRQY thebookvoice.com 01:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: An Introduction to Indian Gaming from an Indian: Native Thoughts Author: Aaron M. Thomas Narrator: Aaron Thomas Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 57 mins Language: English Release date: 02-23-16 Publisher: Aaron Thomas Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: As I attend state and national gaming conferences, there's not too many tribal executives (at least at the time of writing this book) that have any real gaming operations experience. I am truly one of the lucky and skilled tribal executives who knows first-hand what it's like to have to go through tough economic times as well as the happy times when the champagne was uncorked every January because we just broke another revenue record. I hope that tribal members who listen to this book will get a better sense of what it truly takes to help a casino run more smoothly, to help grow their revenue, and to lead with a business hat on rather than the political hat that we've become so used to in the tribal government sectors. I wish you all well with your endeavors as you look to increase profit for your tribe. I hope that this book will serve as a book of guidelines that will propel you to the next level of your gaming knowledge. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: An Introduction to Indian Gaming from an Indian: Native Thoughts Author: Aaron M. Thomas Narrator: Aaron Thomas Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 57 mins Language: English Release date: 02-23-16 Publisher: Aaron Thomas Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: As I attend state and national gaming conferences, there's not too many tribal executives (at least at the time of writing this book) that have any real gaming operations experience. I am truly one of the lucky and skilled tribal executives who knows first-hand what it's like to have to go through tough economic times as well as the happy times when the champagne was uncorked every January because we just broke another revenue record. I hope that tribal members who listen to this book will get a better sense of what it truly takes to help a casino run more smoothly, to help grow their revenue, and to lead with a business hat on rather than the political hat that we've become so used to in the tribal government sectors. I wish you all well with your endeavors as you look to increase profit for your tribe. I hope that this book will serve as a book of guidelines that will propel you to the next level of your gaming knowledge. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Power-Les-48-lois-du-pouvoir-Audiobook/B0722YKCGG Écoutez ce livre audio dans son intégralité gratuitement sur https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> Titre: Power : Les 48 lois du pouvoir Auteur: Robert Greene Narrateur: Laurent Jacquet Format: Unabridged Durée: 24 hrs and 44 mins Langue: Français Date de publication: 05-25-17 Éditeur: Audible Studios Evaluation: 3.5 sur 5 sur 3 votes Genres: Business, Management Résumé de l'éditeur: Le pouvoir on le désire, on le craint, on s'en protège. Le sentiment de n'avoir aucun pouvoir sur les gens et les événements est difficilement supportable : l'impuissance rend malheureux. Personne ne réclame moins de pouvoir, tout le monde en veut davantage. Amoral, intelligent, impitoyable et captivant, cet ouvrage colossal condense 3000 ans d'histoire du pouvoir en 48 lois. Véritable manuel de la manipulation, il analyse la quintessence de cette sagesse millénaire, tirée de la vie et des œuvres des plus illustres stratèges (Sun Zi, Clausewitz), hommes d'État (César, Louis XIV, Bismarck, Talleyrand), courtisans (Castiglione, Gracián), séducteurs (Ninon de Lenclos, Casanova) et escrocs de l'histoire. >> Ce livre audio en version intégrale vous est proposé en exclusivité par Audible et est uniquement disponible en téléchargement. ©2015 Leduc.s (P)2017 Audible Studios bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Robert Greene) Thu, 25 May 2017 12:43:06 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Power-Les-48-lois-du-pouvoir-Audiobook/B0722YKCGG thebookvoice.com 24:44:00 no Écoutez gratuitement ce titre en entier sur thebookvoice.com Écoutez ce livre audio dans son intégralité gratuitement sur https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> Titre: Power : Les 48 lois du pouvoir Auteur: Robert Greene Narrateur: Laurent Jacquet Format: Unabridged Durée: 24 hrs and 44 mins Langue: Français Date de publication: 05-25-17 Éditeur: Audible Studios Evaluation: 3.5 sur 5 sur 3 votes Genres: Business, Management Résumé de l'éditeur: Le pouvoir on le désire, on le craint, on s'en protège. Le sentiment de n'avoir aucun pouvoir sur les gens et les événements est difficilement supportable : l'impuissance rend malheureux. Personne ne réclame moins de pouvoir, tout le monde en veut davantage. Amoral, intelligent, impitoyable et captivant, cet ouvrage colossal condense 3000 ans d'histoire du pouvoir en 48 lois. Véritable manuel de la manipulation, il analyse la quintessence de cette sagesse millénaire, tirée de la vie et des œuvres des plus illustres stratèges (Sun Zi, Clausewitz), hommes d'État (César, Louis XIV, Bismarck, Talleyrand), courtisans (Castiglione, Gracián), séducteurs (Ninon de Lenclos, Casanova) et escrocs de l'histoire. >> Ce livre audio en version intégrale vous est proposé en exclusivité par Audible et est uniquement disponible en téléchargement. ©2015 Leduc.s (P)2017 Audible Studios Écoutez ce livre audio dans son intégralité gratuitement sur https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> Titre: Power : Les 48 lois du pouvoir Auteur: Robert Greene Narrateur: Laurent Jacquet Format: Unabridged Durée: 24 hrs and 44 mins Langue: Français Date de publication: 05-25-17 Éditeur: Audible Studios Evaluation: 3.5 sur 5 sur 3 votes Genres: Business, Management Résumé de l'éditeur: Le pouvoir on le désire, on le craint, on s'en protège. Le sentiment de n'avoir aucun pouvoir sur les gens et les événements est difficilement supportable : l'impuissance rend malheureux. Personne ne réclame moins de pouvoir, tout le monde en veut davantage. Amoral, intelligent, impitoyable et captivant, cet ouvrage colossal condense 3000 ans d'histoire du pouvoir en 48 lois. Véritable manuel de la manipulation, il analyse la quintessence de cette sagesse millénaire, tirée de la vie et des œuvres des plus illustres stratèges (Sun Zi, Clausewitz), hommes d'État (César, Louis XIV, Bismarck, Talleyrand), courtisans (Castiglione, Gracián), séducteurs (Ninon de Lenclos, Casanova) et escrocs de l'histoire. >> Ce livre audio en version intégrale vous est proposé en exclusivité par Audible et est uniquement disponible en téléchargement. ©2015 Leduc.s (P)2017 Audible Studios Avis des membres: Four Stars true and fantastic https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Startup-101-How-to-Build-a-Successful-Business-with-Crowdfunding-Audiobook/B01IPS90E0 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Startup 101: How to Build a Successful Business with Crowdfunding Subtitle: A Guide for Entrepreneurs Author: Erick Walk Narrator: Chris Abernathy Format: Unabridged Length: 37 mins Language: English Release date: 07-20-16 Publisher: Rado Publishers Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Imagine that small and medium businesses - a really significant side of the economy - aren't getting funding. Here is where crowdfunding comes into the scene, as it allows small and medium scale enterprises to reach out for investors. This book will show you what crowdfunding is and how it will lead you to success. In the following book, you will learn: You will also learn from the most successful campaigns, and understand how crowdfunding can help you in establishing your business. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Erick Walk) Wed, 20 Jul 2016 08:16:15 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Startup-101-How-to-Build-a-Successful-Business-with-Crowdfunding-Audiobook/B01IPS90E0 thebookvoice.com 00:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Startup 101: How to Build a Successful Business with Crowdfunding Subtitle: A Guide for Entrepreneurs Author: Erick Walk Narrator: Chris Abernathy Format: Unabridged Length: 37 mins Language: English Release date: 07-20-16 Publisher: Rado Publishers Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Imagine that small and medium businesses - a really significant side of the economy - aren't getting funding. Here is where crowdfunding comes into the scene, as it allows small and medium scale enterprises to reach out for investors. This book will show you what crowdfunding is and how it will lead you to success. In the following book, you will learn: You will also learn from the most successful campaigns, and understand how crowdfunding can help you in establishing your business. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Startup 101: How to Build a Successful Business with Crowdfunding Subtitle: A Guide for Entrepreneurs Author: Erick Walk Narrator: Chris Abernathy Format: Unabridged Length: 37 mins Language: English Release date: 07-20-16 Publisher: Rado Publishers Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Imagine that small and medium businesses - a really significant side of the economy - aren't getting funding. Here is where crowdfunding comes into the scene, as it allows small and medium scale enterprises to reach out for investors. This book will show you what crowdfunding is and how it will lead you to success. In the following book, you will learn: You will also learn from the most successful campaigns, and understand how crowdfunding can help you in establishing your business. Members Reviews: Hugely recommended. Crowdfunding is the process of funding a project or experiment by raising monetary contributions from a large number of people. Before crowdfunding, entrepreneurs came up against numerous challenges to protect funding like applying for a small business loan, searching for grants, borrowing money from family members and friends or using their savings. Crowdfunding, however, provides a method to obtain the funds needed to launch an idea quickly and with the support of an engaged community. Erick Walk with this enlightening step-by-step guide teaches us the types of Crowdfunding and how to run a campaign. I certainly enjoyed the chapter with the crowdfunding success stories. Hugely recommended. Can you say extremely basic and vague? I can ... Can you say extremely basic and vague? I can assure you, you can learn much, much more simply buy spending a little time on a few crowd funding websites. Save your $8.99 and your time. Nothing worth reading here. Definitely not worth the paper this book is printed on. Completely useless. It's not a book. There are only 21 small pages with big writing only touching subjects without any explanation of how to do it. Completely useless. Must read for all entrepreneurs who are looking to kickstart their ideas and bring their dreams to reality Very informative and analytic view from Eric. It is actually helpful for all buddies who are working to launch their ideas or SME to raise capital. Five Stars The books is good and gives the inside story of investment https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Tribal-Warfare-in-Organizations-Audiobook/B002V5D5HM Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Tribal Warfare in Organizations Author: Peg Neuhauser Narrator: uncredited Format: Original Recording Length: 53 mins Language: English Release date: 12-17-99 Publisher: Stanford Audio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 26 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: What do you do when interdepartmental conflict threatens organizational harmony? Peg Neuhauser suggests that the key is in recognizing that different departmental tribes, or subcultures, exist within the organization. By teaching these tribes how to communicate more effectively, the executive can minimize conflict and boost productivity. She covers the dos and don'ts of negotiating with other groups and points out the special role that tribal chiefs play in the organization. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Peg Neuhauser) Fri, 17 Dec 1999 01:15:28 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Tribal-Warfare-in-Organizations-Audiobook/B002V5D5HM thebookvoice.com 00:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Tribal Warfare in Organizations Author: Peg Neuhauser Narrator: uncredited Format: Original Recording Length: 53 mins Language: English Release date: 12-17-99 Publisher: Stanford Audio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 26 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: What do you do when interdepartmental conflict threatens organizational harmony? Peg Neuhauser suggests that the key is in recognizing that different departmental tribes, or subcultures, exist within the organization. By teaching these tribes how to communicate more effectively, the executive can minimize conflict and boost productivity. She covers the dos and don'ts of negotiating with other groups and points out the special role that tribal chiefs play in the organization. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Tribal Warfare in Organizations Author: Peg Neuhauser Narrator: uncredited Format: Original Recording Length: 53 mins Language: English Release date: 12-17-99 Publisher: Stanford Audio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 26 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: What do you do when interdepartmental conflict threatens organizational harmony? Peg Neuhauser suggests that the key is in recognizing that different departmental tribes, or subcultures, exist within the organization. By teaching these tribes how to communicate more effectively, the executive can minimize conflict and boost productivity. She covers the dos and don'ts of negotiating with other groups and points out the special role that tribal chiefs play in the organization. Members Reviews: Not an e-book This is just a recording of a talk that was given about the topic. It is not an audible version of the book. Terrible sound. Not an audio book What would have made Tribal Warfare in Organizations better? To start with. At least have it recorded in any form of acceptable quality so that we can hear it. And then the voice is very monotonous. If the purpose is to make people who listen to it sleep... Then it is working really well lol What could Peg Neuhauser have done to make this a more enjoyable book for you? It should have been better recorded and bettnarraer narrated How could the performance have been better? Better recording and better narration You didnt love this book... but did it have any redeeming qualities? No Any additional comments? Terrible Unpimpressed I was really looking forward to some great nuggets but found it all quite run of the mill. This was a poor quality recording of a live presentation - probably an afterthought and it showed https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Mergers-and-acquisitions-of-small-and-medium-businesses-The-truth-revealed-about-business-risk-Audiobook/B01AWLR02M Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Mergers and acquisitions of small and medium businesses (The truth revealed about business risk) Author: Vladimir John Narrator: Shelley Blond, William Sibtain Format: Unabridged Length: 44 mins Language: English Release date: 02-01-16 Publisher: Meriglobe Business Academy ltd. Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 19 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: In this lesson, learn about acquisitions and mergers, the role they play in business and how to use them successfully. Advice for entrepreneurs who want to rapidly expand their business and safely buy a functioning company or companies. ©2015 Meriglobe Business Academy ltd (P)2015 Meriglobe Business Academy ltd bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Vladimir John) Mon, 01 Feb 2016 21:48:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Mergers-and-acquisitions-of-small-and-medium-businesses-The-truth-revealed-about-business-risk-Audiobook/B01AWLR02M thebookvoice.com 00:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Mergers and acquisitions of small and medium businesses (The truth revealed about business risk) Author: Vladimir John Narrator: Shelley Blond, William Sibtain Format: Unabridged Length: 44 mins Language: English Release date: 02-01-16 Publisher: Meriglobe Business Academy ltd. Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 19 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: In this lesson, learn about acquisitions and mergers, the role they play in business and how to use them successfully. Advice for entrepreneurs who want to rapidly expand their business and safely buy a functioning company or companies. ©2015 Meriglobe Business Academy ltd (P)2015 Meriglobe Business Academy ltd Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Mergers and acquisitions of small and medium businesses (The truth revealed about business risk) Author: Vladimir John Narrator: Shelley Blond, William Sibtain Format: Unabridged Length: 44 mins Language: English Release date: 02-01-16 Publisher: Meriglobe Business Academy ltd. Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 19 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: In this lesson, learn about acquisitions and mergers, the role they play in business and how to use them successfully. Advice for entrepreneurs who want to rapidly expand their business and safely buy a functioning company or companies. ©2015 Meriglobe Business Academy ltd (P)2015 Meriglobe Business Academy ltd Members Reviews: Efficient, basic, limited, effective Covers the most basic fundamentals efficiently within a 45 minute listen. It did confirm a few things for me that were helpful and certainly worth a few bucks. Good book to listen to on a short flight! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Balanced-Scorecard-for-Performance-Measurement-Audiobook/B01MYU659P Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Balanced Scorecard for Performance Measurement Author: IntroBooks Narrator: Andrea Giordani Format: Unabridged Length: 44 mins Language: English Release date: 12-02-16 Publisher: IntroBooks Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: "When you can measure all those words that you are talking about, and break them into numbers, you know really something about it. To the contrary, when you are not measuring anything at all, then you have no idea on what you have spoken. You have no control over your sayings. The knowledge can be meager in that way, and that could be unsatisfactory as well," says Dr. Kaplan. In other words, if you can measure, then you could improve. That is the reason why business metrics were introduced to measure the performance standards of the organizations towards improvisation. That is all balanced scorecard is about. Let us see about that in detail. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (IntroBooks) Fri, 02 Dec 2016 06:08:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Balanced-Scorecard-for-Performance-Measurement-Audiobook/B01MYU659P thebookvoice.com 00:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Balanced Scorecard for Performance Measurement Author: IntroBooks Narrator: Andrea Giordani Format: Unabridged Length: 44 mins Language: English Release date: 12-02-16 Publisher: IntroBooks Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: "When you can measure all those words that you are talking about, and break them into numbers, you know really something about it. To the contrary, when you are not measuring anything at all, then you have no idea on what you have spoken. You have no control over your sayings. The knowledge can be meager in that way, and that could be unsatisfactory as well," says Dr. Kaplan. In other words, if you can measure, then you could improve. That is the reason why business metrics were introduced to measure the performance standards of the organizations towards improvisation. That is all balanced scorecard is about. Let us see about that in detail. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Balanced Scorecard for Performance Measurement Author: IntroBooks Narrator: Andrea Giordani Format: Unabridged Length: 44 mins Language: English Release date: 12-02-16 Publisher: IntroBooks Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: "When you can measure all those words that you are talking about, and break them into numbers, you know really something about it. To the contrary, when you are not measuring anything at all, then you have no idea on what you have spoken. You have no control over your sayings. The knowledge can be meager in that way, and that could be unsatisfactory as well," says Dr. Kaplan. In other words, if you can measure, then you could improve. That is the reason why business metrics were introduced to measure the performance standards of the organizations towards improvisation. That is all balanced scorecard is about. Let us see about that in detail. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Le-mind-mapping-Coaching-pro-28-Audiobook/B078BQ4RNG Écoutez ce livre audio dans son intégralité gratuitement sur https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> Titre: Le mind mapping (Coaching pro 28) Auteur: Miguël Lecomte Narrateur: Alban Barthélemy Format: Unabridged Durée: 26 mins Langue: Français Date de publication: 11-27-17 Éditeur: 50Minutes.fr Genres: Business, Management Résumé de l'éditeur: Un guide pratique et accessible pour découvrir les avantages du mind mapping et structurer facilement vos idées ! Débordez-vous d'idées, sans pour autant parvenir à en tirer avantage ? Désirez-vous vous lancer dans un projet et entamer de façon structurée et efficace votre réflexion sous-jacente ? Ne perdez plus une minute et initiez-vous à la pratique du mind mapping ! Que ce soit sur papier ou via un logiciel installé sur votre ordinateur, apprenez à capturer et à organiser vos pensées. Ce livre audio vous aidera à : ©2015 50Minutes.fr (P)2017 50Minutes.fr bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Miguël Lecomte) Mon, 27 Nov 2017 09:01:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Le-mind-mapping-Coaching-pro-28-Audiobook/B078BQ4RNG thebookvoice.com 00:26:00 no Écoutez gratuitement ce titre en entier sur thebookvoice.com Écoutez ce livre audio dans son intégralité gratuitement sur https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> Titre: Le mind mapping (Coaching pro 28) Auteur: Miguël Lecomte Narrateur: Alban Barthélemy Format: Unabridged Durée: 26 mins Langue: Français Date de publication: 11-27-17 Éditeur: 50Minutes.fr Genres: Business, Management Résumé de l'éditeur: Un guide pratique et accessible pour découvrir les avantages du mind mapping et structurer facilement vos idées ! Débordez-vous d'idées, sans pour autant parvenir à en tirer avantage ? Désirez-vous vous lancer dans un projet et entamer de façon structurée et efficace votre réflexion sous-jacente ? Ne perdez plus une minute et initiez-vous à la pratique du mind mapping ! Que ce soit sur papier ou via un logiciel installé sur votre ordinateur, apprenez à capturer et à organiser vos pensées. Ce livre audio vous aidera à : ©2015 50Minutes.fr (P)2017 50Minutes.fr Écoutez ce livre audio dans son intégralité gratuitement sur https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> Titre: Le mind mapping (Coaching pro 28) Auteur: Miguël Lecomte Narrateur: Alban Barthélemy Format: Unabridged Durée: 26 mins Langue: Français Date de publication: 11-27-17 Éditeur: 50Minutes.fr Genres: Business, Management Résumé de l'éditeur: Un guide pratique et accessible pour découvrir les avantages du mind mapping et structurer facilement vos idées ! Débordez-vous d'idées, sans pour autant parvenir à en tirer avantage ? Désirez-vous vous lancer dans un projet et entamer de façon structurée et efficace votre réflexion sous-jacente ? Ne perdez plus une minute et initiez-vous à la pratique du mind mapping ! Que ce soit sur papier ou via un logiciel installé sur votre ordinateur, apprenez à capturer et à organiser vos pensées. Ce livre audio vous aidera à : ©2015 50Minutes.fr (P)2017 50Minutes.fr https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Peak-Performance-Audiobook/B078MR719N Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Peak Performance Subtitle: How Denvers Peak Academy Is Saving Money, Boosting Morale, and Just Maybe Changing the World (And How You Can, Too!) Author: J. B. Wogan, Brian Elms Narrator: Brian Elms Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 12 mins Language: English Release date: 12-28-17 Publisher: Governing, a division of e.Republic Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: When Denver Mayor Michael Hancock took office in 2011, he inherited an $80 million budget shortfall and a government workforce that had been through multiple rounds of cuts and furloughs. Morale was low. He needed a way to drive greater efficiency, cost saving, and improved performance - and he had to do it in-house, on a shoe-string budget. Enter Peak Academy, the coaching and innovation program Mayor Hancock created to teach frontline city employees how to tackle small problems and deliver big results. In four years, Peak Academy trained 5,000 government staff in the fundamentals of lean manufacturing and other process management techniques. More than 2,000 employee-driven innovations later, the program had saved Denver an estimated $15 million. Word got out, and dozens of other governments sent their staffs to Denver or hired Peak Academy to bring the training to them. In this fun, easy-to-follow guide, Peak Academy director Brian Elms and governing staff writer J. B. Wogan deliver the basics for the rest of us, with a surprisingly frank discussion about how hard it was to get the program off the ground. Experience a thoughtful exploration of both the challenges faced and the reasons why Peak ultimately succeeded. Get a clear overview of Peak Academy training methods and tools (including yes, all those yellow stickies). See concrete examples of employee-driven innovations - many of which sound, in hindsight, like $40,000 no-brainers, until you realize there are hundreds of similar and much-needed fixes in every workplace. Peak Performance is an audiobook that will help public sector leaders replicate the Peak model. It's an audiobook for government managers to listen to and talk about with their teams. But most importantly, it's an audiobook for anyone working in government at any level - about the power of good ideas to improve the way government works. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (J. B. Wogan) Thu, 28 Dec 2017 22:28:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Peak-Performance-Audiobook/B078MR719N thebookvoice.com 02:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Peak Performance Subtitle: How Denvers Peak Academy Is Saving Money, Boosting Morale, and Just Maybe Changing the World (And How You Can, Too!) Author: J. B. Wogan, Brian Elms Narrator: Brian Elms Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 12 mins Language: English Release date: 12-28-17 Publisher: Governing, a division of e.Republic Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: When Denver Mayor Michael Hancock took office in 2011, he inherited an $80 million budget shortfall and a government workforce that had been through multiple rounds of cuts and furloughs. Morale was low. He needed a way to drive greater efficiency, cost saving, and improved performance - and he had to do it in-house, on a shoe-string budget. Enter Peak Academy, the coaching and innovation program Mayor Hancock created to teach frontline city employees how to tackle small problems and deliver big results. In four years, Peak Academy trained 5,000 government staff in the fundamentals of lean manufacturing and other process management techniques. More than 2,000 employee-driven innovations later, the program had saved Denver an estimated $15 million. Word got out, and dozens of other governments sent their staffs to Denver or hired Peak Academy to bring the training to them. In this fun, easy-to-follow guide, Peak Academy director Brian Elms and governing staff writer J. B. Wogan deliver the basics for the rest of us, with a surprisingly frank discussion about how hard it was to get the program off the ground. Experience a thoughtful exploration of both the challenges faced and the reasons why Peak ultimately succeeded. Get a clear overview of Peak Academy training methods and tools (including yes, all those yellow stickies). See concrete examples of employee-driven innovations - many of which sound, in hindsight, like $40,000 no-brainers, until you realize there are hundreds of similar and much-needed fixes in every workplace. Peak Performance is an audiobook that will help public sector leaders replicate the Peak model. It's an audiobook for government managers to listen to and talk about with their teams. But most importantly, it's an audiobook for anyone working in government at any level - about the power of good ideas to improve the way government works. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Peak Performance Subtitle: How Denvers Peak Academy Is Saving Money, Boosting Morale, and Just Maybe Changing the World (And How You Can, Too!) Author: J. B. Wogan, Brian Elms Narrator: Brian Elms Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 12 mins Language: English Release date: 12-28-17 Publisher: Governing, a division of e.Republic Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: When Denver Mayor Michael Hancock took office in 2011, he inherited an $80 million budget shortfall and a government workforce that had been through multiple rounds of cuts and furloughs. Morale was low. He needed a way to drive greater efficiency, cost saving, and improved performance - and he had to do it in-house, on a shoe-string budget. Enter Peak Academy, the coaching and innovation program Mayor Hancock created to teach frontline city employees how to tackle small problems and deliver big results. In four years, Peak Academy trained 5,000 government staff in the fundamentals of lean manufacturing and other process management techniques. More than 2,000 employee-driven innovations later, the program had saved Denver an estimated $15 million. Word got out, and dozens of other governments sent their staffs to Denver or hired Peak Academy to bring the training to them. In this fun, easy-to-follow guide, Peak Academy director Brian Elms and governing staff writer J. B. Wogan deliver the basics for the rest of us, with a surprisingly frank discussion about how hard it was to get the program off the ground. Experience a thoughtful exploration of both the challenges faced and the reasons why Peak ultimately succeeded. Get a clear overview of Peak Academy training methods and tools (including yes, all those yellow stickies). See concrete examples of employee-driven innovations - many of which sound, in hindsight, like $40,000 no-brainers, until you realize there are hundreds of similar and much-needed fixes in every workplace. Peak Performance is an audiobook that will help public sector leaders replicate the Peak model. It's an audiobook for government managers to listen to and talk about with their teams. But most importantly, it's an audiobook for anyone working in government at any level - about the power of good ideas to improve the way government works. Members Reviews: Five Stars Boss is happy with this book Peak Performance Amazing book and great information on implementing lean With great support from Denver Mayor Michael B. Hancock, The Dever Peak Academy was founded in 2011. Challenged with budget shortfalls and economical mayhem from the recent 2007-2011 financial crisis, Peak Performance founders Brian Elms, Brendan Hanlon, David Edinger and Scotty Martin discovered an interesting phenomenonâgive your front-line the power to innovate. With great support from Denver Mayor Michael B. Hancock, The Denver Peak Academy was founded in 2011. PEAK Performance: How Denverâs Peak Academy is saving millions of dollars, boosting moral and just maybe changing the world. (And how you can, too!) is an engaging book depicting a collection of innovative stories that leads the reader to understand some of the trials and tributes that the Peak team have endured. If you are looking for a âDummiesâ book on how to start your own Peak Academy, this is not it. Those books work great for teaching us how to perform math equations or drive a car. Nevertheless, creating a culture for innovation is not as simple as putting your car in gear and driving away into the sunsetâeven then can that activity be blinding. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Loyalist-Team-Audiobook/B0758MXZ7V Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Loyalist Team Subtitle: How Trust, Candor, and Authenticity Create Great Organizations Author: Linda Adams, Abby Curnow-Chavez, Audrey Epstein, Rebecca Teasdale, Jody Berger Narrator: Elisabeth Rodgers Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 52 mins Language: English Release date: 09-12-17 Publisher: Hachette Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 8 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Great teams are built and maintained with great intention, though they can make it look deceptively easy. Too many teams engage in dysfunctional behaviors or fall into territorialism, apathy, and unproductive relationships. The result? An overwhelmed, unengaged, and stressed-out workforce that settles for average or poor performance. Here, four authors with a combined century of management experience show listeners how every team can be extraordinary. The authors introduce their field-tested Loyalist Team 3D assessment that allows anyone to get to the heart of why teams break down, identify the weaknesses in their own team, and build a Loyalist Team. This kind of team has members who ensure each other's success as they work to ensure their own, operate with absolute candor, and value loyalty and authenticity to deliver results, create a healthy work environment, and help companies succeed. The Loyalist Team is a must-listen for anyone who wants their team to achieve extraordinary results. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Linda Adams) Tue, 12 Sep 2017 02:27:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Loyalist-Team-Audiobook/B0758MXZ7V thebookvoice.com 05:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Loyalist Team Subtitle: How Trust, Candor, and Authenticity Create Great Organizations Author: Linda Adams, Abby Curnow-Chavez, Audrey Epstein, Rebecca Teasdale, Jody Berger Narrator: Elisabeth Rodgers Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 52 mins Language: English Release date: 09-12-17 Publisher: Hachette Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 8 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Great teams are built and maintained with great intention, though they can make it look deceptively easy. Too many teams engage in dysfunctional behaviors or fall into territorialism, apathy, and unproductive relationships. The result? An overwhelmed, unengaged, and stressed-out workforce that settles for average or poor performance. Here, four authors with a combined century of management experience show listeners how every team can be extraordinary. The authors introduce their field-tested Loyalist Team 3D assessment that allows anyone to get to the heart of why teams break down, identify the weaknesses in their own team, and build a Loyalist Team. This kind of team has members who ensure each other's success as they work to ensure their own, operate with absolute candor, and value loyalty and authenticity to deliver results, create a healthy work environment, and help companies succeed. The Loyalist Team is a must-listen for anyone who wants their team to achieve extraordinary results. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Loyalist Team Subtitle: How Trust, Candor, and Authenticity Create Great Organizations Author: Linda Adams, Abby Curnow-Chavez, Audrey Epstein, Rebecca Teasdale, Jody Berger Narrator: Elisabeth Rodgers Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 52 mins Language: English Release date: 09-12-17 Publisher: Hachette Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 8 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Great teams are built and maintained with great intention, though they can make it look deceptively easy. Too many teams engage in dysfunctional behaviors or fall into territorialism, apathy, and unproductive relationships. The result? An overwhelmed, unengaged, and stressed-out workforce that settles for average or poor performance. Here, four authors with a combined century of management experience show listeners how every team can be extraordinary. The authors introduce their field-tested Loyalist Team 3D assessment that allows anyone to get to the heart of why teams break down, identify the weaknesses in their own team, and build a Loyalist Team. This kind of team has members who ensure each other's success as they work to ensure their own, operate with absolute candor, and value loyalty and authenticity to deliver results, create a healthy work environment, and help companies succeed. The Loyalist Team is a must-listen for anyone who wants their team to achieve extraordinary results. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio. Members Reviews: Must Read for Team Leaders! At my first read, I was hooked! In the fast paced business world these authors have provided the research, methodology, knowledge and tools to implement the Loyalist Team concepts. Provides an understandable pathway for your team to start the journey towards high performance. Check out the website for their online tools. Great Book for All Teams Would you listen to The Loyalist Team again? Why? Everyone needs to be a part of a Great Team from home to office to sports. This is the way to finding a Great Team https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Management-of-the-Absurd-Audiobook/B0036HXXVW Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Management of the Absurd Subtitle: Paradoxes in Leadership Author: Richard Farson Narrator: Richard Farson Format: Abridged Length: 2 hrs and 2 mins Language: English Release date: 04-12-10 Publisher: Simon & Schuster Audio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 13 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Facile formulas and quick fixes too often dominate today's management-training programs. But human behavior is seldom predictable, and business dilemmas do not easily lend themselves to gimmicks or simplistic answers. In Management of the Absurd, psychologist, educator, and former CEO Richard Farson presents a series of management paradoxes that will challenge conventional wisdom and encourage you to re-examine your assumptions about effective leadership. Here, at last, is a dramatically new understanding of organizations and human relations. In his explorations of common paradoxical situations, Farson demonstrates the value of a radically different perspective on leadership and offers managers at every level powerful new ways to cope with the many perplexing problems of organizational life. Guided by Management of the Absurd, managers of the 21st century will be able to accept the inherent complexity of management situations and work through these dilemmas, not with manipulative and simplistic techniques, but with understanding, compassion, and effectiveness. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Richard Farson) Mon, 12 Apr 2010 12:30:46 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Management-of-the-Absurd-Audiobook/B0036HXXVW thebookvoice.com 02:02:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Management of the Absurd Subtitle: Paradoxes in Leadership Author: Richard Farson Narrator: Richard Farson Format: Abridged Length: 2 hrs and 2 mins Language: English Release date: 04-12-10 Publisher: Simon & Schuster Audio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 13 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Facile formulas and quick fixes too often dominate today's management-training programs. But human behavior is seldom predictable, and business dilemmas do not easily lend themselves to gimmicks or simplistic answers. In Management of the Absurd, psychologist, educator, and former CEO Richard Farson presents a series of management paradoxes that will challenge conventional wisdom and encourage you to re-examine your assumptions about effective leadership. Here, at last, is a dramatically new understanding of organizations and human relations. In his explorations of common paradoxical situations, Farson demonstrates the value of a radically different perspective on leadership and offers managers at every level powerful new ways to cope with the many perplexing problems of organizational life. Guided by Management of the Absurd, managers of the 21st century will be able to accept the inherent complexity of management situations and work through these dilemmas, not with manipulative and simplistic techniques, but with understanding, compassion, and effectiveness. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Management of the Absurd Subtitle: Paradoxes in Leadership Author: Richard Farson Narrator: Richard Farson Format: Abridged Length: 2 hrs and 2 mins Language: English Release date: 04-12-10 Publisher: Simon & Schuster Audio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 13 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Facile formulas and quick fixes too often dominate today's management-training programs. But human behavior is seldom predictable, and business dilemmas do not easily lend themselves to gimmicks or simplistic answers. In Management of the Absurd, psychologist, educator, and former CEO Richard Farson presents a series of management paradoxes that will challenge conventional wisdom and encourage you to re-examine your assumptions about effective leadership. Here, at last, is a dramatically new understanding of organizations and human relations. In his explorations of common paradoxical situations, Farson demonstrates the value of a radically different perspective on leadership and offers managers at every level powerful new ways to cope with the many perplexing problems of organizational life. Guided by Management of the Absurd, managers of the 21st century will be able to accept the inherent complexity of management situations and work through these dilemmas, not with manipulative and simplistic techniques, but with understanding, compassion, and effectiveness. Members Reviews: Excellent book Any additional comments? It made sense of how intractable people can be on things you thought were so meaningless. Plus I have taken to heart letting the stand outs in my team be more independent which leaves me more time to help the hapless. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Les-7-habitudes-de-ceux-qui-realisent-tout-ce-quils-entreprennent-Audiobook/B00NBQ3HW8 Écoutez ce livre audio dans son intégralité gratuitement sur https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> Titre: Les 7 habitudes de ceux qui réalisent tout ce qu'ils entreprennent Auteur: Stephen R. Covey Narrateur: Benoît Grimmiaux Format: Unabridged Durée: 9 hrs and 58 mins Langue: Français Date de publication: 09-10-14 Éditeur: Audiolib Evaluation: 4.5 sur 5 sur 13 votes Genres: Business, Management Résumé de l'éditeur: La réussite ne s'atteint pas avec des recettes d'un jour. Elle se construit peu à peu sur des principes justes et immuables. "Chacun de nous vit selon des schémas, des habitudes qui sont autant de traits de caractères acquis. Ainsi, nous adoptons souvent des habitudes inefficaces, destructrices, négatives qui mènent à l'échec professionnel et personnel. Dans ce livre audio, je vous présente 7 habitudes de gagnants. Ce ne sont pas des formules de dynamisation ; ni des remèdes miracles ; surtout pas des trucs ; mais la possibilité globale qui vous mènera à un développement individuel et social positif. Les 7 habitudes conduisent petit à petit à une sorte d'échelle de la maturité. Vous allez intégrer des principes d'équité, d'intégrité et de dignité humaine. Vous apprendrez à accepter les changements qui touchent votre vie familiale et professionnelle et donc à gagner la sagesse et le pouvoir de saisir de nouvelles opportunités. Les 7 habitudes vous permettront d'agir en harmonie avec vos propres valeurs. Vous communiquerez mieux avec les autres. Vous réglerez vos problèmes personnels, familiaux et professionnels. En somme, vous découvrirez que votre bonheur est entre vos mains." Stephen R. Covey ©1989 / 2004 / 2005 Titre original : The Seven Habits of Effective People. Stephen R. Covey. Publié en accord avec l'éditeur original : Free Press, une division de Simon & Schuster, New York / Éditions First, un département d'Édi8, pour l'édition française (P)2014 Audiolib bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Stephen R. Covey) Wed, 10 Sep 2014 13:53:06 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Les-7-habitudes-de-ceux-qui-realisent-tout-ce-quils-entreprennent-Audiobook/B00NBQ3HW8 thebookvoice.com 09:58:00 no Écoutez gratuitement ce titre en entier sur thebookvoice.com Écoutez ce livre audio dans son intégralité gratuitement sur https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> Titre: Les 7 habitudes de ceux qui réalisent tout ce qu'ils entreprennent Auteur: Stephen R. Covey Narrateur: Benoît Grimmiaux Format: Unabridged Durée: 9 hrs and 58 mins Langue: Français Date de publication: 09-10-14 Éditeur: Audiolib Evaluation: 4.5 sur 5 sur 13 votes Genres: Business, Management Résumé de l'éditeur: La réussite ne s'atteint pas avec des recettes d'un jour. Elle se construit peu à peu sur des principes justes et immuables. "Chacun de nous vit selon des schémas, des habitudes qui sont autant de traits de caractères acquis. Ainsi, nous adoptons souvent des habitudes inefficaces, destructrices, négatives qui mènent à l'échec professionnel et personnel. Dans ce livre audio, je vous présente 7 habitudes de gagnants. Ce ne sont pas des formules de dynamisation ; ni des remèdes miracles ; surtout pas des trucs ; mais la possibilité globale qui vous mènera à un développement individuel et social positif. Les 7 habitudes conduisent petit à petit à une sorte d'échelle de la maturité. Vous allez intégrer des principes d'équité, d'intégrité et de dignité humaine. Vous apprendrez à accepter les changements qui touchent votre vie familiale et professionnelle et donc à gagner la sagesse et le pouvoir de saisir de nouvelles opportunités. Les 7 habitudes vous permettront d'agir en harmonie avec vos propres valeurs. Vous communiquerez mieux avec les autres. Vous réglerez vos problèmes personnels, familiaux et professionnels. En somme, vous découvrirez que votre bonheur est entre vos mains." Stephen R. Covey ©1989 / 2004 / 2005 Titre original : The Seven Habits of Effective People. Stephen R. Covey. Publié en accord avec l'éditeur original : Free Press, une division de Simon & Schuster, New York / Éditions First, un département d'Édi8, pour l'édition française (P)2014 Audiolib Écoutez ce livre audio dans son intégralité gratuitement sur https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> Titre: Les 7 habitudes de ceux qui réalisent tout ce qu'ils entreprennent Auteur: Stephen R. Covey Narrateur: Benoît Grimmiaux Format: Unabridged Durée: 9 hrs and 58 mins Langue: Français Date de publication: 09-10-14 Éditeur: Audiolib Evaluation: 4.5 sur 5 sur 13 votes Genres: Business, Management Résumé de l'éditeur: La réussite ne s'atteint pas avec des recettes d'un jour. Elle se construit peu à peu sur des principes justes et immuables. "Chacun de nous vit selon des schémas, des habitudes qui sont autant de traits de caractères acquis. Ainsi, nous adoptons souvent des habitudes inefficaces, destructrices, négatives qui mènent à l'échec professionnel et personnel. Dans ce livre audio, je vous présente 7 habitudes de gagnants. Ce ne sont pas des formules de dynamisation ; ni des remèdes miracles ; surtout pas des trucs ; mais la possibilité globale qui vous mènera à un développement individuel et social positif. Les 7 habitudes conduisent petit à petit à une sorte d'échelle de la maturité. Vous allez intégrer des principes d'équité, d'intégrité et de dignité humaine. Vous apprendrez à accepter les changements qui touchent votre vie familiale et professionnelle et donc à gagner la sagesse et le pouvoir de saisir de nouvelles opportunités. Les 7 habitudes vous permettront d'agir en harmonie avec vos propres valeurs. Vous communiquerez mieux avec les autres. Vous réglerez vos problèmes personnels, familiaux et professionnels. En somme, vous découvrirez que votre bonheur est entre vos mains." Stephen R. Covey ©1989 / 2004 / 2005 Titre original : The Seven Habits of Effective People. Stephen R. Covey. Publié en accord avec l'éditeur original : Free Press, une division de Simon & Schuster, New York / Éditions First, un département d'Édi8, pour l'édition française (P)2014 Audiolib Avis des membres: Livre à relire Vous devrez acheter ce livre pour le relire. C'est tres bon et peu s'appliquer a plein de situations. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Unleashing-the-Innovators-Audiobook/B074PZ14PK Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Unleashing the Innovators Subtitle: How Mature Companies Find New Life with Startups Author: Jim Stengel, Tom Post Narrator: Jim Stengel Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 53 mins Language: English Release date: 09-05-17 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Today's established companies must find new ways to reignite their entrepreneurial DNA and jump-start revenues - or risk losing their way. By working with startup companies, says Jim Stengel, renowned consultant to Fortune 500 companies and the former global marketing officer for Procter & Gamble, legacy companies can renew themselves: by acquiring new technology and creating new business lines, relearning the need for speed, sparking innovation, and learning from failures. At P&G Stengel saw the importance of establishing partnerships with the startup world in order to learn how to better innovate. Relying on extensive interviews with innovation leaders at enterprise companies and startups, Stengel's Unleashing the Innovators takes listeners inside such storied companies as GE and Wells Fargo, IBM and Target, Motorola Solutions and Toyota to see what they are learning from their alliances with entrepreneurs. Stengel also explores how even 20- and 30-year-old "startups" like Amazon, Google, and Facebook can reinvent themselves - and what managers at legacy companies everywhere can learn from them. Drawing on a specially commissioned global study of over 200 established corporations and startups conducted by research consultancy OgilvyRED, Stengel found that companies with successful startup partnerships are three times more likely to change their cultures to be more innovative. Filled with in-depth stories from the front lines of today's most forward-looking companies, Unleashing the Innovators shows how companies of all sizes can better navigate today's changing landscape, accelerate innovation, increase revenues, and improve their customer relationships. Critic Reviews: "Entrepreneurial imagination, enthusiasm, and vision is core to startup success, and Jim Stengel teaches us it's just the prescription for reinvigorating larger legacy companies as well. Unleashing the Innovators can help managers harness this startup spirit to reenergize their companies and take them 'from old to bold'." (Sheryl Sandberg, Facebook COO, and founder, LeanIn.Org and OptionB.Org) "The future belongs, as Stengel persuasively demonstrates, to those willing to embrace new ideas and new ways of working - combined with the speed and agility to act on them." (Paul Polman, CEO, Unilever) bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Jim Stengel) Tue, 05 Sep 2017 09:13:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Unleashing-the-Innovators-Audiobook/B074PZ14PK thebookvoice.com 06:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Unleashing the Innovators Subtitle: How Mature Companies Find New Life with Startups Author: Jim Stengel, Tom Post Narrator: Jim Stengel Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 53 mins Language: English Release date: 09-05-17 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Today's established companies must find new ways to reignite their entrepreneurial DNA and jump-start revenues - or risk losing their way. By working with startup companies, says Jim Stengel, renowned consultant to Fortune 500 companies and the former global marketing officer for Procter & Gamble, legacy companies can renew themselves: by acquiring new technology and creating new business lines, relearning the need for speed, sparking innovation, and learning from failures. At P&G Stengel saw the importance of establishing partnerships with the startup world in order to learn how to better innovate. Relying on extensive interviews with innovation leaders at enterprise companies and startups, Stengel's Unleashing the Innovators takes listeners inside such storied companies as GE and Wells Fargo, IBM and Target, Motorola Solutions and Toyota to see what they are learning from their alliances with entrepreneurs. Stengel also explores how even 20- and 30-year-old "startups" like Amazon, Google, and Facebook can reinvent themselves - and what managers at legacy companies everywhere can learn from them. Drawing on a specially commissioned global study of over 200 established corporations and startups conducted by research consultancy OgilvyRED, Stengel found that companies with successful startup partnerships are three times more likely to change their cultures to be more innovative. Filled with in-depth stories from the front lines of today's most forward-looking companies, Unleashing the Innovators shows how companies of all sizes can better navigate today's changing landscape, accelerate innovation, increase revenues, and improve their customer relationships. Critic Reviews: "Entrepreneurial imagination, enthusiasm, and vision is core to startup success, and Jim Stengel teaches us it's just the prescription for reinvigorating larger legacy companies as well. Unleashing the Innovators can help managers harness this startup spirit to reenergize their companies and take them 'from old to bold'." (Sheryl Sandberg, Facebook COO, and founder, LeanIn.Org and OptionB.Org) "The future belongs, as Stengel persuasively demonstrates, to those willing to embrace new ideas and new ways of working - combined with the speed and agility to act on them." (Paul Polman, CEO, Unilever) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Unleashing the Innovators Subtitle: How Mature Companies Find New Life with Startups Author: Jim Stengel, Tom Post Narrator: Jim Stengel Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 53 mins Language: English Release date: 09-05-17 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Today's established companies must find new ways to reignite their entrepreneurial DNA and jump-start revenues - or risk losing their way. By working with startup companies, says Jim Stengel, renowned consultant to Fortune 500 companies and the former global marketing officer for Procter & Gamble, legacy companies can renew themselves: by acquiring new technology and creating new business lines, relearning the need for speed, sparking innovation, and learning from failures. At P&G Stengel saw the importance of establishing partnerships with the startup world in order to learn how to better innovate. Relying on extensive interviews with innovation leaders at enterprise companies and startups, Stengel's Unleashing the Innovators takes listeners inside such storied companies as GE and Wells Fargo, IBM and Target, Motorola Solutions and Toyota to see what they are learning from their alliances with entrepreneurs. Stengel also explores how even 20- and 30-year-old "startups" like Amazon, Google, and Facebook can reinvent themselves - and what managers at legacy companies everywhere can learn from them. Drawing on a specially commissioned global study of over 200 established corporations and startups conducted by research consultancy OgilvyRED, Stengel found that companies with successful startup partnerships are three times more likely to change their cultures to be more innovative. Filled with in-depth stories from the front lines of today's most forward-looking companies, Unleashing the Innovators shows how companies of all sizes can better navigate today's changing landscape, accelerate innovation, increase revenues, and improve their customer relationships. Critic Reviews: "Entrepreneurial imagination, enthusiasm, and vision is core to startup success, and Jim Stengel teaches us it's just the prescription for reinvigorating larger legacy companies as well. Unleashing the Innovators can help managers harness this startup spirit to reenergize their companies and take them 'from old to bold'." (Sheryl Sandberg, Facebook COO, and founder, LeanIn.Org and OptionB.Org) "The future belongs, as Stengel persuasively demonstrates, to those willing to embrace new ideas and new ways of working - combined with the speed and agility to act on them." (Paul Polman, CEO, Unilever) Members Reviews: Lots of examples, but a little hard to tell how to unleash the innovators Jim Stengel talked to a lot of people before writing this book, and he pulls together a lot of quotes and ideas and "war stories" from those people in this book. All to make his case that mature companies can increase their innovation prowess by partnering with startups. The stories he gives are not just successes but some failures too, and the case he makes is balanced and fair. But I'm not so sure that he is right. Strategic partnerships are very hard to pull off. As Scott McNealy said, "Most over used phrase in business is âstrategic partner.â Favorite partnership for me is a purchase order. Defined charter, beginning, end." The problem with partnerships, particularly between a huge company and a tiny one, is that interests will differ. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Sales-Leaders-Problem-Solver-Audiobook/B01MU6Z9KP Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Sales Leader's Problem Solver Subtitle: Practical Solutions to Conquer Management Mess-ups, Handle Difficult Sales Reps, and Make the Most of Every Opportunity Author: Suzanne Paling Narrator: Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 1 min Language: English Release date: 01-03-17 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: This is the book every sales manager wishes they had - before they accepted the job. The advice within acts as a 24/7 coach for beleaguered sales leaders dealing with perplexing dilemmas. Sales leaders (managers, directors, and vice presidents) advocate for and often succeed in getting sales training for their reps, but when they request sales management training for themselves, the answer is often no. This lack of formal instruction lowers their chances of success. Drawn from the author's experiences as a sales manager, sales management consultant, and coach, The Sales Leader's Problem Solver offers guidance on solving common but difficult issues with the salesperson who: By providing a consistent format to follow, Suzanne Paling will help any sales leader level-headedly deal with any challenge by: The Sales Leader's Problem Solver is a powerful tool that will help new and experienced sales managers lead their teams and develop their reputations as fair, effective, no-nonsense problem solvers. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Suzanne Paling) Tue, 03 Jan 2017 17:04:37 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Sales-Leaders-Problem-Solver-Audiobook/B01MU6Z9KP thebookvoice.com 07:01:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Sales Leader's Problem Solver Subtitle: Practical Solutions to Conquer Management Mess-ups, Handle Difficult Sales Reps, and Make the Most of Every Opportunity Author: Suzanne Paling Narrator: Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 1 min Language: English Release date: 01-03-17 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: This is the book every sales manager wishes they had - before they accepted the job. The advice within acts as a 24/7 coach for beleaguered sales leaders dealing with perplexing dilemmas. Sales leaders (managers, directors, and vice presidents) advocate for and often succeed in getting sales training for their reps, but when they request sales management training for themselves, the answer is often no. This lack of formal instruction lowers their chances of success. Drawn from the author's experiences as a sales manager, sales management consultant, and coach, The Sales Leader's Problem Solver offers guidance on solving common but difficult issues with the salesperson who: By providing a consistent format to follow, Suzanne Paling will help any sales leader level-headedly deal with any challenge by: The Sales Leader's Problem Solver is a powerful tool that will help new and experienced sales managers lead their teams and develop their reputations as fair, effective, no-nonsense problem solvers. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Sales Leader's Problem Solver Subtitle: Practical Solutions to Conquer Management Mess-ups, Handle Difficult Sales Reps, and Make the Most of Every Opportunity Author: Suzanne Paling Narrator: Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 1 min Language: English Release date: 01-03-17 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: This is the book every sales manager wishes they had - before they accepted the job. The advice within acts as a 24/7 coach for beleaguered sales leaders dealing with perplexing dilemmas. Sales leaders (managers, directors, and vice presidents) advocate for and often succeed in getting sales training for their reps, but when they request sales management training for themselves, the answer is often no. This lack of formal instruction lowers their chances of success. Drawn from the author's experiences as a sales manager, sales management consultant, and coach, The Sales Leader's Problem Solver offers guidance on solving common but difficult issues with the salesperson who: By providing a consistent format to follow, Suzanne Paling will help any sales leader level-headedly deal with any challenge by: The Sales Leader's Problem Solver is a powerful tool that will help new and experienced sales managers lead their teams and develop their reputations as fair, effective, no-nonsense problem solvers. Members Reviews: Not My Cuppa Ti Is there anything you would change about this book? Nearly Everything. I am sorry but I am so sick and tired of companies treating their frontline, boots on the ground employees like puppets. I am sick of the words: Perform: Sales Reps are not circus animals Quota: Shit happens, leave them alone and they right themselves. They want to make money too. Micromanage: get off their back. If they get lazy find out why and where the inspiration went. AOV: see Quota The term "Sales Representative" actually should just go away. It can be replaced since we humans must name everything. Product or Service Consultant works and is softer, subtler and actually more powerful. Train: Ohhhhh this one really gets me. Train, like in circus animal? Like Karate? Boxing?How about something less stereotypical. This word indicates or insinuates the person is being robotified. Yeah a new word LOL! Train can be replaced with Foundational Knowledge or Instruction. Close. Yuk. How about Complete or Completion Okay nuff of that. The corporate sales world has been built on an old model that needs revamping. Sales and Customer Service reps are human, and the way this book portrays them are nothing more than meatsacks making the company money. Money oriented efforts have worked and succeeded in the past, now it's time to ditch that old paradigm and move into the future. Self Fulfilment is the new future. When consultants aspire to self fulfillment, everyone wins. I can't even finish this book. It makes my body tense up. I am going to be on a new project for an old company I worked for a few years ago. Much of their Sales and Service culture was wrapped up in this old paradigm and I couldn't stand it anymore. One Wednesday morning I quit on the spot. Moved on. The email exchange between me and the CEO went on for a few days and ended with farewell. Now, I am asked to come back. CEO wants the old culture back. It left when I did. I need to find some great resources to prove my case for the New Foundation for Content Company Culture. This book doesn't have it. If I could get a refund I would but I am 3/4 way through. So here is to moving forward! This book might just be the thing for you. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Agility-Shift-Audiobook/B018SRVTJC Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Agility Shift Subtitle: Creating Agile and Effective Leaders, Teams, and Organizations Author: Pamela Meyer Narrator: Karen Saltus Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 1 min Language: English Release date: 12-02-15 Publisher: Bibliomotion, Inc. Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: As contrary as it sounds, "planning" - as we traditionally understand the term - can be the worst thing a company can do. Consider that volatile weather events disrupt trusted supply chains, markets, and promised delivery schedules. Ever-shifting geopolitical tensions as well as internal political upheaval within US and global governments derail long-planned new ventures. Technology failures block opportunities. Competitors suddenly change their products or release dates; your team cannot meet the pace of innovations in your market niche, leaving you sidelined. There are myriad ways in the current business environment for a company's well-considered business plans to go awry. Most business schools continue to prepare managers to be effective in stable and predictable environments, conditions that, if they ever existed at all, are long gone. The Agility Shift shows business leaders exactly how to make the radical mind-set and strategy shift necessary to create an agile, entrepreneurial organization that can innovate and thrive in complex, ever-changing contexts. As author Pamela Meyer explains, there is much more involved than a reconfiguration of the org chart and job descriptions. It requires relinquishing the illusion of control at the very foundation of most management training and business practice. Despite most leaders' approaches, "Agility is not simply accelerated planning." Unlike many agility books on the market, The Agility Shift provides specific, actionable strategies and tactics for leaders at all levels of the organization to put into practice immediately to improve agility and achieve results. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio. Critic Reviews: "Meyer provides a powerful framework and accompanying suggestions...to help you immediately start creating an effective culture of agile leaders and teams." (DeBorah Lenchard, director of education & talent development, Spot Trading LLC) bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Pamela Meyer) Wed, 02 Dec 2015 16:59:33 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Agility-Shift-Audiobook/B018SRVTJC thebookvoice.com 06:01:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Agility Shift Subtitle: Creating Agile and Effective Leaders, Teams, and Organizations Author: Pamela Meyer Narrator: Karen Saltus Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 1 min Language: English Release date: 12-02-15 Publisher: Bibliomotion, Inc. Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: As contrary as it sounds, "planning" - as we traditionally understand the term - can be the worst thing a company can do. Consider that volatile weather events disrupt trusted supply chains, markets, and promised delivery schedules. Ever-shifting geopolitical tensions as well as internal political upheaval within US and global governments derail long-planned new ventures. Technology failures block opportunities. Competitors suddenly change their products or release dates; your team cannot meet the pace of innovations in your market niche, leaving you sidelined. There are myriad ways in the current business environment for a company's well-considered business plans to go awry. Most business schools continue to prepare managers to be effective in stable and predictable environments, conditions that, if they ever existed at all, are long gone. The Agility Shift shows business leaders exactly how to make the radical mind-set and strategy shift necessary to create an agile, entrepreneurial organization that can innovate and thrive in complex, ever-changing contexts. As author Pamela Meyer explains, there is much more involved than a reconfiguration of the org chart and job descriptions. It requires relinquishing the illusion of control at the very foundation of most management training and business practice. Despite most leaders' approaches, "Agility is not simply accelerated planning." Unlike many agility books on the market, The Agility Shift provides specific, actionable strategies and tactics for leaders at all levels of the organization to put into practice immediately to improve agility and achieve results. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio. Critic Reviews: "Meyer provides a powerful framework and accompanying suggestions...to help you immediately start creating an effective culture of agile leaders and teams." (DeBorah Lenchard, director of education & talent development, Spot Trading LLC) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Agility Shift Subtitle: Creating Agile and Effective Leaders, Teams, and Organizations Author: Pamela Meyer Narrator: Karen Saltus Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 1 min Language: English Release date: 12-02-15 Publisher: Bibliomotion, Inc. Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: As contrary as it sounds, "planning" - as we traditionally understand the term - can be the worst thing a company can do. Consider that volatile weather events disrupt trusted supply chains, markets, and promised delivery schedules. Ever-shifting geopolitical tensions as well as internal political upheaval within US and global governments derail long-planned new ventures. Technology failures block opportunities. Competitors suddenly change their products or release dates; your team cannot meet the pace of innovations in your market niche, leaving you sidelined. There are myriad ways in the current business environment for a company's well-considered business plans to go awry. Most business schools continue to prepare managers to be effective in stable and predictable environments, conditions that, if they ever existed at all, are long gone. The Agility Shift shows business leaders exactly how to make the radical mind-set and strategy shift necessary to create an agile, entrepreneurial organization that can innovate and thrive in complex, ever-changing contexts. As author Pamela Meyer explains, there is much more involved than a reconfiguration of the org chart and job descriptions. It requires relinquishing the illusion of control at the very foundation of most management training and business practice. Despite most leaders' approaches, "Agility is not simply accelerated planning." Unlike many agility books on the market, The Agility Shift provides specific, actionable strategies and tactics for leaders at all levels of the organization to put into practice immediately to improve agility and achieve results. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio. Critic Reviews: "Meyer provides a powerful framework and accompanying suggestions...to help you immediately start creating an effective culture of agile leaders and teams." (DeBorah Lenchard, director of education & talent development, Spot Trading LLC) Members Reviews: Unlistenable. Robotic voice put me to sleep This book may be good but trying to listen to this monotonous presenter is impossible. Every time I try I realize after a few minutes that I switched off in my mind. I genuinely checked the website to see if it was a person reading the book or a computer program reading it. Im still not sure. I honestly dont know if the content is good because I couldnt continue listening. Robot reader I can't listen to this robot reader anymore. Got 2/3 of the way through. Just painful to listen to. Somewhat interesting book. Terrible narrater The content is okay but not very recolutionizing but the narraters voice really made this an unpleasant experience. To such an extend that I returned the book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Art-of-the-Start-20-Audiobook/B01G62WE4K Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Art of the Start 2.0 Author: Guy Kawasaki Narrator: Sean Mangan Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 45 mins Language: English Release date: 06-01-16 Publisher: Bolinda Publishing Pty Ltd Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 21 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The Art of the Start 2.0 is Guy Kawasaki's classic best-selling guide to launching and making your new product, service or idea a success. This new edition has been expanded to reflect the seismic changes in business over the last decade, in which once-invulnerable market leaders have struggled and many of the basics of getting established have become easier, cheaper and more democratic. Today, business plans are no longer necessary. Social media has replaced PR and advertising as the key method of promotion. Crowdfunding is now a viable alternative to investors. Cloud computing makes basic infrastructure affordable for almost any new venture. The Art of the Start 2.0 will show you how to effectively deploy all these new tools. And it will help you master the fundamental challenges that have not changed: building a strong team, creating an awesome product or service, and facing down your competition. Whether you are an aspiring entrepreneur, own a business, or want to get more entrepreneurial within any organisation, this book will help you make your crazy ideas stick. It's an adventure that's more art than science - the art of the start. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Guy Kawasaki) Wed, 01 Jun 2016 01:60:36 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Art-of-the-Start-20-Audiobook/B01G62WE4K thebookvoice.com 09:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Art of the Start 2.0 Author: Guy Kawasaki Narrator: Sean Mangan Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 45 mins Language: English Release date: 06-01-16 Publisher: Bolinda Publishing Pty Ltd Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 21 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The Art of the Start 2.0 is Guy Kawasaki's classic best-selling guide to launching and making your new product, service or idea a success. This new edition has been expanded to reflect the seismic changes in business over the last decade, in which once-invulnerable market leaders have struggled and many of the basics of getting established have become easier, cheaper and more democratic. Today, business plans are no longer necessary. Social media has replaced PR and advertising as the key method of promotion. Crowdfunding is now a viable alternative to investors. Cloud computing makes basic infrastructure affordable for almost any new venture. The Art of the Start 2.0 will show you how to effectively deploy all these new tools. And it will help you master the fundamental challenges that have not changed: building a strong team, creating an awesome product or service, and facing down your competition. Whether you are an aspiring entrepreneur, own a business, or want to get more entrepreneurial within any organisation, this book will help you make your crazy ideas stick. It's an adventure that's more art than science - the art of the start. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Art of the Start 2.0 Author: Guy Kawasaki Narrator: Sean Mangan Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 45 mins Language: English Release date: 06-01-16 Publisher: Bolinda Publishing Pty Ltd Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 21 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The Art of the Start 2.0 is Guy Kawasaki's classic best-selling guide to launching and making your new product, service or idea a success. This new edition has been expanded to reflect the seismic changes in business over the last decade, in which once-invulnerable market leaders have struggled and many of the basics of getting established have become easier, cheaper and more democratic. Today, business plans are no longer necessary. Social media has replaced PR and advertising as the key method of promotion. Crowdfunding is now a viable alternative to investors. Cloud computing makes basic infrastructure affordable for almost any new venture. The Art of the Start 2.0 will show you how to effectively deploy all these new tools. And it will help you master the fundamental challenges that have not changed: building a strong team, creating an awesome product or service, and facing down your competition. Whether you are an aspiring entrepreneur, own a business, or want to get more entrepreneurial within any organisation, this book will help you make your crazy ideas stick. It's an adventure that's more art than science - the art of the start. Members Reviews: Highly recommended Fantastic book for anyone working on a startup. Just the startup book I was looking for! Great listen! Very good listen if you're interested in entrepreneurship and starting your own business. Definitely recommended! Relevant, honest and worth every penny! After listening to this book I realised my deck was 30 slides to many and the proposition needed to be re-thought.. I recommend this book ! More for a larger product business Would you recommend this book to a friend? Why or why not? Not really. It's not for service based business How would you have changed the story to make it more enjoyable? A different narrator maybe but I didn't find the content inspiring. Depends what you're looking for. What aspect of Sean Mangans performance might you have changed? He's too proper. There were some funny moments in the book and I think his style made them funnier. If this book were a film would you go see it? No Any additional comments? Not an easy listen for me. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/recrEAtion-Realizing-the-Extraordinary-Contribution-of-Your-Enterprise-Architects-Audiobook/B01KKVT8V0 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: recrEAtion: Realizing the Extraordinary Contribution of Your Enterprise Architects Subtitle: FruITion Series, Book 2 Author: Chris Potts Narrator: Alexander Doddy Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 23 mins Language: English Release date: 08-19-16 Publisher: Technics Publications Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 7 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Join Simon on a quest to uncover the value of enterprise architecture. (And it's not what you think it is!) Simon is a seasoned enterprise architect who joins a corporation in New York as their first-ever vice president of enterprise architecture. On his very first day, he meets the global chief executive officer, who asks Simon, "What do you do?" Simon's reply triggers the CEO to respond in a way that our hero least expects. What follows is a journey across continents and oceans in which Simon uncovers the true meaning of enterprise architecture, who is doing it, and how successful they are. On his travels, Simon teams up with senior executives around the world to integrate enterprise architecture into their strategies and business plans, and to innovate in the architecture of their enterprise. Everyone he meets has some wisdom to offer, and is looking for his in return. Finally, Simon has to make a choice between the kind of enterprise architect he used to be and the one he has become. Join the characters in this sequel to the highly acclaimed business novel fruITion, as they contribute to Simon's journey and he makes his final choice. Share in his thoughts and experiences, and join the author in observing key messages along the way. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Chris Potts) Fri, 19 Aug 2016 05:18:54 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/recrEAtion-Realizing-the-Extraordinary-Contribution-of-Your-Enterprise-Architects-Audiobook/B01KKVT8V0 thebookvoice.com 03:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: recrEAtion: Realizing the Extraordinary Contribution of Your Enterprise Architects Subtitle: FruITion Series, Book 2 Author: Chris Potts Narrator: Alexander Doddy Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 23 mins Language: English Release date: 08-19-16 Publisher: Technics Publications Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 7 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Join Simon on a quest to uncover the value of enterprise architecture. (And it's not what you think it is!) Simon is a seasoned enterprise architect who joins a corporation in New York as their first-ever vice president of enterprise architecture. On his very first day, he meets the global chief executive officer, who asks Simon, "What do you do?" Simon's reply triggers the CEO to respond in a way that our hero least expects. What follows is a journey across continents and oceans in which Simon uncovers the true meaning of enterprise architecture, who is doing it, and how successful they are. On his travels, Simon teams up with senior executives around the world to integrate enterprise architecture into their strategies and business plans, and to innovate in the architecture of their enterprise. Everyone he meets has some wisdom to offer, and is looking for his in return. Finally, Simon has to make a choice between the kind of enterprise architect he used to be and the one he has become. Join the characters in this sequel to the highly acclaimed business novel fruITion, as they contribute to Simon's journey and he makes his final choice. Share in his thoughts and experiences, and join the author in observing key messages along the way. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: recrEAtion: Realizing the Extraordinary Contribution of Your Enterprise Architects Subtitle: FruITion Series, Book 2 Author: Chris Potts Narrator: Alexander Doddy Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 23 mins Language: English Release date: 08-19-16 Publisher: Technics Publications Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 7 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Join Simon on a quest to uncover the value of enterprise architecture. (And it's not what you think it is!) Simon is a seasoned enterprise architect who joins a corporation in New York as their first-ever vice president of enterprise architecture. On his very first day, he meets the global chief executive officer, who asks Simon, "What do you do?" Simon's reply triggers the CEO to respond in a way that our hero least expects. What follows is a journey across continents and oceans in which Simon uncovers the true meaning of enterprise architecture, who is doing it, and how successful they are. On his travels, Simon teams up with senior executives around the world to integrate enterprise architecture into their strategies and business plans, and to innovate in the architecture of their enterprise. Everyone he meets has some wisdom to offer, and is looking for his in return. Finally, Simon has to make a choice between the kind of enterprise architect he used to be and the one he has become. Join the characters in this sequel to the highly acclaimed business novel fruITion, as they contribute to Simon's journey and he makes his final choice. Share in his thoughts and experiences, and join the author in observing key messages along the way. Members Reviews: Not as good as first one but still worth a listen Good insight in to enterprise thinking. But far away of actual thoughts of the majority people who interact with executives https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Fundraising-Freedom-7-Steps-to-Build-and-Sustain-Your-Next-Campaign-Audiobook/B077XQ15FN Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Fundraising Freedom: 7 Steps to Build and Sustain Your Next Campaign Author: Mary Valloni Narrator: Mary Valloni Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 7 mins Language: English Release date: 12-05-17 Publisher: Author Academy Elite Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: In 2007, fundraising professional Mary Valloni walked through the doors of another nonprofit organization, determined she was going to break the cycle of fundraising burnout and frustration. She wrote on the white board in her new office: "Work smarter, not harder." This is the eye-opening journey of a fundraiser who was looking for freedom and found it after years of successfully creating and implementing these seven steps. Wouldn't it be incredible if nonprofit leaders around the world had the ability to act, speak, and think without holding back? Could we dare to change the way we think so we could engage more donors and volunteers than ever before? bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Mary Valloni) Tue, 05 Dec 2017 03:02:36 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Fundraising-Freedom-7-Steps-to-Build-and-Sustain-Your-Next-Campaign-Audiobook/B077XQ15FN thebookvoice.com 03:07:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Fundraising Freedom: 7 Steps to Build and Sustain Your Next Campaign Author: Mary Valloni Narrator: Mary Valloni Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 7 mins Language: English Release date: 12-05-17 Publisher: Author Academy Elite Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: In 2007, fundraising professional Mary Valloni walked through the doors of another nonprofit organization, determined she was going to break the cycle of fundraising burnout and frustration. She wrote on the white board in her new office: "Work smarter, not harder." This is the eye-opening journey of a fundraiser who was looking for freedom and found it after years of successfully creating and implementing these seven steps. Wouldn't it be incredible if nonprofit leaders around the world had the ability to act, speak, and think without holding back? Could we dare to change the way we think so we could engage more donors and volunteers than ever before? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Fundraising Freedom: 7 Steps to Build and Sustain Your Next Campaign Author: Mary Valloni Narrator: Mary Valloni Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 7 mins Language: English Release date: 12-05-17 Publisher: Author Academy Elite Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: In 2007, fundraising professional Mary Valloni walked through the doors of another nonprofit organization, determined she was going to break the cycle of fundraising burnout and frustration. She wrote on the white board in her new office: "Work smarter, not harder." This is the eye-opening journey of a fundraiser who was looking for freedom and found it after years of successfully creating and implementing these seven steps. Wouldn't it be incredible if nonprofit leaders around the world had the ability to act, speak, and think without holding back? Could we dare to change the way we think so we could engage more donors and volunteers than ever before? Members Reviews: A great fundraising guide to meximize your fundraising goal I enjoy reading books from authors who share their skillful experiences to help their readers to achieve maximum results. Fundraising Freedom from Mary Valloni is one of these priceless books. Needless to say, this book is about fundraising. Mary simplifies her years of experiences into 7 easy steps. What I like the most in Fundraising Freedom is that it highlights the importance of WHY. I notice how much more momentum it gains when one is strongly aware of the reason behind the action. Let me give you an example so you fully understand what I mean. Two fundraisers aid to raise funds for a charity. One just ask anyone to give a donation. The other follows Mary's teaching: she does her researches and persuade the donors to write a big check. Who can achieve the maximum result in your opinion? Perfect Book for Individuals, Missionaries and larger Organizations. I was excited to sit down and read Mary Valloni's clear book on fundraising. In this much needed resource the wisdom that has been spelled out in 7 easy steps to build a passionate fundraising campaign. Mary's book, Fundraising Freedom surprised me with how smooth and easy it was to read and follow. It creates a clean direct path that will make a difference and help you impact the world. May it encourage your world as you set your goals. Fundraising Demystified Mary's seven steps to Fundraising Freedom reveal a proven method to partner with the people who can enable your nonprofit to fulfill its misson. The book shows the reader not only how to recruit volunteers and donors but to "bring them into the family" of your nonprofit or cause, so that the right people stay with you and/or organisation for the long haul. To my great delight I was provided with an advance reader copy of this book and finished it in a matter of days. This is a highly-readable, practical guide to get results when raising funds. It is a deep-dive that gives the reader insight - no matter how big (or small) your target is - whether you are an individual or part of a complex organisation. The anecdotes from the author's experience in the fundraising profession are authentic, showing her highs and lows. The author demonstrates business sense and professionalism, alongside a raw passion for her work. I do not work in fundraising, but this guide is so easy to read that it makes the process accessible to me as an outsider. Five stars. Fundraiser or not, you need to read this book! Incredible book. It's obvious that the author is wise beyond her years. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Overworked-and-Overwhelmed-Audiobook/B00PKDC0HI Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Overworked and Overwhelmed Subtitle: The Mindfulness Alternative Author: Scott Eblin Narrator: James Edward Thomas Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 44 mins Language: English Release date: 12-16-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 58 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Leverage mindful awareness and intention to achieve better outcomes. Overworked and Overwhelmed: The Mindfulness Alternative offers practical insights for the executive, manager, or professional who feels like their RPM is maxed out in the red zone. By making the concepts and practices of mindfulness simple, practical and applicable, this audiobook offers actionable hope for today's overworked and overwhelmed professional. New research shows that the smartphone equipped professional is connected to work 72 hours a week. Forty-eight percent of Americans report that their stress level is up and that the number one source of stress is the job pressure of a 24/7 world. What's the alternative? Top leadership coach and educator Scott Eblin offers one in Overworked and Overwhelmed: The Mindfulness Alternative. While mindfulness is one of the "Top Ten Trends for 2014 and Beyond", many professionals think it's just too hard to give it a try. In this book, Eblin shows that mindfulness that makes a difference doesn't require meditating like a Buddhist monk. Overworked and Overwhelmed is a handbook for more mindful work and living that offers: Even small increases in mindfulness can lead to big changes in productivity and quality of life for the overworked and overwhelmed professional. Overworked and Overwhelmed: The Mindfulness Alternative is a guide for doing just that. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Scott Eblin) Tue, 16 Dec 2014 16:02:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Overworked-and-Overwhelmed-Audiobook/B00PKDC0HI thebookvoice.com 07:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Overworked and Overwhelmed Subtitle: The Mindfulness Alternative Author: Scott Eblin Narrator: James Edward Thomas Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 44 mins Language: English Release date: 12-16-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 58 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Leverage mindful awareness and intention to achieve better outcomes. Overworked and Overwhelmed: The Mindfulness Alternative offers practical insights for the executive, manager, or professional who feels like their RPM is maxed out in the red zone. By making the concepts and practices of mindfulness simple, practical and applicable, this audiobook offers actionable hope for today's overworked and overwhelmed professional. New research shows that the smartphone equipped professional is connected to work 72 hours a week. Forty-eight percent of Americans report that their stress level is up and that the number one source of stress is the job pressure of a 24/7 world. What's the alternative? Top leadership coach and educator Scott Eblin offers one in Overworked and Overwhelmed: The Mindfulness Alternative. While mindfulness is one of the "Top Ten Trends for 2014 and Beyond", many professionals think it's just too hard to give it a try. In this book, Eblin shows that mindfulness that makes a difference doesn't require meditating like a Buddhist monk. Overworked and Overwhelmed is a handbook for more mindful work and living that offers: Even small increases in mindfulness can lead to big changes in productivity and quality of life for the overworked and overwhelmed professional. Overworked and Overwhelmed: The Mindfulness Alternative is a guide for doing just that. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Overworked and Overwhelmed Subtitle: The Mindfulness Alternative Author: Scott Eblin Narrator: James Edward Thomas Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 44 mins Language: English Release date: 12-16-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 58 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Leverage mindful awareness and intention to achieve better outcomes. Overworked and Overwhelmed: The Mindfulness Alternative offers practical insights for the executive, manager, or professional who feels like their RPM is maxed out in the red zone. By making the concepts and practices of mindfulness simple, practical and applicable, this audiobook offers actionable hope for today's overworked and overwhelmed professional. New research shows that the smartphone equipped professional is connected to work 72 hours a week. Forty-eight percent of Americans report that their stress level is up and that the number one source of stress is the job pressure of a 24/7 world. What's the alternative? Top leadership coach and educator Scott Eblin offers one in Overworked and Overwhelmed: The Mindfulness Alternative. While mindfulness is one of the "Top Ten Trends for 2014 and Beyond", many professionals think it's just too hard to give it a try. In this book, Eblin shows that mindfulness that makes a difference doesn't require meditating like a Buddhist monk. Overworked and Overwhelmed is a handbook for more mindful work and living that offers: Even small increases in mindfulness can lead to big changes in productivity and quality of life for the overworked and overwhelmed professional. Overworked and Overwhelmed: The Mindfulness Alternative is a guide for doing just that. Members Reviews: Some excellent tools Where does Overworked and Overwhelmed rank among all the audiobooks youve listened to so far? This is my first audiobook, and I thoroughly enjoyed the experience once I got use to someone else reading books to me. James voice is perfectly pitched and paced! What was your reaction to the ending? (No spoilers please!) I felt I had gained some valuable knowledge, and was thoroughly satisfied I soldiered on through the earlier chapters. Was this a book you wanted to listen to all in one sitting? I listened to the book in pieces. I would recommend this, as it takes time for each of the lessons to permeate through. Any additional comments? Excellent material, although the constant reference to other material and interviews I felt detracted from the practical tools. It felt almost as if Scott was continually trying to convince the reader/listener of the authenticity of his material. Insightful Definitely think there is good food for thought. Will be implementing a number of changes to how I go about my work. Life GPS, Getting Things Done, and 7 Habits. Great book! I'm incorporating the Life GPS along with David Allen's Getting Things Done, and Stephen Covey's 7 Habits of Highly Effective People. very spiritual and very fun book to read(hear) . very practical, lots of good example. I got very inspired by this book. I have heard it so many times, but haven't got bored yet. Life changing Really helped me rethink my life! I am going to reread it all again. This time i am taking nites. Well recommended. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Management-Challenges-for-the-21st-Century-Audiobook/B002VACR6W Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Management Challenges for the 21st Century Author: Peter F. Drucker Narrator: Mark Blum Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 19 mins Language: English Release date: 12-16-99 Publisher: HarperAudio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 92 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: In this major new work, Peter F. Drucker discusses how the new paradigms of management will change our basic assumptions about the practices and principles of management. Drucker explains "The New Information Revolution", discussing the information an executive needs and the information an executive owes. He examines knowledge-worker productivity, and he writes about the ultimate challenge of managing yourself and meeting the new demands on the individual in a longer working life and an ever-changing workplace. Incisive, challenging and mind-stretching, Management Challenges for the 21st Century combines the wide practical experience, profound insight, sharp analysis, and enlightened common sense that are the essence of Drucker's writings. Critic Reviews: "...The most important management thinker of our time." (Warren Bennis) "Drucker explains why management practices as we know them...have lost their utility...and, lastly, how individuals can try to manage themselves in the years to come." (BusinessWeek) bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Peter F. Drucker) Thu, 16 Dec 1999 23:22:36 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Management-Challenges-for-the-21st-Century-Audiobook/B002VACR6W thebookvoice.com 06:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Management Challenges for the 21st Century Author: Peter F. Drucker Narrator: Mark Blum Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 19 mins Language: English Release date: 12-16-99 Publisher: HarperAudio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 92 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: In this major new work, Peter F. Drucker discusses how the new paradigms of management will change our basic assumptions about the practices and principles of management. Drucker explains "The New Information Revolution", discussing the information an executive needs and the information an executive owes. He examines knowledge-worker productivity, and he writes about the ultimate challenge of managing yourself and meeting the new demands on the individual in a longer working life and an ever-changing workplace. Incisive, challenging and mind-stretching, Management Challenges for the 21st Century combines the wide practical experience, profound insight, sharp analysis, and enlightened common sense that are the essence of Drucker's writings. Critic Reviews: "...The most important management thinker of our time." (Warren Bennis) "Drucker explains why management practices as we know them...have lost their utility...and, lastly, how individuals can try to manage themselves in the years to come." (BusinessWeek) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Management Challenges for the 21st Century Author: Peter F. Drucker Narrator: Mark Blum Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 19 mins Language: English Release date: 12-16-99 Publisher: HarperAudio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 92 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: In this major new work, Peter F. Drucker discusses how the new paradigms of management will change our basic assumptions about the practices and principles of management. Drucker explains "The New Information Revolution", discussing the information an executive needs and the information an executive owes. He examines knowledge-worker productivity, and he writes about the ultimate challenge of managing yourself and meeting the new demands on the individual in a longer working life and an ever-changing workplace. Incisive, challenging and mind-stretching, Management Challenges for the 21st Century combines the wide practical experience, profound insight, sharp analysis, and enlightened common sense that are the essence of Drucker's writings. Critic Reviews: "...The most important management thinker of our time." (Warren Bennis) "Drucker explains why management practices as we know them...have lost their utility...and, lastly, how individuals can try to manage themselves in the years to come." (BusinessWeek) Members Reviews: Drucker for the Next Century This book compiles several of Drucker's recent articles and interviews. Like all of his work and ideas, it is well worth your time and attention. Drucker is one author who always looks into the future with a realistic perspective, armed with lots of background information, and decades of experience with the business world. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT Peter F. Drucker is a storied business management consultant (most famously as a consultant for General Motors) that taught business administration and sociology at Claremont University in California. He died at the age of 95 in 2005. Druckers management insight reverses the power structure of profit and non-profit enterprises; i.e. management down changes to management up with organization leaders determining direction but employees (knowledge workers) controlling productivity and effectiveness. Education is a critical component of Druckers philosophy of management. Druckers approach contradicts the present direction of educational reform that focuses on teacher accountability for educating students in the fundamentals of reading, writing, and arithmetic. Drucker promotes a Montessori like approach to education. Drucker believes in structuring education based on student interest rather than set curriculum. He lauds the growth of community colleges that focus on what students want to learn rather than what others think they should learn. Peter Drucker has been an insightful sociologist and guru of American free enterprise in the twentieth century. Managers that choose to follow Druckers recommendations may improve their success by following his advice in the 21st century. If Drucker is correct, not only will productivity improve, Monday morning arrival at work will be interesting and fulfilling; rather than punishing. I wish I had read this book when it was released What did you love best about Management Challenges for the 21st Century? Drucker is a quantum leap ahead of other management writers. His breadth of understanding of organisations and the changing social issues in society put this book in a special class. His views on future trends is very apt and puts much of the changes in the world into context. This is much more than a management book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Der-Team-Entwickler-Audiobook/B0772R6JXJ Hören Sie sich dieses volle Hörbuch kostenlos bei https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> Titel: Der Team-Entwickler Untertitel: Gemeinsam gewinnen lernen Autor:: Jens Corssen, Stefan Gröner, Stephanie Ehrenschwendner Erzähler: Christian Baumann, Carsten Fabian Format: Abridged Spieldauer: 5 hrs and 8 mins Sprache: Deutsch Veröffentlichungsdatum: 11-23-17 Herausgeber: Argon Verlag Kategorien: Business, Management Zusammenfassung des Herausgebers: Als Team-Entwickler unterstützt ein guter Vorgesetzter seine Mitarbeiter nicht nur fachlich, sondern er ist auch aufmerksamer Beziehungsmanager: Er vermittelt ihnen Orientierung und Vertrauen und ermutigt sie, Herausforderungen entschlossen anzunehmen. Zusammen mit seinem Coaching-Partner Stefan Gröner hat der Business-Coach Jens Corssen auf Basis der Philosophie des Selbst-Entwicklers spezielle Teamrollen entwickelt, die diesen innovativen Führungsstil anschaulich machen. Anhand der Geschichte um das Team eines krisengeplagten Unternehmens stellen die beiden erfahrenen Profis auf überzeugende Weise dar, wie aus individuellen Persönlichkeiten ein begeistertes, selbstbewusstes und erfolgreiches Team entsteht. ©2017 Knaur Verlag. Ein Imprint der Verlagsgruppe Droemer Knaur GmbH & Co. KG, München / Argon Verlag GmbH, Berlin (P)2017 Argon Verlag GmbH, Berlin bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Jens Corssen) Thu, 23 Nov 2017 19:42:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Der-Team-Entwickler-Audiobook/B0772R6JXJ thebookvoice.com 05:08:00 no Hören Sie diesen Titel kostenlos bei thebookvoice.com Hören Sie sich dieses volle Hörbuch kostenlos bei https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> Titel: Der Team-Entwickler Untertitel: Gemeinsam gewinnen lernen Autor:: Jens Corssen, Stefan Gröner, Stephanie Ehrenschwendner Erzähler: Christian Baumann, Carsten Fabian Format: Abridged Spieldauer: 5 hrs and 8 mins Sprache: Deutsch Veröffentlichungsdatum: 11-23-17 Herausgeber: Argon Verlag Kategorien: Business, Management Zusammenfassung des Herausgebers: Als Team-Entwickler unterstützt ein guter Vorgesetzter seine Mitarbeiter nicht nur fachlich, sondern er ist auch aufmerksamer Beziehungsmanager: Er vermittelt ihnen Orientierung und Vertrauen und ermutigt sie, Herausforderungen entschlossen anzunehmen. Zusammen mit seinem Coaching-Partner Stefan Gröner hat der Business-Coach Jens Corssen auf Basis der Philosophie des Selbst-Entwicklers spezielle Teamrollen entwickelt, die diesen innovativen Führungsstil anschaulich machen. Anhand der Geschichte um das Team eines krisengeplagten Unternehmens stellen die beiden erfahrenen Profis auf überzeugende Weise dar, wie aus individuellen Persönlichkeiten ein begeistertes, selbstbewusstes und erfolgreiches Team entsteht. ©2017 Knaur Verlag. Ein Imprint der Verlagsgruppe Droemer Knaur GmbH & Co. KG, München / Argon Verlag GmbH, Berlin (P)2017 Argon Verlag GmbH, Berlin Hören Sie sich dieses volle Hörbuch kostenlos bei https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> Titel: Der Team-Entwickler Untertitel: Gemeinsam gewinnen lernen Autor:: Jens Corssen, Stefan Gröner, Stephanie Ehrenschwendner Erzähler: Christian Baumann, Carsten Fabian Format: Abridged Spieldauer: 5 hrs and 8 mins Sprache: Deutsch Veröffentlichungsdatum: 11-23-17 Herausgeber: Argon Verlag Kategorien: Business, Management Zusammenfassung des Herausgebers: Als Team-Entwickler unterstützt ein guter Vorgesetzter seine Mitarbeiter nicht nur fachlich, sondern er ist auch aufmerksamer Beziehungsmanager: Er vermittelt ihnen Orientierung und Vertrauen und ermutigt sie, Herausforderungen entschlossen anzunehmen. Zusammen mit seinem Coaching-Partner Stefan Gröner hat der Business-Coach Jens Corssen auf Basis der Philosophie des Selbst-Entwicklers spezielle Teamrollen entwickelt, die diesen innovativen Führungsstil anschaulich machen. Anhand der Geschichte um das Team eines krisengeplagten Unternehmens stellen die beiden erfahrenen Profis auf überzeugende Weise dar, wie aus individuellen Persönlichkeiten ein begeistertes, selbstbewusstes und erfolgreiches Team entsteht. ©2017 Knaur Verlag. Ein Imprint der Verlagsgruppe Droemer Knaur GmbH & Co. KG, München / Argon Verlag GmbH, Berlin (P)2017 Argon Verlag GmbH, Berlin https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Starting-Strong-Audiobook/B00PHPSLCC Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Starting Strong Subtitle: A Mentoring Fable Author: Lois J. Zachary, Lory A. Fischler Narrator: Nan McNamara Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 8 mins Language: English Release date: 11-12-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 9 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: A hands-on and usable guide to making the first 90 days of your mentoring relationship a success. In Starting Strong, mentoring experts Lois J. Zachary and Lory A. Fischler weave a compelling tale that exemplifies the concepts, highlights the dynamics, and outlines the issues involved in mentoring relationships. The authors use the form of a fable to tell the story of a budding mentoring relationship filled with possibilities, problems, and triumphs. The story of Cynthia, a seasoned professional, and her new mentee Rafa, brings to life Zachary and Fischler's wealth of mentoring suggestions and best practices and each episode of the fable is accompanied by reflection questions, key learnings, and strategies that readers can apply to their own mentoring relationships. The authors include a conversation playbook that guides mentors and mentees through six essential conversations that will help them establish a strong mentoring connection, and keep it moving forward. As organizations face the transition of departing Boomers and arriving Millennials, Starting Strong offers a hands-on guide to create effective mentoring relationships that will ensure the success of that transition. The audiobook: Starting Strong is more than an engaging story of mentorship, it's a vital resource for understanding how to implement and sustain a meaningful mentoring relationship. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Lois J. Zachary) Wed, 12 Nov 2014 18:51:28 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Starting-Strong-Audiobook/B00PHPSLCC thebookvoice.com 06:08:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Starting Strong Subtitle: A Mentoring Fable Author: Lois J. Zachary, Lory A. Fischler Narrator: Nan McNamara Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 8 mins Language: English Release date: 11-12-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 9 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: A hands-on and usable guide to making the first 90 days of your mentoring relationship a success. In Starting Strong, mentoring experts Lois J. Zachary and Lory A. Fischler weave a compelling tale that exemplifies the concepts, highlights the dynamics, and outlines the issues involved in mentoring relationships. The authors use the form of a fable to tell the story of a budding mentoring relationship filled with possibilities, problems, and triumphs. The story of Cynthia, a seasoned professional, and her new mentee Rafa, brings to life Zachary and Fischler's wealth of mentoring suggestions and best practices and each episode of the fable is accompanied by reflection questions, key learnings, and strategies that readers can apply to their own mentoring relationships. The authors include a conversation playbook that guides mentors and mentees through six essential conversations that will help them establish a strong mentoring connection, and keep it moving forward. As organizations face the transition of departing Boomers and arriving Millennials, Starting Strong offers a hands-on guide to create effective mentoring relationships that will ensure the success of that transition. The audiobook: Starting Strong is more than an engaging story of mentorship, it's a vital resource for understanding how to implement and sustain a meaningful mentoring relationship. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Starting Strong Subtitle: A Mentoring Fable Author: Lois J. Zachary, Lory A. Fischler Narrator: Nan McNamara Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 8 mins Language: English Release date: 11-12-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 9 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: A hands-on and usable guide to making the first 90 days of your mentoring relationship a success. In Starting Strong, mentoring experts Lois J. Zachary and Lory A. Fischler weave a compelling tale that exemplifies the concepts, highlights the dynamics, and outlines the issues involved in mentoring relationships. The authors use the form of a fable to tell the story of a budding mentoring relationship filled with possibilities, problems, and triumphs. The story of Cynthia, a seasoned professional, and her new mentee Rafa, brings to life Zachary and Fischler's wealth of mentoring suggestions and best practices and each episode of the fable is accompanied by reflection questions, key learnings, and strategies that readers can apply to their own mentoring relationships. The authors include a conversation playbook that guides mentors and mentees through six essential conversations that will help them establish a strong mentoring connection, and keep it moving forward. As organizations face the transition of departing Boomers and arriving Millennials, Starting Strong offers a hands-on guide to create effective mentoring relationships that will ensure the success of that transition. The audiobook: Starting Strong is more than an engaging story of mentorship, it's a vital resource for understanding how to implement and sustain a meaningful mentoring relationship. Members Reviews: Makes Great Mentoring Accessible Weâve used this book for 3 mentoring events/programs in my company, over 85 people participated in these events. We partnered with the authors throughout the first event, which was quite powerful, and have since continued to use the book with other groups and programs. Weâve gotten great feedback from both mentors and mentees who read and continue to refer to the book. They commented that they thought they knew what mentoring was but after reading this, there was this realization that their ideas were dated or stale or distorted. Experienced associates who had been mentoring for years realized they had some areas to grow and improve. Many commented that they could relate to the characters, Cynthia or Rafa or both so the learnings were really important to them personally. It was great to see the mentoring pairs put their ideas into words based on the examples from the book and have this shared language we all understood on topics that can be difficult to nail down (goal setting, confidentiality, visionâ). The book is satisfying if you learn through stories/examples or if you learn through concepts. The dual nature of the content made it broadly valuable to more people. I would highly recommend the use of this book in your mentoring programs. Karen Claus on behalf of the Diversity Mentoring for Development program Excellent book, unique approach. Great for new and experienced mentors, especially those involved in a company program. Unique approach to teaching great practices in mentoring. One of the best mentoring books that I have read. This book is written sort of like a story. It chronicles the series of conversations and thoughts of two fictional characters as they interact in a company sponsored, formal, internal mentoring program. The conversations cover basic such as setting expectations, getting to know one another, goal setting, etc. At the end of each chapter there are some key points summarized and some questions for reflection. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Team-Building-Audiobook/B078RTSZ98 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Team Building Author: IntroBooks Narrator: Andrea Giordani Format: Unabridged Length: 38 mins Language: English Release date: 01-04-18 Publisher: IntroBooks Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Successful team building that exists in any workplace is involved with more than simply the creation of a successful team that has been given, instead of creating or building an entire ideal team from the beginning. There are particular core principles that are linked to effective team building that can help any organization or work situation get the best outputs out of any team that has to be managed. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (IntroBooks) Thu, 04 Jan 2018 12:03:28 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Team-Building-Audiobook/B078RTSZ98 thebookvoice.com 00:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Team Building Author: IntroBooks Narrator: Andrea Giordani Format: Unabridged Length: 38 mins Language: English Release date: 01-04-18 Publisher: IntroBooks Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Successful team building that exists in any workplace is involved with more than simply the creation of a successful team that has been given, instead of creating or building an entire ideal team from the beginning. There are particular core principles that are linked to effective team building that can help any organization or work situation get the best outputs out of any team that has to be managed. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Team Building Author: IntroBooks Narrator: Andrea Giordani Format: Unabridged Length: 38 mins Language: English Release date: 01-04-18 Publisher: IntroBooks Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Successful team building that exists in any workplace is involved with more than simply the creation of a successful team that has been given, instead of creating or building an entire ideal team from the beginning. There are particular core principles that are linked to effective team building that can help any organization or work situation get the best outputs out of any team that has to be managed. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/20-Minute-Manager-Leading-Virtual-Teams-Audiobook/B01IW1N3PW Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: 20 Minute Manager: Leading Virtual Teams Author: Harvard Business Review Narrator: James Edward Thomas Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 23 mins Language: English Release date: 07-25-16 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 8 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Leading any team involves managing people, technical oversight, and project administration, but leaders of virtual teams perform these functions from afar. Leading Virtual Teams walks you through the basics of: Don't have much time? Get up to speed fast on the most essential business skills with HBR's 20-Minute Manager series. Whether you need a crash course or a brief refresher, each book in the series is a concise, practical primer that will help you brush up on a key management topic. Advice you can quickly listen to and apply, for ambitious professionals and aspiring executives - from the most trusted source in business. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Harvard Business Review) Mon, 25 Jul 2016 00:17:21 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/20-Minute-Manager-Leading-Virtual-Teams-Audiobook/B01IW1N3PW thebookvoice.com 01:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: 20 Minute Manager: Leading Virtual Teams Author: Harvard Business Review Narrator: James Edward Thomas Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 23 mins Language: English Release date: 07-25-16 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 8 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Leading any team involves managing people, technical oversight, and project administration, but leaders of virtual teams perform these functions from afar. Leading Virtual Teams walks you through the basics of: Don't have much time? Get up to speed fast on the most essential business skills with HBR's 20-Minute Manager series. Whether you need a crash course or a brief refresher, each book in the series is a concise, practical primer that will help you brush up on a key management topic. Advice you can quickly listen to and apply, for ambitious professionals and aspiring executives - from the most trusted source in business. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: 20 Minute Manager: Leading Virtual Teams Author: Harvard Business Review Narrator: James Edward Thomas Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 23 mins Language: English Release date: 07-25-16 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 8 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Leading any team involves managing people, technical oversight, and project administration, but leaders of virtual teams perform these functions from afar. Leading Virtual Teams walks you through the basics of: Don't have much time? Get up to speed fast on the most essential business skills with HBR's 20-Minute Manager series. Whether you need a crash course or a brief refresher, each book in the series is a concise, practical primer that will help you brush up on a key management topic. Advice you can quickly listen to and apply, for ambitious professionals and aspiring executives - from the most trusted source in business. Members Reviews: Quick read with good tables. Liked the flow and questions to consider for setting up and managing a virtual team. These same concept s can and are used to manage most projects. Four Stars Good Book https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Analysis-of-Disney-Institutes-Be-Our-Guest-Audiobook/B078WYT2T9 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Analysis of Disney Institutes Be Our Guest Author: Milkyway Media Narrator: Conner Goff Format: Unabridged Length: 26 mins Language: English Release date: 01-10-18 Publisher: Milkyway Media Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Be Our Guest: Perfecting the Art of Customer Service (2011) by Disney Institute and Theodore Kinni outlines the Walt Disney Company's approach to customer service. Disney Institute, the company's professional development arm, trains people from other businesses, nonprofits, and government agencies to adapt Disney's customer service strategies for their own organizations. Purchase this in-depth analysis to learn more. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Milkyway Media) Wed, 10 Jan 2018 07:53:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Analysis-of-Disney-Institutes-Be-Our-Guest-Audiobook/B078WYT2T9 thebookvoice.com 00:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Analysis of Disney Institutes Be Our Guest Author: Milkyway Media Narrator: Conner Goff Format: Unabridged Length: 26 mins Language: English Release date: 01-10-18 Publisher: Milkyway Media Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Be Our Guest: Perfecting the Art of Customer Service (2011) by Disney Institute and Theodore Kinni outlines the Walt Disney Company's approach to customer service. Disney Institute, the company's professional development arm, trains people from other businesses, nonprofits, and government agencies to adapt Disney's customer service strategies for their own organizations. Purchase this in-depth analysis to learn more. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Analysis of Disney Institutes Be Our Guest Author: Milkyway Media Narrator: Conner Goff Format: Unabridged Length: 26 mins Language: English Release date: 01-10-18 Publisher: Milkyway Media Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Be Our Guest: Perfecting the Art of Customer Service (2011) by Disney Institute and Theodore Kinni outlines the Walt Disney Company's approach to customer service. Disney Institute, the company's professional development arm, trains people from other businesses, nonprofits, and government agencies to adapt Disney's customer service strategies for their own organizations. Purchase this in-depth analysis to learn more. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Donald-and-Jim-Kirkpatrick-on-the-Four-Levels-of-Effective-Training-Audiobook/B00OL9AU4C Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Donald and Jim Kirkpatrick on the Four Levels of Effective Training Author: Donald Kirkpatrick, Jim Kirkpatrick Narrator: Dave Summers Format: Original Recording Length: 14 mins Language: English Release date: 10-17-14 Publisher: American Management Association Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The Kirkpatrick four-level evaluation model focuses on four key areas: reaction, learning, behavior and results - with each successive level representing a more precise measure of the effectiveness of a training program. Listen to the Kirkpatricks as they walk through each step of the model and describe its practical application to the business environment. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Donald Kirkpatrick) Fri, 17 Oct 2014 01:15:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Donald-and-Jim-Kirkpatrick-on-the-Four-Levels-of-Effective-Training-Audiobook/B00OL9AU4C thebookvoice.com 00:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Donald and Jim Kirkpatrick on the Four Levels of Effective Training Author: Donald Kirkpatrick, Jim Kirkpatrick Narrator: Dave Summers Format: Original Recording Length: 14 mins Language: English Release date: 10-17-14 Publisher: American Management Association Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The Kirkpatrick four-level evaluation model focuses on four key areas: reaction, learning, behavior and results - with each successive level representing a more precise measure of the effectiveness of a training program. Listen to the Kirkpatricks as they walk through each step of the model and describe its practical application to the business environment. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Donald and Jim Kirkpatrick on the Four Levels of Effective Training Author: Donald Kirkpatrick, Jim Kirkpatrick Narrator: Dave Summers Format: Original Recording Length: 14 mins Language: English Release date: 10-17-14 Publisher: American Management Association Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The Kirkpatrick four-level evaluation model focuses on four key areas: reaction, learning, behavior and results - with each successive level representing a more precise measure of the effectiveness of a training program. Listen to the Kirkpatricks as they walk through each step of the model and describe its practical application to the business environment. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-First-Mile-Audiobook/B01MXFD1Z9 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The First Mile Subtitle: A Launch Manual for Getting Great Ideas into the Market Author: Scott D. Anthony Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 50 mins Language: English Release date: 11-14-16 Publisher: Recorded Books Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: You have a great idea. Now what? That first mile - where an innovation moves from an idea on paper to the market - is often plagued by failure. In fact less than 1 percent of ideas launched by big companies end up having real impact. The ideas aren't the problem. It's the process. The First Mile focuses on the critical moment when an innovator moves from planning to reality. It is a perilous place where hidden traps snare entrepreneurs, and roadblocks slow innovators inside large companies. In this practical and enlightening manual, strategic adviser Scott Anthony equips innovators with new tools, questions, and examples to speed through this crucial early stage of innovation. You'll learn: Drawing on his decade of experience as an innovation adviser and investor, Anthony describes hard-won lessons from disruptive start-ups and global giants alike. The First Mile will give you the knowledge and confidence to travel this perilous but ultimately promising terrain. The first mile can be a scary place, but you don't have to traverse it alone. This book can help. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Scott D. Anthony) Mon, 14 Nov 2016 11:53:35 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-First-Mile-Audiobook/B01MXFD1Z9 thebookvoice.com 04:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The First Mile Subtitle: A Launch Manual for Getting Great Ideas into the Market Author: Scott D. Anthony Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 50 mins Language: English Release date: 11-14-16 Publisher: Recorded Books Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: You have a great idea. Now what? That first mile - where an innovation moves from an idea on paper to the market - is often plagued by failure. In fact less than 1 percent of ideas launched by big companies end up having real impact. The ideas aren't the problem. It's the process. The First Mile focuses on the critical moment when an innovator moves from planning to reality. It is a perilous place where hidden traps snare entrepreneurs, and roadblocks slow innovators inside large companies. In this practical and enlightening manual, strategic adviser Scott Anthony equips innovators with new tools, questions, and examples to speed through this crucial early stage of innovation. You'll learn: Drawing on his decade of experience as an innovation adviser and investor, Anthony describes hard-won lessons from disruptive start-ups and global giants alike. The First Mile will give you the knowledge and confidence to travel this perilous but ultimately promising terrain. The first mile can be a scary place, but you don't have to traverse it alone. This book can help. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The First Mile Subtitle: A Launch Manual for Getting Great Ideas into the Market Author: Scott D. Anthony Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 50 mins Language: English Release date: 11-14-16 Publisher: Recorded Books Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: You have a great idea. Now what? That first mile - where an innovation moves from an idea on paper to the market - is often plagued by failure. In fact less than 1 percent of ideas launched by big companies end up having real impact. The ideas aren't the problem. It's the process. The First Mile focuses on the critical moment when an innovator moves from planning to reality. It is a perilous place where hidden traps snare entrepreneurs, and roadblocks slow innovators inside large companies. In this practical and enlightening manual, strategic adviser Scott Anthony equips innovators with new tools, questions, and examples to speed through this crucial early stage of innovation. You'll learn: Drawing on his decade of experience as an innovation adviser and investor, Anthony describes hard-won lessons from disruptive start-ups and global giants alike. The First Mile will give you the knowledge and confidence to travel this perilous but ultimately promising terrain. The first mile can be a scary place, but you don't have to traverse it alone. This book can help. Members Reviews: Wonderful Book.Clears misconception about Innovation I am someone who cannot read a book more than once, I get distracted really fast. But I must admit, this book was so wonderfully written that it made me read it twice. Whenever I read business books it was more about theoretical concepts which could not be translated into what I do for my clients. However, this book has a very good balance of theory and application. We all think innovation is about big bang ideas and forget it there. Rarely do we go ahead and execute them, but Scott Anthony has articulated really well about ways to not stop at just ideation but given a framework and process around execution. Large corporations are scared of spending a lot without outcomes, but the iterative approach, testing and learning, getting creative with testing both the idea and solution in this book gives a better approach to allay the fear. Not many of us take the pain of going through the process of customer development. I think this book is a natural extension to Steve Blank's book on Customer Development. The concepts in the book is versatile in that it can be applied to both small and large organizations including startups. At times things can be really difficult to digest in books. Scott Anthony has done a wonderful job of simplifying things and always looks to tell a story around a concept he wants to convey. Indian Philosoper Chanakya said "Learn from the mistakes of others... you can't live long enough to make them all yourselves!!", hence there are ample examples of companies who have succeeded or failed to tell us what to do and what not to do. Also, the best part was giving us access to frameworks which can be used for our daily work. I'd recommend this book to any business student or professional. Cons: I have one feedback though. I wish the book would have been a little colorful interms of pictures like the Business Model Generation book by Alexander Osterwalder. Great book, great info and tools This book is very helpful for those initial ideas, and if they are really worth proceeding with. Of course all businesses are different, but this book gives you the tools and steps to take to verify if your idea is a money maker or a money taker. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Guide-to-Product-Management-in-Digital-Media-Audiobook/B078883CY9 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Guide to Product Management in Digital Media Author: Derrick Fountain Narrator: Ed Gosling Format: Unabridged Length: 58 mins Language: English Release date: 12-19-17 Publisher: Derrick Fountain Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The Guide to Product Management in Media introduces a multi-step product life-cycle framework for media organizations. It provides a practical set of strategic and tactical guidelines for implementing the product management function within a media organization. The lessons learned from this guide have helped media organizations around the globe implement the product management function and improve existing product development processes. The target audience for this guide is a new product manager or one who has a somewhat limited understanding of the role. Although written primarily for product managers in media organizations, this guide should also appeal to anyone who wants a general understanding of the product management function and how it can benefit their organization. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Derrick Fountain) Tue, 19 Dec 2017 19:26:31 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Guide-to-Product-Management-in-Digital-Media-Audiobook/B078883CY9 thebookvoice.com 00:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Guide to Product Management in Digital Media Author: Derrick Fountain Narrator: Ed Gosling Format: Unabridged Length: 58 mins Language: English Release date: 12-19-17 Publisher: Derrick Fountain Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The Guide to Product Management in Media introduces a multi-step product life-cycle framework for media organizations. It provides a practical set of strategic and tactical guidelines for implementing the product management function within a media organization. The lessons learned from this guide have helped media organizations around the globe implement the product management function and improve existing product development processes. The target audience for this guide is a new product manager or one who has a somewhat limited understanding of the role. Although written primarily for product managers in media organizations, this guide should also appeal to anyone who wants a general understanding of the product management function and how it can benefit their organization. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Guide to Product Management in Digital Media Author: Derrick Fountain Narrator: Ed Gosling Format: Unabridged Length: 58 mins Language: English Release date: 12-19-17 Publisher: Derrick Fountain Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The Guide to Product Management in Media introduces a multi-step product life-cycle framework for media organizations. It provides a practical set of strategic and tactical guidelines for implementing the product management function within a media organization. The lessons learned from this guide have helped media organizations around the globe implement the product management function and improve existing product development processes. The target audience for this guide is a new product manager or one who has a somewhat limited understanding of the role. Although written primarily for product managers in media organizations, this guide should also appeal to anyone who wants a general understanding of the product management function and how it can benefit their organization. Members Reviews: Nice introduction to product management A quite nice and compact review of product management. Book is based on media industry but it will be helpful to all people who are new on product management. A must listen for PMs in Digital Media Would you listen to Guide to Product Management in Digital Media again? Why? I would revisit to listen again some of the concepts explained by the author as I will come across again and again Enlightning and Truly Awesome What made the experience of listening to Guide to Product Management in Digital Media the most enjoyable? Book is completely inclusive and even listening a guide seem like a hard thing it is really enjoyable and really teaching. Was this a book you wanted to listen to all in one sitting? It is much more than that. It is a book that you should keep always with you. It is an completely inclusive guide Any additional comments? Really enjoyable, inclusive, enlightening, awesome guide! Strongly recommend! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Confessions-of-a-Successful-CIO-Audiobook/B00LMEQJEO Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Confessions of a Successful CIO Subtitle: How the Best CIOs Tackle Their Toughest Business Challenges Author: Dan Roberts, Brian Watson Narrator: James Patrick Cronin Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 58 mins Language: English Release date: 07-09-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 33 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Be the most effective CIO you can be - by learning from the best in the business Today's Chief Information Officers must be an entirely new breed of technology leader. With ever-changing demands from the business, and in an increasingly technology-centric business environment, CIOs must find game-changing innovations and process improvements that make a real impact on the bottom line. Business executives need their CIOs to be real partners - speaking the language of the business and donning their strategist caps - not just commodity managers. Those IT leaders who fail to break out of the order-taker, utility manager mold will, simply put, be looking for a new job. In Confessions of a Successful CIO: How the Best CIOs Tackle Their Toughest Business Challenges, current and future CIOs will gain invaluable perspectives from the stories of today's best IT leaders. These acclaimed leaders - each profiled in their own chapter - explain the toughest business decision they had to make, and how the outcome influenced and impacted their leadership style. These in-depth anecdotes take the listener inside some of the most challenging business climates imaginable and chronicle how these elite CIOs made the decisions that mattered. Confessions of a Successful CIO is the new playbook for learning how to take risks, respond to crises, and create more value from IT. Each chapter presents a different challenge, giving present-day and future IT leaders the chance to examine, analyze, and learn so that they can be just as successful as the CIOs they're hearing about. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Dan Roberts) Wed, 09 Jul 2014 06:40:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Confessions-of-a-Successful-CIO-Audiobook/B00LMEQJEO thebookvoice.com 04:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Confessions of a Successful CIO Subtitle: How the Best CIOs Tackle Their Toughest Business Challenges Author: Dan Roberts, Brian Watson Narrator: James Patrick Cronin Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 58 mins Language: English Release date: 07-09-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 33 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Be the most effective CIO you can be - by learning from the best in the business Today's Chief Information Officers must be an entirely new breed of technology leader. With ever-changing demands from the business, and in an increasingly technology-centric business environment, CIOs must find game-changing innovations and process improvements that make a real impact on the bottom line. Business executives need their CIOs to be real partners - speaking the language of the business and donning their strategist caps - not just commodity managers. Those IT leaders who fail to break out of the order-taker, utility manager mold will, simply put, be looking for a new job. In Confessions of a Successful CIO: How the Best CIOs Tackle Their Toughest Business Challenges, current and future CIOs will gain invaluable perspectives from the stories of today's best IT leaders. These acclaimed leaders - each profiled in their own chapter - explain the toughest business decision they had to make, and how the outcome influenced and impacted their leadership style. These in-depth anecdotes take the listener inside some of the most challenging business climates imaginable and chronicle how these elite CIOs made the decisions that mattered. Confessions of a Successful CIO is the new playbook for learning how to take risks, respond to crises, and create more value from IT. Each chapter presents a different challenge, giving present-day and future IT leaders the chance to examine, analyze, and learn so that they can be just as successful as the CIOs they're hearing about. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Confessions of a Successful CIO Subtitle: How the Best CIOs Tackle Their Toughest Business Challenges Author: Dan Roberts, Brian Watson Narrator: James Patrick Cronin Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 58 mins Language: English Release date: 07-09-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 33 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Be the most effective CIO you can be - by learning from the best in the business Today's Chief Information Officers must be an entirely new breed of technology leader. With ever-changing demands from the business, and in an increasingly technology-centric business environment, CIOs must find game-changing innovations and process improvements that make a real impact on the bottom line. Business executives need their CIOs to be real partners - speaking the language of the business and donning their strategist caps - not just commodity managers. Those IT leaders who fail to break out of the order-taker, utility manager mold will, simply put, be looking for a new job. In Confessions of a Successful CIO: How the Best CIOs Tackle Their Toughest Business Challenges, current and future CIOs will gain invaluable perspectives from the stories of today's best IT leaders. These acclaimed leaders - each profiled in their own chapter - explain the toughest business decision they had to make, and how the outcome influenced and impacted their leadership style. These in-depth anecdotes take the listener inside some of the most challenging business climates imaginable and chronicle how these elite CIOs made the decisions that mattered. Confessions of a Successful CIO is the new playbook for learning how to take risks, respond to crises, and create more value from IT. Each chapter presents a different challenge, giving present-day and future IT leaders the chance to examine, analyze, and learn so that they can be just as successful as the CIOs they're hearing about. Members Reviews: A high-level view This book gives a 30000 feet view of CIOs in organizations with IT-budgets sizable to the GDP of small countries. But it does give some interesting high-level perspectives. But not much new or groundbreaking Good information Listened to the entire thing in one sitting. Great information and quite good presentation. Each CIO had something special that solves one of our problems. A very useful peek into the lives of others. Loved it. Encourages the spirit that lies within me. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 stupid 20 word minimum https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Golden-Handoff-How-to-Buy-and-Sell-a-Real-Estate-Agents-Business-Audiobook/B075DF683C Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Golden Handoff: How to Buy and Sell a Real Estate Agent's Business Author: Nick Krautter Narrator: Nick Krautter Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 57 mins Language: English Release date: 09-07-17 Publisher: Real Estate Business Press Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Great client relationships are worth a fortune in the real estate business. But when agents retire, most of those fortunes are simply lost - until now. The Golden Handoff solves this problem. Do you want to grow your business? The Golden Handoff has a simple and proven plan to exponentially grow your business by adopting hundreds of clients from agents when they retire. Do you want to retire but can't just walk away? The Golden Handoff shows you how to pick the right agent to adopt your clients and ensure you have income for years to come. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Nick Krautter) Thu, 07 Sep 2017 02:33:28 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Golden-Handoff-How-to-Buy-and-Sell-a-Real-Estate-Agents-Business-Audiobook/B075DF683C thebookvoice.com 02:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Golden Handoff: How to Buy and Sell a Real Estate Agent's Business Author: Nick Krautter Narrator: Nick Krautter Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 57 mins Language: English Release date: 09-07-17 Publisher: Real Estate Business Press Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Great client relationships are worth a fortune in the real estate business. But when agents retire, most of those fortunes are simply lost - until now. The Golden Handoff solves this problem. Do you want to grow your business? The Golden Handoff has a simple and proven plan to exponentially grow your business by adopting hundreds of clients from agents when they retire. Do you want to retire but can't just walk away? The Golden Handoff shows you how to pick the right agent to adopt your clients and ensure you have income for years to come. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Golden Handoff: How to Buy and Sell a Real Estate Agent's Business Author: Nick Krautter Narrator: Nick Krautter Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 57 mins Language: English Release date: 09-07-17 Publisher: Real Estate Business Press Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Great client relationships are worth a fortune in the real estate business. But when agents retire, most of those fortunes are simply lost - until now. The Golden Handoff solves this problem. Do you want to grow your business? The Golden Handoff has a simple and proven plan to exponentially grow your business by adopting hundreds of clients from agents when they retire. Do you want to retire but can't just walk away? The Golden Handoff shows you how to pick the right agent to adopt your clients and ensure you have income for years to come. Members Reviews: Thank you for writing this! My coach recommended that I listen to this due to an opportunity that I brought up to him. This book has helped to layout a successful blueprint for this opportunity and additionally has opened my mind to the fact that this opportunity has been in front of me for the past 10 years and I never realized it. Thank you for your contribution to other's business and for being a trailblazer! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Warren-Buffetts-Management-Secrets-Audiobook/B0036IPOT0 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Warren Buffett's Management Secrets Subtitle: Proven Tools for Personal and Business Success Author: Mary Buffett, David Clark Narrator: Mary Buffett Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 33 mins Language: English Release date: 12-08-09 Publisher: Simon & Schuster Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 54 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Through close examination of Warren Buffett's life and career from his earliest days to now, Buffett and Clark shed light on his decision-making processes and reveal his strategies for keeping on track and maintaining focus. They examine Buffett's inimitable leadership qualities and explain how Warren integrated what he learned over time into a winning management formula and became not only the manager whom other managers want to emulate but also the second richest man in the world. A true companion volume to Buffett and Clark's successful Buffettology series, Warren Buffett's Management Secrets is filled with anecdotes and quotes that show how Buffett's life philosophies are reflected in his businessdecisions and in the way he manages people and businesses. This insider's view into Warren Buffett's management techniques offers simple solutions for success to newcomers and seasoned Buffettologists alike and illustrates how and why success in business and life usually go hand in hand. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Mary Buffett) Tue, 08 Dec 2009 02:01:06 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Warren-Buffetts-Management-Secrets-Audiobook/B0036IPOT0 thebookvoice.com 02:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Warren Buffett's Management Secrets Subtitle: Proven Tools for Personal and Business Success Author: Mary Buffett, David Clark Narrator: Mary Buffett Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 33 mins Language: English Release date: 12-08-09 Publisher: Simon & Schuster Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 54 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Through close examination of Warren Buffett's life and career from his earliest days to now, Buffett and Clark shed light on his decision-making processes and reveal his strategies for keeping on track and maintaining focus. They examine Buffett's inimitable leadership qualities and explain how Warren integrated what he learned over time into a winning management formula and became not only the manager whom other managers want to emulate but also the second richest man in the world. A true companion volume to Buffett and Clark's successful Buffettology series, Warren Buffett's Management Secrets is filled with anecdotes and quotes that show how Buffett's life philosophies are reflected in his businessdecisions and in the way he manages people and businesses. This insider's view into Warren Buffett's management techniques offers simple solutions for success to newcomers and seasoned Buffettologists alike and illustrates how and why success in business and life usually go hand in hand. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Warren Buffett's Management Secrets Subtitle: Proven Tools for Personal and Business Success Author: Mary Buffett, David Clark Narrator: Mary Buffett Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 33 mins Language: English Release date: 12-08-09 Publisher: Simon & Schuster Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 54 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Through close examination of Warren Buffett's life and career from his earliest days to now, Buffett and Clark shed light on his decision-making processes and reveal his strategies for keeping on track and maintaining focus. They examine Buffett's inimitable leadership qualities and explain how Warren integrated what he learned over time into a winning management formula and became not only the manager whom other managers want to emulate but also the second richest man in the world. A true companion volume to Buffett and Clark's successful Buffettology series, Warren Buffett's Management Secrets is filled with anecdotes and quotes that show how Buffett's life philosophies are reflected in his businessdecisions and in the way he manages people and businesses. This insider's view into Warren Buffett's management techniques offers simple solutions for success to newcomers and seasoned Buffettologists alike and illustrates how and why success in business and life usually go hand in hand. Members Reviews: Outstanding Simply explained concepts with good stories to illustrate. No fluff which I loved. A modern Napoleon Hill. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Entrepreneur-5-PM-to-9-AM-Audiobook/B011DHA6BQ Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Entrepreneur 5 PM to 9 AM Author: Kanth Miriyala, Reethika Sunder Narrator: Varoon P. Anand Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 16 mins Language: English Release date: 07-14-15 Publisher: Reado Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: You have a job. And an idea for a business. What do you do then? Crisp, listener-friendly and practical, Entrepreneur 5 PM to 9 AM tells you how you can become an entrepreneur even if you have a full-time job and are risk averse. This is a fast and super-useful listen through which you will come away with a clear and solid road map for converting your idea into a viable enterprise and taking your venture from zero to launch. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Kanth Miriyala) Tue, 14 Jul 2015 17:13:56 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Entrepreneur-5-PM-to-9-AM-Audiobook/B011DHA6BQ thebookvoice.com 03:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Entrepreneur 5 PM to 9 AM Author: Kanth Miriyala, Reethika Sunder Narrator: Varoon P. Anand Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 16 mins Language: English Release date: 07-14-15 Publisher: Reado Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: You have a job. And an idea for a business. What do you do then? Crisp, listener-friendly and practical, Entrepreneur 5 PM to 9 AM tells you how you can become an entrepreneur even if you have a full-time job and are risk averse. This is a fast and super-useful listen through which you will come away with a clear and solid road map for converting your idea into a viable enterprise and taking your venture from zero to launch. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Entrepreneur 5 PM to 9 AM Author: Kanth Miriyala, Reethika Sunder Narrator: Varoon P. Anand Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 16 mins Language: English Release date: 07-14-15 Publisher: Reado Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: You have a job. And an idea for a business. What do you do then? Crisp, listener-friendly and practical, Entrepreneur 5 PM to 9 AM tells you how you can become an entrepreneur even if you have a full-time job and are risk averse. This is a fast and super-useful listen through which you will come away with a clear and solid road map for converting your idea into a viable enterprise and taking your venture from zero to launch. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Storytellers-Secret-Audiobook/B01AWXJ13Q Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Storyteller's Secret Subtitle: How TED Speakers and Inspirational Leaders Turn Their Passion into Performance Author: Carmine Gallo Narrator: Carmine Gallo Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 14 mins Language: English Release date: 02-25-16 Publisher: Pan Macmillan Publishers Ltd. Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 10 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: How did an American immigrant without a college education go from Venice Beach T-shirt vendor to television's most successful producer? How did a timid pastor's son surmount a paralysing fear of public speaking to sell out Yankee Stadium - twice? How did the city of Tokyo create a PowerPoint stunning enough to win them the chance to host the Olympics? They told brilliant stories. Whether your goal is to sell, educate, fund-raise or entertain, your story is your most valuable asset: 'a strategic tool with irresistible power', according to the New York Times. Stories inspire; they persuade; they galvanize movements and actuate global change. A well-told story hits you like a punch to the gut; it triggers the light-bulb moment, the 'aha' that illuminates the path to innovation. Radical transformation can occur in an instant, with a single sentence; The Storyteller's Secret teaches you how to craft your most powerful delivery ever. In his hugely attended Talk Like TED events, best-selling author and communications guru Carmine Gallo found, again and again, that audiences wanted to discover the keys to telling a powerful story. Read aloud by the author, The Storyteller's Secret unlocks the answer in 50 lessons from visionary leaders - each of whom cites storytelling as a crucial ingredient in success. A good story can spark action and passion; it can revolutionise the way people think and spur them to chase their dreams. Isn't it time you shared yours? bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Carmine Gallo) Thu, 25 Feb 2016 09:32:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Storytellers-Secret-Audiobook/B01AWXJ13Q thebookvoice.com 08:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Storyteller's Secret Subtitle: How TED Speakers and Inspirational Leaders Turn Their Passion into Performance Author: Carmine Gallo Narrator: Carmine Gallo Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 14 mins Language: English Release date: 02-25-16 Publisher: Pan Macmillan Publishers Ltd. Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 10 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: How did an American immigrant without a college education go from Venice Beach T-shirt vendor to television's most successful producer? How did a timid pastor's son surmount a paralysing fear of public speaking to sell out Yankee Stadium - twice? How did the city of Tokyo create a PowerPoint stunning enough to win them the chance to host the Olympics? They told brilliant stories. Whether your goal is to sell, educate, fund-raise or entertain, your story is your most valuable asset: 'a strategic tool with irresistible power', according to the New York Times. Stories inspire; they persuade; they galvanize movements and actuate global change. A well-told story hits you like a punch to the gut; it triggers the light-bulb moment, the 'aha' that illuminates the path to innovation. Radical transformation can occur in an instant, with a single sentence; The Storyteller's Secret teaches you how to craft your most powerful delivery ever. In his hugely attended Talk Like TED events, best-selling author and communications guru Carmine Gallo found, again and again, that audiences wanted to discover the keys to telling a powerful story. Read aloud by the author, The Storyteller's Secret unlocks the answer in 50 lessons from visionary leaders - each of whom cites storytelling as a crucial ingredient in success. A good story can spark action and passion; it can revolutionise the way people think and spur them to chase their dreams. Isn't it time you shared yours? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Storyteller's Secret Subtitle: How TED Speakers and Inspirational Leaders Turn Their Passion into Performance Author: Carmine Gallo Narrator: Carmine Gallo Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 14 mins Language: English Release date: 02-25-16 Publisher: Pan Macmillan Publishers Ltd. Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 10 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: How did an American immigrant without a college education go from Venice Beach T-shirt vendor to television's most successful producer? How did a timid pastor's son surmount a paralysing fear of public speaking to sell out Yankee Stadium - twice? How did the city of Tokyo create a PowerPoint stunning enough to win them the chance to host the Olympics? They told brilliant stories. Whether your goal is to sell, educate, fund-raise or entertain, your story is your most valuable asset: 'a strategic tool with irresistible power', according to the New York Times. Stories inspire; they persuade; they galvanize movements and actuate global change. A well-told story hits you like a punch to the gut; it triggers the light-bulb moment, the 'aha' that illuminates the path to innovation. Radical transformation can occur in an instant, with a single sentence; The Storyteller's Secret teaches you how to craft your most powerful delivery ever. In his hugely attended Talk Like TED events, best-selling author and communications guru Carmine Gallo found, again and again, that audiences wanted to discover the keys to telling a powerful story. Read aloud by the author, The Storyteller's Secret unlocks the answer in 50 lessons from visionary leaders - each of whom cites storytelling as a crucial ingredient in success. A good story can spark action and passion; it can revolutionise the way people think and spur them to chase their dreams. Isn't it time you shared yours? Members Reviews: Best Book for Business Leaders This one will go to my goto collection. Audio book helped me to complete it within a week and the content is worth practice. Good starter for ten Enjoyed listening and there was a few things that were new to me but over all it was a better listen for those just starting out in their career. Brilliant!! What I most like about this book is that each chapter explores how a great leader, speaker and inovator has used story to achieve success. It's not just about use of story in speeches, though there is plenty of that, the book explores the critical I'm prance of story in sales, marketing, leadership and entrepreneurship. no matter how good you are at storytelling there is something to learn here. I will certainly be reading/listening to it again. Fantastic!!!! A must for anyone involved in public speaking! Great to hear all the stories of success people and their personal struggle. Will listen to it all over again... Over Repetitive and Cheesy Content I was looking forward to this book, the reviews seemed positive. After listening to 2 hours, I couldn't help but notice how repetitive and over drawn the content is. Some parts were cliche and the narration is pompous and doesn't flow with the content. Hugely disappointed. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Reengineering-the-Corporation-Audiobook/B002V0KEW6 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Reengineering the Corporation Subtitle: A Manifesto for Business Revolution Author: Michael Hammer, James Champy Narrator: Michael Hammer, James Champy Format: Abridged Length: 1 hr and 29 mins Language: English Release date: 10-12-05 Publisher: HarperAudio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 62 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: But if you think that reengineering once was enough, think again. More changes, more challenges are coming in the twenty-first century. Now Hammer and Champy have updated and revised their milestone work for the New Economy they helped to create, promising to help corporations save hundreds of millions of dollars more, raise their customer satisfaction still higher, and grow ever more nimble in the years to come. Critic Reviews: "Management consultants Hammer and Champy thoughtfully critique the management procedures of American business and offer a promising prescription in this invigorating study." (Publishers Weekly) bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Michael Hammer) Wed, 12 Oct 2005 01:56:44 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Reengineering-the-Corporation-Audiobook/B002V0KEW6 thebookvoice.com 01:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Reengineering the Corporation Subtitle: A Manifesto for Business Revolution Author: Michael Hammer, James Champy Narrator: Michael Hammer, James Champy Format: Abridged Length: 1 hr and 29 mins Language: English Release date: 10-12-05 Publisher: HarperAudio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 62 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: But if you think that reengineering once was enough, think again. More changes, more challenges are coming in the twenty-first century. Now Hammer and Champy have updated and revised their milestone work for the New Economy they helped to create, promising to help corporations save hundreds of millions of dollars more, raise their customer satisfaction still higher, and grow ever more nimble in the years to come. Critic Reviews: "Management consultants Hammer and Champy thoughtfully critique the management procedures of American business and offer a promising prescription in this invigorating study." (Publishers Weekly) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Reengineering the Corporation Subtitle: A Manifesto for Business Revolution Author: Michael Hammer, James Champy Narrator: Michael Hammer, James Champy Format: Abridged Length: 1 hr and 29 mins Language: English Release date: 10-12-05 Publisher: HarperAudio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 62 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: But if you think that reengineering once was enough, think again. More changes, more challenges are coming in the twenty-first century. Now Hammer and Champy have updated and revised their milestone work for the New Economy they helped to create, promising to help corporations save hundreds of millions of dollars more, raise their customer satisfaction still higher, and grow ever more nimble in the years to come. Critic Reviews: "Management consultants Hammer and Champy thoughtfully critique the management procedures of American business and offer a promising prescription in this invigorating study." (Publishers Weekly) Members Reviews: WRONG!!! If you are purchasing this book for a college class, DON'T. If you are buying it for your own reading pleasure or knowlege, it is a good book. The problem is it says it is a book, when in actuality, it is only a small small portion of the book. The stuff that is in here is definitely straight out of the text, but it is not the complete text. The total time for this guy to read the book to you is something like an hour and twenty. Do any of you honestly think a 200+ page book can be read to you in that amount of time? I didn't know how long the actual text was until after I wasted my money on this. Brian Tevault great read, to the point. great book. lots of information, that is relevant today. Anyone struggling with under performance should read this book. Maybe missing out While convenient, I found it could have left out extras that were contained in the physical version. Skips a lot of Content Just like the title states. Skipped a lot of material. Still a good listen but for educational purposes, it could prove to be troubling especially if tested on it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Growth-Hacking-Level-Up-Your-Startup-Audiobook/B0787BNVR4 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Growth Hacking: Level Up Your Startup Author: Patrick Kelley Narrator: Sean Posvistak Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 30 mins Language: English Release date: 12-14-17 Publisher: Patrick Kelley Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 25 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: If you have a start up and want to know how to grow your business cheaply, quickly, and effectively, then Growth Hacking: Level Up Your Startup is just what you need. Its aimed at beginners and it discusses the basics of growth hacking in an easy and listener-friendly manner. The techniques described are simple and easy to understand, and throughout are interesting examples of how companies such as Airbnb used these methods to achieve phenomenal growth. Hacking for growth is hard work, and it involves endless cycles of implementation, testing, and measuring, but theres never a dull moment. Nothing can be automated, so no cycle is ever the same. And you will learn useful information that will benefit your company for many years to come. In this audiobook, you will find information on: bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Patrick Kelley) Thu, 14 Dec 2017 20:37:48 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Growth-Hacking-Level-Up-Your-Startup-Audiobook/B0787BNVR4 thebookvoice.com 01:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Growth Hacking: Level Up Your Startup Author: Patrick Kelley Narrator: Sean Posvistak Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 30 mins Language: English Release date: 12-14-17 Publisher: Patrick Kelley Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 25 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: If you have a start up and want to know how to grow your business cheaply, quickly, and effectively, then Growth Hacking: Level Up Your Startup is just what you need. Its aimed at beginners and it discusses the basics of growth hacking in an easy and listener-friendly manner. The techniques described are simple and easy to understand, and throughout are interesting examples of how companies such as Airbnb used these methods to achieve phenomenal growth. Hacking for growth is hard work, and it involves endless cycles of implementation, testing, and measuring, but theres never a dull moment. Nothing can be automated, so no cycle is ever the same. And you will learn useful information that will benefit your company for many years to come. In this audiobook, you will find information on: Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Growth Hacking: Level Up Your Startup Author: Patrick Kelley Narrator: Sean Posvistak Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 30 mins Language: English Release date: 12-14-17 Publisher: Patrick Kelley Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 25 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: If you have a start up and want to know how to grow your business cheaply, quickly, and effectively, then Growth Hacking: Level Up Your Startup is just what you need. Its aimed at beginners and it discusses the basics of growth hacking in an easy and listener-friendly manner. The techniques described are simple and easy to understand, and throughout are interesting examples of how companies such as Airbnb used these methods to achieve phenomenal growth. Hacking for growth is hard work, and it involves endless cycles of implementation, testing, and measuring, but theres never a dull moment. Nothing can be automated, so no cycle is ever the same. And you will learn useful information that will benefit your company for many years to come. In this audiobook, you will find information on: Members Reviews: Super book The author has presented such a useful book for me, Personally, i was looking for this book for so long. Thanks to my friend who give this book. Really felt good to listen to it. Level Up Your Startup The content made me realized that Level Up Your Startup is a good platform to bring your niche/products to a global market using different avenues to get your stuff expose to your target market, thus increasing your revenue. Nice book to listen Would you listen to Growth Hacking: Level Up Your Startup again? Why? ya, sure it is very interesting.... so i like to listen to it again What was one of the most memorable moments of Growth Hacking: Level Up Your Startup? I like most of the chapters in this book. What does Sean Posvistak bring to the story that you wouldnt experience if you just read the book? Before listening to this, I don't know anything about growth hacking. but it gives the lot about it. Was there a moment in the book that particularly moved you? I like the way the author has moved on... Any additional comments? Thanks to the author... Good to listen Growth hacking seems to be the in thing at the moment, looking at how to grow your business using avenues that many people don't venture into. this book really helps. Informative book Kind of all over the place but so many great ideas that really inspired me to get going. Definitely, check it out https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/An-Introductory-Guide-to-Systems-Thinking-Audiobook/B0094I9G9K Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: An Introductory Guide to Systems Thinking Author: David Kerr Narrator: David Kerr Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 12 mins Language: English Release date: 09-03-12 Publisher: eBookIt.com Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 43 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The world around us is comprised of systems - organisational systems, business systems, political systems, family systems, inter-personal systems, biological systems, economic systems - the list goes on. This audiobook, written by an experienced systems thinker and consultant, helps the reader develop an appreciation of the nature of systems - what they comprise of, how they function, how they sustain and organize themselves and what they influence and are influenced by. With this knowledge people and organisations can obtain a greater understanding of themselves and can develop the ability to identify the structure of problems and make interventions with far greater skill and precision. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (David Kerr) Mon, 03 Sep 2012 23:05:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/An-Introductory-Guide-to-Systems-Thinking-Audiobook/B0094I9G9K thebookvoice.com 01:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: An Introductory Guide to Systems Thinking Author: David Kerr Narrator: David Kerr Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 12 mins Language: English Release date: 09-03-12 Publisher: eBookIt.com Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 43 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The world around us is comprised of systems - organisational systems, business systems, political systems, family systems, inter-personal systems, biological systems, economic systems - the list goes on. This audiobook, written by an experienced systems thinker and consultant, helps the reader develop an appreciation of the nature of systems - what they comprise of, how they function, how they sustain and organize themselves and what they influence and are influenced by. With this knowledge people and organisations can obtain a greater understanding of themselves and can develop the ability to identify the structure of problems and make interventions with far greater skill and precision. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: An Introductory Guide to Systems Thinking Author: David Kerr Narrator: David Kerr Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 12 mins Language: English Release date: 09-03-12 Publisher: eBookIt.com Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 43 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: The world around us is comprised of systems - organisational systems, business systems, political systems, family systems, inter-personal systems, biological systems, economic systems - the list goes on. This audiobook, written by an experienced systems thinker and consultant, helps the reader develop an appreciation of the nature of systems - what they comprise of, how they function, how they sustain and organize themselves and what they influence and are influenced by. With this knowledge people and organisations can obtain a greater understanding of themselves and can develop the ability to identify the structure of problems and make interventions with far greater skill and precision. Members Reviews: Few surprises to anyone loosely familiar with this This is, of course, quite short. Going in, I was not sure what level of sophistication this assumes in the listener; the answer is none. Mention is made of another forthcoming book which might be more interesting. It was pleasant and mildly thought-provoking at turns. I didn't think this added big value for me, inasmuch as any educated thinker who has exposure to any notions of biology, ecosystems or management, has probably heard or intuited much of this already. Hey, changing one component of a system affects other components, sometimes in ways unforeseen. Surprise, surprise. Very light on actual systems The description of this book suggests the author provides an adequate definition of systems in the world -- "organisational systems, business systems, political systems, family systems, inter-personal systems, biological systems, economic systems" -- and explains how the universal nature of the development of these systems can be applied to organizations to help them run at an optimal level. In my estimation, the author completely fails to explain the universal nature of systems/networks/emergence. He spends the majority of the book trying to explain how to apply systems thinking to organizations, but I am not convinced he understands systems thinking to begin with. So why bother? great intro to systems nice and succinct but clear. articulate narrator. I don't have more to say until 15 words minimum. Overpriced and extremely basic overview This should have been 2$. It was like the introduction to a book that didn't come after. 7$ for an hour of content that was thin and rudimentary at best. Concise and clear A great introduction into systems thinking. Well explained with simple examples. Free of confusing and intimidating jargon. I also enjoyed the British accent. . https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Agile-PMO-Audiobook/B01NANDQTZ Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Agile PMO Subtitle: Leading the Effective, Value Driven, Project Management Office Author: Michael Nir Narrator: Barbara H. Scott Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 22 mins Language: English Release date: 12-29-16 Publisher: Sapir Consulting US L.L.C. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 12 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Join me on the journey to delivering value! Transforming centralized portfolio management, embedded in the PMO, can truly impact the product delivery and project management organization. This is a journey to rethink our preconceptions of what a PMO is to what it must become! A PMO creates value when, and only when, it enables educated, fact-based decisions regarding resource allocation across projects, programs, and portfolios. If, subsequent to one year of inception, the PMO cannot provide an up-to-date, accurate view of resource allocation, then it has failed in the single most important role that a PMO has in the organization. A PMO creates value by helping the organization decide where to invest its resources for the optimal return on investment (ROI). Tools, methodology, techniques, and processes are all nice to have, but they do not constitute an objective by themselves. Value-driven PMOs genuinely understand that they must continuously create, refine, and update the mapping of resource allocation in an organization. This is, of course, easier said than done, and most PMOs fall short of being able to produce such a representation. Once the PMO understands what value is and the role it plays in creating value, this book provides a framework to help it transform into a value driven and agile PMO by implementing four steps: bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Michael Nir) Thu, 29 Dec 2016 18:20:47 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Agile-PMO-Audiobook/B01NANDQTZ thebookvoice.com 03:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Agile PMO Subtitle: Leading the Effective, Value Driven, Project Management Office Author: Michael Nir Narrator: Barbara H. Scott Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 22 mins Language: English Release date: 12-29-16 Publisher: Sapir Consulting US L.L.C. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 12 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Join me on the journey to delivering value! Transforming centralized portfolio management, embedded in the PMO, can truly impact the product delivery and project management organization. This is a journey to rethink our preconceptions of what a PMO is to what it must become! A PMO creates value when, and only when, it enables educated, fact-based decisions regarding resource allocation across projects, programs, and portfolios. If, subsequent to one year of inception, the PMO cannot provide an up-to-date, accurate view of resource allocation, then it has failed in the single most important role that a PMO has in the organization. A PMO creates value by helping the organization decide where to invest its resources for the optimal return on investment (ROI). Tools, methodology, techniques, and processes are all nice to have, but they do not constitute an objective by themselves. Value-driven PMOs genuinely understand that they must continuously create, refine, and update the mapping of resource allocation in an organization. This is, of course, easier said than done, and most PMOs fall short of being able to produce such a representation. Once the PMO understands what value is and the role it plays in creating value, this book provides a framework to help it transform into a value driven and agile PMO by implementing four steps: Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Agile PMO Subtitle: Leading the Effective, Value Driven, Project Management Office Author: Michael Nir Narrator: Barbara H. Scott Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 22 mins Language: English Release date: 12-29-16 Publisher: Sapir Consulting US L.L.C. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 12 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Join me on the journey to delivering value! Transforming centralized portfolio management, embedded in the PMO, can truly impact the product delivery and project management organization. This is a journey to rethink our preconceptions of what a PMO is to what it must become! A PMO creates value when, and only when, it enables educated, fact-based decisions regarding resource allocation across projects, programs, and portfolios. If, subsequent to one year of inception, the PMO cannot provide an up-to-date, accurate view of resource allocation, then it has failed in the single most important role that a PMO has in the organization. A PMO creates value by helping the organization decide where to invest its resources for the optimal return on investment (ROI). Tools, methodology, techniques, and processes are all nice to have, but they do not constitute an objective by themselves. Value-driven PMOs genuinely understand that they must continuously create, refine, and update the mapping of resource allocation in an organization. This is, of course, easier said than done, and most PMOs fall short of being able to produce such a representation. Once the PMO understands what value is and the role it plays in creating value, this book provides a framework to help it transform into a value driven and agile PMO by implementing four steps: Members Reviews: Must listen for understanding agile in org What did you love best about The Agile PMO? The approach to the topic What was one of the most memorable moments of The Agile PMO? The four fundamental model Any additional comments? Listen to this book to get valuable insights Awesome insights into how a PMO should operate What made the experience of listening to The Agile PMO the most enjoyable? The relevance to my work - practical Who was your favorite character and why? NA What about Barbara H. Scotts performance did you like? Flowing narration - connects well with the text I glad that purchased this audiobook What did you love best about The Agile PMO? A lot of practical advices and deep-diving thoughts. Who was your favorite character and why? Author What about Barbara H. Scotts performance did you like? I like her voice, intonation and pace of speech If you were to make a film of this book, what would the tag line be? PMO and hidden secrets of success Any additional comments? I'm listening it second time. I simply like ideas and how they presented meh This book is more like a presentation or workshop that's been published into a book. The few key points it makes are concisely delivered in the last few chapters and appendix. It maintains a very high level message and is without any implementable specifics in setting up and maintaining a PMO. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Simple-Sabotage-Audiobook/B014X1CFWM Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Simple Sabotage Subtitle: A Modern Field Manual for Detecting and Rooting out Everyday Behaviors That Undermine Your Workplace Author: Robert M. Galford, Bob Frisch, Cary Greene Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 27 mins Language: English Release date: 09-29-15 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 34 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Inspired by the Simple Sabotage Field Manual released by the Office of Strategic Services in 1944 to train European resistors, this is the essential handbook to help stamp out unintentional sabotage in any working group, from major corporations to volunteer PTA committees. In 1944, the Office of Strategic Services (OSS) - the predecessor of today's CIA - issued the Simple Sabotage Field Manual that detailed sabotage techniques designed to demoralize the enemy. One section focused on eight incredibly subtle - and devastatingly destructive - tactics for sabotaging the decision-making processes of organizations. While the manual was written decades ago, these sabotage tactics thrive undetected in organizations today: Everyone has been faced with someone who has used these tactics, even when they have meant well. Filled with proven strategies and techniques, this brief, clever audiobook outlines the counter-sabotage measures to detect and reduce the impact of these eight classic sabotage tactics to improve productivity, spur creativity, and engender better collegial relationships. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Robert M. Galford) Tue, 29 Sep 2015 05:11:31 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Simple-Sabotage-Audiobook/B014X1CFWM thebookvoice.com 04:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Simple Sabotage Subtitle: A Modern Field Manual for Detecting and Rooting out Everyday Behaviors That Undermine Your Workplace Author: Robert M. Galford, Bob Frisch, Cary Greene Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 27 mins Language: English Release date: 09-29-15 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 34 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Inspired by the Simple Sabotage Field Manual released by the Office of Strategic Services in 1944 to train European resistors, this is the essential handbook to help stamp out unintentional sabotage in any working group, from major corporations to volunteer PTA committees. In 1944, the Office of Strategic Services (OSS) - the predecessor of today's CIA - issued the Simple Sabotage Field Manual that detailed sabotage techniques designed to demoralize the enemy. One section focused on eight incredibly subtle - and devastatingly destructive - tactics for sabotaging the decision-making processes of organizations. While the manual was written decades ago, these sabotage tactics thrive undetected in organizations today: Everyone has been faced with someone who has used these tactics, even when they have meant well. Filled with proven strategies and techniques, this brief, clever audiobook outlines the counter-sabotage measures to detect and reduce the impact of these eight classic sabotage tactics to improve productivity, spur creativity, and engender better collegial relationships. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Simple Sabotage Subtitle: A Modern Field Manual for Detecting and Rooting out Everyday Behaviors That Undermine Your Workplace Author: Robert M. Galford, Bob Frisch, Cary Greene Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 27 mins Language: English Release date: 09-29-15 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 34 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Inspired by the Simple Sabotage Field Manual released by the Office of Strategic Services in 1944 to train European resistors, this is the essential handbook to help stamp out unintentional sabotage in any working group, from major corporations to volunteer PTA committees. In 1944, the Office of Strategic Services (OSS) - the predecessor of today's CIA - issued the Simple Sabotage Field Manual that detailed sabotage techniques designed to demoralize the enemy. One section focused on eight incredibly subtle - and devastatingly destructive - tactics for sabotaging the decision-making processes of organizations. While the manual was written decades ago, these sabotage tactics thrive undetected in organizations today: Everyone has been faced with someone who has used these tactics, even when they have meant well. Filled with proven strategies and techniques, this brief, clever audiobook outlines the counter-sabotage measures to detect and reduce the impact of these eight classic sabotage tactics to improve productivity, spur creativity, and engender better collegial relationships. Members Reviews: Situations we see everyday. Most of the info in the book were situations we see everyday and get annoyed. Now it makes sense because deep down we know it makes meetings and committee frustration. The book helps explain what is happening. It was interesting how in one scenario a committee was formed to ensure nothing got done. info you won't find anywhere else Short and simple ways to increase the productivity of your group. I can't recommended it more! short, simple, sweet and helpful I see how these sorts of tactics are already being applied in different level of government. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Stop-Workplace-Drama-Audiobook/B008VGMNBO Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Stop Workplace Drama Subtitle: Train Your Team to Have No Complaints, No Excuses, and No Regrets Author: Marlene Chism Narrator: Claire Christie Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 18 mins Language: English Release date: 08-10-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Overcome the interpersonal challenges holding your business back. Is your workplace riddled with gossip, power struggles, and confusion? Do you seek clarity in your management and cohesiveness in your team? Do you have a personal obstacle affecting your professional success? If so, there is good news-help is on the way. Stop Workplace Drama offers down-to-earth, practical methods to help business owners, entrepreneurs, and private practice professionals maximize success, increase productivity, and improve teamwork and personal performance. When you're in the thick of business competition, you and your team need to function freely without internal conflicts, confusions, or rivalries. Stop Workplace Drama ensures that your employees will be able to give their best to create a healthy, profitable workplace. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Marlene Chism) Fri, 10 Aug 2012 15:16:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Stop-Workplace-Drama-Audiobook/B008VGMNBO thebookvoice.com 07:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Stop Workplace Drama Subtitle: Train Your Team to Have No Complaints, No Excuses, and No Regrets Author: Marlene Chism Narrator: Claire Christie Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 18 mins Language: English Release date: 08-10-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Overcome the interpersonal challenges holding your business back. Is your workplace riddled with gossip, power struggles, and confusion? Do you seek clarity in your management and cohesiveness in your team? Do you have a personal obstacle affecting your professional success? If so, there is good news-help is on the way. Stop Workplace Drama offers down-to-earth, practical methods to help business owners, entrepreneurs, and private practice professionals maximize success, increase productivity, and improve teamwork and personal performance. When you're in the thick of business competition, you and your team need to function freely without internal conflicts, confusions, or rivalries. Stop Workplace Drama ensures that your employees will be able to give their best to create a healthy, profitable workplace. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Stop Workplace Drama Subtitle: Train Your Team to Have No Complaints, No Excuses, and No Regrets Author: Marlene Chism Narrator: Claire Christie Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 18 mins Language: English Release date: 08-10-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Overcome the interpersonal challenges holding your business back. Is your workplace riddled with gossip, power struggles, and confusion? Do you seek clarity in your management and cohesiveness in your team? Do you have a personal obstacle affecting your professional success? If so, there is good news-help is on the way. Stop Workplace Drama offers down-to-earth, practical methods to help business owners, entrepreneurs, and private practice professionals maximize success, increase productivity, and improve teamwork and personal performance. When you're in the thick of business competition, you and your team need to function freely without internal conflicts, confusions, or rivalries. Stop Workplace Drama ensures that your employees will be able to give their best to create a healthy, profitable workplace. Members Reviews: This book just woke me up! I will apply these principles. She gets it and now I finally get it too. Why? This book is long 2 liner message... What character would you cut from Stop Workplace Drama? Didn't find this book appealing. Any additional comments? Do not find any interest as it only talks about 2 line message. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Lart-de-se-lancer-20-Le-guide-tout-terrain-pour-tout-entrepreneur-Audiobook/B075XK4SW8 Écoutez ce livre audio dans son intégralité gratuitement sur https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> Titre: L'art de se lancer 2.0 : Le guide tout-terrain pour tout entrepreneur Auteur: Guy Kawasaki Narrateur: Isabelle Miller Format: Unabridged Durée: 8 hrs and 54 mins Langue: Français Date de publication: 10-05-17 Éditeur: Audible Studios Genres: Business, Management Résumé de l'éditeur: Dans L'Art de se lancer 2.0, vous découvrirez 64 % de contenu supplémentaire par rapport à la première édition de L'Art de se lancer. Ce livre audio prend en compte les changements qui ont transformé le monde de l'entreprise au cours de la dernière décennie, et vous apprend à utiliser efficacement les nouveaux outils désormais incontournables pour lancer sa start-up (cloud, réseaux sociaux, crowdfunding, etc.). Vous voulez vous lancer, vous êtes déjà intrapreneur ou entrepreneur, vous dirigez une petite entreprise ou une association ? Ce livre audio vous aidera à transformer votre nouveau produit, service ou idée en succès et deviendra votre compagnon de route au fur et à mesure de l'avancement de votre projet. Guy Kawasaki vous donne les clefs pour positionner votre produit, créer votre mantra, trouver votre business model, faire un pitch, rechercher des investisseurs, constituer une équipe de choc... Et répond aux bonnes questions que se posent tous les entrepreneurs : faut-il protéger son idée, bootstrapper ou lever des fonds, faire un partenariat... ou non. En écoutant L'Art de se lancer 2.0, vous vous sentirez de connivence avec un Guy Kawasaki à l'humour décapant, parfois même provocant, mais dont les conseils restent toujours bienveillants, personne ne connaissant mieux que lui les phases d'inquiétudes par lesquelles passe tout entrepreneur. Cet audio est accompagné d'un document annexe se trouvant dans votre bibliothèque après achat. >> Ce livre audio en version intégrale vous est proposé en exclusivité par Audible et est uniquement disponible en téléchargement. ©2015 Diateino. Traduit par Marylene Delbourg-Delphis (P)2017 Audible Studios bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Guy Kawasaki) Thu, 05 Oct 2017 05:17:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Lart-de-se-lancer-20-Le-guide-tout-terrain-pour-tout-entrepreneur-Audiobook/B075XK4SW8 thebookvoice.com 08:54:00 no Écoutez gratuitement ce titre en entier sur thebookvoice.com Écoutez ce livre audio dans son intégralité gratuitement sur https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> Titre: L'art de se lancer 2.0 : Le guide tout-terrain pour tout entrepreneur Auteur: Guy Kawasaki Narrateur: Isabelle Miller Format: Unabridged Durée: 8 hrs and 54 mins Langue: Français Date de publication: 10-05-17 Éditeur: Audible Studios Genres: Business, Management Résumé de l'éditeur: Dans L'Art de se lancer 2.0, vous découvrirez 64 % de contenu supplémentaire par rapport à la première édition de L'Art de se lancer. Ce livre audio prend en compte les changements qui ont transformé le monde de l'entreprise au cours de la dernière décennie, et vous apprend à utiliser efficacement les nouveaux outils désormais incontournables pour lancer sa start-up (cloud, réseaux sociaux, crowdfunding, etc.). Vous voulez vous lancer, vous êtes déjà intrapreneur ou entrepreneur, vous dirigez une petite entreprise ou une association ? Ce livre audio vous aidera à transformer votre nouveau produit, service ou idée en succès et deviendra votre compagnon de route au fur et à mesure de l'avancement de votre projet. Guy Kawasaki vous donne les clefs pour positionner votre produit, créer votre mantra, trouver votre business model, faire un pitch, rechercher des investisseurs, constituer une équipe de choc... Et répond aux bonnes questions que se posent tous les entrepreneurs : faut-il protéger son idée, bootstrapper ou lever des fonds, faire un partenariat... ou non. En écoutant L'Art de se lancer 2.0, vous vous sentirez de connivence avec un Guy Kawasaki à l'humour décapant, parfois même provocant, mais dont les conseils restent toujours bienveillants, personne ne connaissant mieux que lui les phases d'inquiétudes par lesquelles passe tout entrepreneur. Cet audio est accompagné d'un document annexe se trouvant dans votre bibliothèque après achat. >> Ce livre audio en version intégrale vous est proposé en exclusivité par Audible et est uniquement disponible en téléchargement. ©2015 Diateino. Traduit par Marylene Delbourg-Delphis (P)2017 Audible Studios Écoutez ce livre audio dans son intégralité gratuitement sur https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> Titre: L'art de se lancer 2.0 : Le guide tout-terrain pour tout entrepreneur Auteur: Guy Kawasaki Narrateur: Isabelle Miller Format: Unabridged Durée: 8 hrs and 54 mins Langue: Français Date de publication: 10-05-17 Éditeur: Audible Studios Genres: Business, Management Résumé de l'éditeur: Dans L'Art de se lancer 2.0, vous découvrirez 64 % de contenu supplémentaire par rapport à la première édition de L'Art de se lancer. Ce livre audio prend en compte les changements qui ont transformé le monde de l'entreprise au cours de la dernière décennie, et vous apprend à utiliser efficacement les nouveaux outils désormais incontournables pour lancer sa start-up (cloud, réseaux sociaux, crowdfunding, etc.). Vous voulez vous lancer, vous êtes déjà intrapreneur ou entrepreneur, vous dirigez une petite entreprise ou une association ? Ce livre audio vous aidera à transformer votre nouveau produit, service ou idée en succès et deviendra votre compagnon de route au fur et à mesure de l'avancement de votre projet. Guy Kawasaki vous donne les clefs pour positionner votre produit, créer votre mantra, trouver votre business model, faire un pitch, rechercher des investisseurs, constituer une équipe de choc... Et répond aux bonnes questions que se posent tous les entrepreneurs : faut-il protéger son idée, bootstrapper ou lever des fonds, faire un partenariat... ou non. En écoutant L'Art de se lancer 2.0, vous vous sentirez de connivence avec un Guy Kawasaki à l'humour décapant, parfois même provocant, mais dont les conseils restent toujours bienveillants, personne ne connaissant mieux que lui les phases d'inquiétudes par lesquelles passe tout entrepreneur. Cet audio est accompagné d'un document annexe se trouvant dans votre bibliothèque après achat. >> Ce livre audio en version intégrale vous est proposé en exclusivité par Audible et est uniquement disponible en téléchargement. ©2015 Diateino. Traduit par Marylene Delbourg-Delphis (P)2017 Audible Studios https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Andy-Me-and-the-Hospital-Audiobook/B072KT41C3 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Andy & Me and the Hospital Subtitle: Further Adventures on the Lean Journey Author: Pascal Dennis Narrator: Steven Menasche Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 10 mins Language: English Release date: 06-19-17 Publisher: Bibliomotion, Inc. Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Based on the author's years of experience working with Toyota's master teachers and with companies in the midst of great change, this audiobook follows the story established in the Shingo Prize-winning book, Andy & Me: Crisis & Transformation on the Lean Journey. In a cool and friendly style, Andy & Me and the Hospital: Further Adventures on the Lean Journey follows Tom Pappas's relationship with Andy Saito, a reclusive retired Toyota guru. Tom and Andy are pulled into a major New York City hospital in crisis. Can they translate and apply Toyota's powerful methods and thinking to save the hospital from disaster? Using a compelling novel format, the audiobook demonstrates how to apply lean thinking in a healthcare setting. It illustrates the situations, characters, and plant politics you will most likely face as you progress through your lean healthcare journey. As the story unfolds, you will discover the way of thinking and behavioral changes required to implement proven Toyota Production System (TPS) methods, tools, and thinking in healthcare. You will learn: This audiobook provides clear and simple guidance on what it takes to successfully implement Toyota methods in healthcare settings. It shares helpful insights on how the different elements need to fit together to deliver measurable process improvement results. Just like its best-selling predecessors, this audiobook includes study questions after each chapter to support learning and to facilitate discussion in workshops or classroom settings. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Pascal Dennis) Mon, 19 Jun 2017 05:11:09 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Andy-Me-and-the-Hospital-Audiobook/B072KT41C3 thebookvoice.com 06:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Andy & Me and the Hospital Subtitle: Further Adventures on the Lean Journey Author: Pascal Dennis Narrator: Steven Menasche Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 10 mins Language: English Release date: 06-19-17 Publisher: Bibliomotion, Inc. Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Based on the author's years of experience working with Toyota's master teachers and with companies in the midst of great change, this audiobook follows the story established in the Shingo Prize-winning book, Andy & Me: Crisis & Transformation on the Lean Journey. In a cool and friendly style, Andy & Me and the Hospital: Further Adventures on the Lean Journey follows Tom Pappas's relationship with Andy Saito, a reclusive retired Toyota guru. Tom and Andy are pulled into a major New York City hospital in crisis. Can they translate and apply Toyota's powerful methods and thinking to save the hospital from disaster? Using a compelling novel format, the audiobook demonstrates how to apply lean thinking in a healthcare setting. It illustrates the situations, characters, and plant politics you will most likely face as you progress through your lean healthcare journey. As the story unfolds, you will discover the way of thinking and behavioral changes required to implement proven Toyota Production System (TPS) methods, tools, and thinking in healthcare. You will learn: This audiobook provides clear and simple guidance on what it takes to successfully implement Toyota methods in healthcare settings. It shares helpful insights on how the different elements need to fit together to deliver measurable process improvement results. Just like its best-selling predecessors, this audiobook includes study questions after each chapter to support learning and to facilitate discussion in workshops or classroom settings. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Andy & Me and the Hospital Subtitle: Further Adventures on the Lean Journey Author: Pascal Dennis Narrator: Steven Menasche Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 10 mins Language: English Release date: 06-19-17 Publisher: Bibliomotion, Inc. Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Based on the author's years of experience working with Toyota's master teachers and with companies in the midst of great change, this audiobook follows the story established in the Shingo Prize-winning book, Andy & Me: Crisis & Transformation on the Lean Journey. In a cool and friendly style, Andy & Me and the Hospital: Further Adventures on the Lean Journey follows Tom Pappas's relationship with Andy Saito, a reclusive retired Toyota guru. Tom and Andy are pulled into a major New York City hospital in crisis. Can they translate and apply Toyota's powerful methods and thinking to save the hospital from disaster? Using a compelling novel format, the audiobook demonstrates how to apply lean thinking in a healthcare setting. It illustrates the situations, characters, and plant politics you will most likely face as you progress through your lean healthcare journey. As the story unfolds, you will discover the way of thinking and behavioral changes required to implement proven Toyota Production System (TPS) methods, tools, and thinking in healthcare. You will learn: This audiobook provides clear and simple guidance on what it takes to successfully implement Toyota methods in healthcare settings. It shares helpful insights on how the different elements need to fit together to deliver measurable process improvement results. Just like its best-selling predecessors, this audiobook includes study questions after each chapter to support learning and to facilitate discussion in workshops or classroom settings. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio. Members Reviews: A great read full of good information!! Once again Pascal Dennis has written a great book. Andy & Me and the Hospital catches many of the features that make applying a system started in Manufacturing complex when used in healthcare. The book does an excellent job of pointing out how the majority of TPS works in non-manufacturing settings and explains how to adapt the few that don't translate well. I strongly recommend this book to any healthcare workers who are on a transformation journey. Especially those who don't believe Lean will work for them because healthcare is "special." Prescription for improving the broken healthcare world Pascal Dennis tells everyone how healthcare can be made better and safer. I wish that more healthcare leaders would take the time to understand his message and apply Lean thinking to their organizations. Great content, quick read If you are interested in health care, and how to improve quality while reducing costs, you will enjoy this book Very easy and enjoyable read All levels of a reporting structure will gain knowledge with reading this book. Very easy and enjoyable read. Great quick read and healthcare leaders need to read this. Great book! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Online-Business-Startup-Audiobook/B01A9AU3L6 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Online Business Startup Subtitle: The Entrepreneur's Guide to Launching a Fast, Lean and Profitable Online Venture Author: Robin Waite Narrator: Craig Beck Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 6 mins Language: English Release date: 01-08-16 Publisher: The Coconut Group Limited Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 22 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Online Business Startup isn't just a how-to guide in online marketing or SEO.... It contains everything an experienced entrepreneur wished he had known when he started in business. We are flooded with so much information in the digital world that it distracts us from the fundamentals of starting up and running a lean business. This book is ultimately an answer to the question "how can we quickly implement proven strategies for my online business and avoid all the noise?" Online Business Startup will teach you: bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Robin Waite) Fri, 08 Jan 2016 10:19:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Online-Business-Startup-Audiobook/B01A9AU3L6 thebookvoice.com 05:06:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Online Business Startup Subtitle: The Entrepreneur's Guide to Launching a Fast, Lean and Profitable Online Venture Author: Robin Waite Narrator: Craig Beck Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 6 mins Language: English Release date: 01-08-16 Publisher: The Coconut Group Limited Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 22 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Online Business Startup isn't just a how-to guide in online marketing or SEO.... It contains everything an experienced entrepreneur wished he had known when he started in business. We are flooded with so much information in the digital world that it distracts us from the fundamentals of starting up and running a lean business. This book is ultimately an answer to the question "how can we quickly implement proven strategies for my online business and avoid all the noise?" Online Business Startup will teach you: Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Online Business Startup Subtitle: The Entrepreneur's Guide to Launching a Fast, Lean and Profitable Online Venture Author: Robin Waite Narrator: Craig Beck Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 6 mins Language: English Release date: 01-08-16 Publisher: The Coconut Group Limited Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 22 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Online Business Startup isn't just a how-to guide in online marketing or SEO.... It contains everything an experienced entrepreneur wished he had known when he started in business. We are flooded with so much information in the digital world that it distracts us from the fundamentals of starting up and running a lean business. This book is ultimately an answer to the question "how can we quickly implement proven strategies for my online business and avoid all the noise?" Online Business Startup will teach you: Members Reviews: Over rated in my opinion Would you try another book from Robin Waite and/or Craig Beck? Probably not he was way to complicated. Would you ever listen to anything by Robin Waite again? No. Who would you have cast as narrator instead of Craig Beck? Narrator was fine. Any additional comments? This book did not hold my interest because it was way to complicated from the beginning. I did not find the content interesting at all. Long and boring. Excellent book! You must fet it also in paper. Here is all you need to know about how to start your online business. It describes step by step, so you can go easily on this. I will also buy itin paper. GREAT RESOURCE I found this to be extremely helpful to have in my library of books for my online business, Not for the existing online business owner Any additional comments? This is not for people who are actively engaged in online business as you are likely doing all the things mentioned in this book. This is for the absolute novice beginner looking to enter the online business world. Excellent guide to taking your business online Would you recommend this audiobook to a friend? If so, why? Starting and building a business is a messy process. This book does an excellent job of tidying things up so you are aware of each and every step as well as the best order in which to do things so you can successfully launch and grow your business online. The book goes into great depth on the things you need to think about when setting up a business website. It provides great detail on what you need to consider if you are building the site yourself and also outlines what you will need to communicate with and expect from your web-developer to ensure your online business works for you effectively. On top of this, the book explains which social media channels you need to plug in to to boost traffic and get found by your customers and introduces online tools and a strategy for creating and sharing content across all channels with minimal effort from you the business owner. In other words, how to get all the benefits with minimal time cost to you. For someone thinking about starting a new business, this book is essential reading to help you figure out what needs to be done and when. It will bring clarity to what can be a very confusing process. If you are already in business, this book is something that you will wish youd read when you were getting started. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Little-Book-on-Big-Data-Audiobook/B01ENYK1TI Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Little Book on Big Data Subtitle: Understand Retail Analytics Through Use Cases and Optimize Your Business Author: Mahogany Beckford Narrator: Carl Hausman Format: Unabridged Length: 59 mins Language: English Release date: 04-25-16 Publisher: Mahogany Beckford Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 12 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Big data for retail explained in a simple way with relatable-use cases. This practical guide for retail-analytics beginners reveals how to leverage big data to improve the way that your retail operations function. The Little Book on Big Data provides explanations of big data tools as well as an awareness of implementation opportunities. Case studies and real-world examples show how to effectively use this powerful technology to help create effective, long-term improvements and increase profitability. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Mahogany Beckford) Mon, 25 Apr 2016 20:48:55 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Little-Book-on-Big-Data-Audiobook/B01ENYK1TI thebookvoice.com 00:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Little Book on Big Data Subtitle: Understand Retail Analytics Through Use Cases and Optimize Your Business Author: Mahogany Beckford Narrator: Carl Hausman Format: Unabridged Length: 59 mins Language: English Release date: 04-25-16 Publisher: Mahogany Beckford Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 12 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Big data for retail explained in a simple way with relatable-use cases. This practical guide for retail-analytics beginners reveals how to leverage big data to improve the way that your retail operations function. The Little Book on Big Data provides explanations of big data tools as well as an awareness of implementation opportunities. Case studies and real-world examples show how to effectively use this powerful technology to help create effective, long-term improvements and increase profitability. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Little Book on Big Data Subtitle: Understand Retail Analytics Through Use Cases and Optimize Your Business Author: Mahogany Beckford Narrator: Carl Hausman Format: Unabridged Length: 59 mins Language: English Release date: 04-25-16 Publisher: Mahogany Beckford Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 12 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Big data for retail explained in a simple way with relatable-use cases. This practical guide for retail-analytics beginners reveals how to leverage big data to improve the way that your retail operations function. The Little Book on Big Data provides explanations of big data tools as well as an awareness of implementation opportunities. Case studies and real-world examples show how to effectively use this powerful technology to help create effective, long-term improvements and increase profitability. Members Reviews: Brilliant intro to predictive analytics in retail I'm a co-founder of a retail analytics startup in Silicon Valley and this book became my go-to intro for retail folks who'd like to learn more about predictive analytics. I've listened to the audio book twice and each time it was very helpful and engaging. A lot of books have very low ratio of value per time spent listening/reading and it was very refreshing to find this 59min book where every minute is to the point. It's bridging the gap between nerdyndata science and real life retail problems. Great examples and overview of how predictive analytics is changing retail landscape. Highly recommend for both retail professionals and tech folks in retail space. A great book and easy-to-listen to narration! Where does The Little Book on Big Data rank among all the audiobooks youve listened to so far? A great book about how stores use and should use data to target their customers. As we are already aware, today's retailers have access to a tremendous amount of consumer data. Instead of harping on the same old fears of "big brother" usage of this data, this author offers a refreshing perspective of how technology's ability to data mine can be used in positive and empowering ways. For anyone that ever contemplated starting a business, or a retailer seeking to maximize cutting-edge technology, this is a must-read! Even better than reading it, buy the audible version like I did. It presents an extremely easy-to-listen narration that was fun to listen to on a few long car rides. It will definitely take your mind off of traffic and enlighten you as well! What did you like best about this story? I really liked that it was very interesting and the narration was very clear and engaging. Have you listened to any of Carl Hausmans other performances before? How does this one compare? Yes. This is one of the best, but honestly all of them are very good. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Indispensable-by-Monday-Audiobook/B008LXKZIU Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Indispensable by Monday Subtitle: Learn the Profit-Producing Behaviors that will Help Your Company and Yourself Author: Larry Myler Narrator: Fleet Cooper Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 59 mins Language: English Release date: 07-17-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 9 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Separates fact from fiction for what makes an employee indispensable. When trying to move ahead or even just keep a job, there are actions that would be of great advantage to any employee and there are strategies that are just plain stupid. Interestingly enough, the stupid strategies are used twice as frequently in corporate America. Indispensable By Monday goes beyond conventional wisdom to reveal and impart the skills and behaviors that any employee at any level of any organization can implement to bring substantial dollars to the company. Author Larry Myler and organizational performance consulting firm VitalSmarts asked 1,800 corporate leaders to identify the bottom-line behaviors that would make employees essential to their organizations. Now, Myler distills what he learned for every employee and employer. Indispensable By Monday outlines the profit-producing behaviors that distinguish workers who add value from those who don't, such as reducing company costs, increasing income, improving key processes, bringing back lost customers and more. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Larry Myler) Tue, 17 Jul 2012 01:35:49 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Indispensable-by-Monday-Audiobook/B008LXKZIU thebookvoice.com 04:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Indispensable by Monday Subtitle: Learn the Profit-Producing Behaviors that will Help Your Company and Yourself Author: Larry Myler Narrator: Fleet Cooper Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 59 mins Language: English Release date: 07-17-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 9 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Separates fact from fiction for what makes an employee indispensable. When trying to move ahead or even just keep a job, there are actions that would be of great advantage to any employee and there are strategies that are just plain stupid. Interestingly enough, the stupid strategies are used twice as frequently in corporate America. Indispensable By Monday goes beyond conventional wisdom to reveal and impart the skills and behaviors that any employee at any level of any organization can implement to bring substantial dollars to the company. Author Larry Myler and organizational performance consulting firm VitalSmarts asked 1,800 corporate leaders to identify the bottom-line behaviors that would make employees essential to their organizations. Now, Myler distills what he learned for every employee and employer. Indispensable By Monday outlines the profit-producing behaviors that distinguish workers who add value from those who don't, such as reducing company costs, increasing income, improving key processes, bringing back lost customers and more. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Indispensable by Monday Subtitle: Learn the Profit-Producing Behaviors that will Help Your Company and Yourself Author: Larry Myler Narrator: Fleet Cooper Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 59 mins Language: English Release date: 07-17-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 9 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Separates fact from fiction for what makes an employee indispensable. When trying to move ahead or even just keep a job, there are actions that would be of great advantage to any employee and there are strategies that are just plain stupid. Interestingly enough, the stupid strategies are used twice as frequently in corporate America. Indispensable By Monday goes beyond conventional wisdom to reveal and impart the skills and behaviors that any employee at any level of any organization can implement to bring substantial dollars to the company. Author Larry Myler and organizational performance consulting firm VitalSmarts asked 1,800 corporate leaders to identify the bottom-line behaviors that would make employees essential to their organizations. Now, Myler distills what he learned for every employee and employer. Indispensable By Monday outlines the profit-producing behaviors that distinguish workers who add value from those who don't, such as reducing company costs, increasing income, improving key processes, bringing back lost customers and more. Members Reviews: Good principles for the ambitious The principles stated in this book should be common knowledge for the ambitious and hungry folks looking to grow in a business. Story is a bit repetitive but that helps make the principles applicable to various industries and positions. If you cant figure out how to make more money in your current position or want to get a better job, employ these principles and it will happen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Talk-Like-TED-Audiobook/B01BI0XUN4 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Talk Like TED Subtitle: The 9 Public Speaking Secrets of the World's Top Minds Author: Carmine Gallo Narrator: Carmine Gallo, Fred Berman, Kathleen McInerney Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 42 mins Language: English Release date: 02-25-16 Publisher: Pan Macmillan Publishers Ltd. Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: TED talks have redefined the elements of a successful presentation and become the gold standard for public speaking around the world. TED and associated Tedx conferences are held in more than 130 countries and are being viewed at a rate of 1.5 million times a day. These are presentations that set the world on fire, and the techniques that top TED speakers use are the same ones that will make any presentation more dynamic, fire up any team, and give anyone the confidence to overcome their fear of public speaking. Communications coach and best-selling author of The Presentation Secrets of Steve Jobs Carmine Gallo has broken down the top TED talks and interviewed the most popular TED presenters as well as the top researchers in the fields of psychology communications to get their cutting-edge insights and to reveal the 9 secrets of all successful TED presentations. From 'Unleashing the Master Within' and 'Delivering Jaw Dropping Moments' to 'Sticking to the 18-minute Rule', Gallo provides a step-by-step method that makes it possible for anyone to create, design, and deliver a TED-style presentation that is engaging, persuasive, and memorable. Ideas are the true currency of the 21st century, and Carmine Gallo's Talk Like TED gives listeners a way to create presentations around the ideas that matter most to them, presentations that will energize their audiences to spread those ideas, launch new initiatives, and reach their highest goals. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Carmine Gallo) Thu, 25 Feb 2016 01:59:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Talk-Like-TED-Audiobook/B01BI0XUN4 thebookvoice.com 07:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Talk Like TED Subtitle: The 9 Public Speaking Secrets of the World's Top Minds Author: Carmine Gallo Narrator: Carmine Gallo, Fred Berman, Kathleen McInerney Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 42 mins Language: English Release date: 02-25-16 Publisher: Pan Macmillan Publishers Ltd. Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: TED talks have redefined the elements of a successful presentation and become the gold standard for public speaking around the world. TED and associated Tedx conferences are held in more than 130 countries and are being viewed at a rate of 1.5 million times a day. These are presentations that set the world on fire, and the techniques that top TED speakers use are the same ones that will make any presentation more dynamic, fire up any team, and give anyone the confidence to overcome their fear of public speaking. Communications coach and best-selling author of The Presentation Secrets of Steve Jobs Carmine Gallo has broken down the top TED talks and interviewed the most popular TED presenters as well as the top researchers in the fields of psychology communications to get their cutting-edge insights and to reveal the 9 secrets of all successful TED presentations. From 'Unleashing the Master Within' and 'Delivering Jaw Dropping Moments' to 'Sticking to the 18-minute Rule', Gallo provides a step-by-step method that makes it possible for anyone to create, design, and deliver a TED-style presentation that is engaging, persuasive, and memorable. Ideas are the true currency of the 21st century, and Carmine Gallo's Talk Like TED gives listeners a way to create presentations around the ideas that matter most to them, presentations that will energize their audiences to spread those ideas, launch new initiatives, and reach their highest goals. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Talk Like TED Subtitle: The 9 Public Speaking Secrets of the World's Top Minds Author: Carmine Gallo Narrator: Carmine Gallo, Fred Berman, Kathleen McInerney Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 42 mins Language: English Release date: 02-25-16 Publisher: Pan Macmillan Publishers Ltd. Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: TED talks have redefined the elements of a successful presentation and become the gold standard for public speaking around the world. TED and associated Tedx conferences are held in more than 130 countries and are being viewed at a rate of 1.5 million times a day. These are presentations that set the world on fire, and the techniques that top TED speakers use are the same ones that will make any presentation more dynamic, fire up any team, and give anyone the confidence to overcome their fear of public speaking. Communications coach and best-selling author of The Presentation Secrets of Steve Jobs Carmine Gallo has broken down the top TED talks and interviewed the most popular TED presenters as well as the top researchers in the fields of psychology communications to get their cutting-edge insights and to reveal the 9 secrets of all successful TED presentations. From 'Unleashing the Master Within' and 'Delivering Jaw Dropping Moments' to 'Sticking to the 18-minute Rule', Gallo provides a step-by-step method that makes it possible for anyone to create, design, and deliver a TED-style presentation that is engaging, persuasive, and memorable. Ideas are the true currency of the 21st century, and Carmine Gallo's Talk Like TED gives listeners a way to create presentations around the ideas that matter most to them, presentations that will energize their audiences to spread those ideas, launch new initiatives, and reach their highest goals. Members Reviews: Very little substance Author shares nine elements of good presentations, e.g. being visual, keeping it short, telling stories. He then spends a book full of text to try and explain why all that is important. Almost no information on how to actually do it, almost no practical advice. The most useful part was references to very good Ted talks. I then looked those up on TED.com and watched them to learn something. Helped me in my presentation It helped improve my presentation skills by infusing confidence , ideas and methodologies.The anectodes and stories used were very inspiring and helped me overcome my fear of public speaking. TED Awesome - This book gives may techniques about public speaking and takes out your fear and fill with courage to public speaking Great tips and advice Content is very helpful, and Carmine Gallo's delivery is pretty good. I could've lived without the slightly stressful Australian accent in the penultimate chapter, but overall all performances were good and listenable. Looking forward to giving my next presentation What did you like most about Talk Like TED? Straight forward and easy to follow. All of the stories weaved into each other instead of a list of bullet points and instructions. Also liked the fact that I have already seen many of the Ted talks mentioned so I could visualise the performance Have you listened to any of the narratorss other performances? How does this one compare? Not heard any others but his voice and delivery was good Was this a book you wanted to listen to all in one sitting? No, It has taken me over a month but I managed to take things from each of my sittings listening to it Any additional comments? I am looking forward to putting some of these tips into action. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/HBRs-10-Must-Reads-on-Managing-Across-Cultures-Audiobook/B01FY9VOBU Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: HBR's 10 Must Reads on Managing Across Cultures Author: Harvard Business Review Narrator: Jonathan Yen, Liisa Ivary Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs Language: English Release date: 05-23-16 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Put an end to miscommunication and inefficiency - and tap into the strengths of your diverse team. If you listen to nothing else on managing across cultures, listen to these 10 articles. We've combed through hundreds of Harvard Business Review articles and selected the most important ones to help you manage culturally diverse employees, whether they're dispersed around the world or you're working with a multicultural team in a single location. This book will inspire you to: Develop your cultural intelligence Overcome conflict on a team where cultural norms differ Adopt a common language for more efficient communication Use the diverse perspectives of your employees to find new business opportunities Take varying cultural practices into account when resolving ethical issues Accommodate and plan for your expatriate employees This collection of articles includes "Cultural Intelligence," by P. Christopher Earley and Elaine Mosakowski; "Managing Multicultural Teams," by Jeanne Brett, Kristin Behfar, and Mary C. Kern; "L'Oreal Masters Multiculturalism," by Hae-Jung Hong and Yves Doz; "Making Differences Matter: A New Paradigm for Managing Diversity," by David A. Thomas and Robin J. Ely; "Navigating the Cultural Minefield," by Erin Meyer; "Values in Tension: Ethics Away from Home," by Thomas Donaldson; "Global Business Speaks English," by Tsedal Neeley; "10 Rules for Managing Global Innovation," by Keeley Wilson and Yves L. Doz; "Lost in Translation," by Fons Trompenaars and Peter Woolliams; and "The Right Way to Manage Expats," by J. Stewart Black and Hal B. Gregersen. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Harvard Business Review) Mon, 23 May 2016 12:41:47 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/HBRs-10-Must-Reads-on-Managing-Across-Cultures-Audiobook/B01FY9VOBU thebookvoice.com 00:06:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: HBR's 10 Must Reads on Managing Across Cultures Author: Harvard Business Review Narrator: Jonathan Yen, Liisa Ivary Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs Language: English Release date: 05-23-16 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Put an end to miscommunication and inefficiency - and tap into the strengths of your diverse team. If you listen to nothing else on managing across cultures, listen to these 10 articles. We've combed through hundreds of Harvard Business Review articles and selected the most important ones to help you manage culturally diverse employees, whether they're dispersed around the world or you're working with a multicultural team in a single location. This book will inspire you to: Develop your cultural intelligence Overcome conflict on a team where cultural norms differ Adopt a common language for more efficient communication Use the diverse perspectives of your employees to find new business opportunities Take varying cultural practices into account when resolving ethical issues Accommodate and plan for your expatriate employees This collection of articles includes "Cultural Intelligence," by P. Christopher Earley and Elaine Mosakowski; "Managing Multicultural Teams," by Jeanne Brett, Kristin Behfar, and Mary C. Kern; "L'Oreal Masters Multiculturalism," by Hae-Jung Hong and Yves Doz; "Making Differences Matter: A New Paradigm for Managing Diversity," by David A. Thomas and Robin J. Ely; "Navigating the Cultural Minefield," by Erin Meyer; "Values in Tension: Ethics Away from Home," by Thomas Donaldson; "Global Business Speaks English," by Tsedal Neeley; "10 Rules for Managing Global Innovation," by Keeley Wilson and Yves L. Doz; "Lost in Translation," by Fons Trompenaars and Peter Woolliams; and "The Right Way to Manage Expats," by J. Stewart Black and Hal B. Gregersen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: HBR's 10 Must Reads on Managing Across Cultures Author: Harvard Business Review Narrator: Jonathan Yen, Liisa Ivary Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs Language: English Release date: 05-23-16 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Put an end to miscommunication and inefficiency - and tap into the strengths of your diverse team. If you listen to nothing else on managing across cultures, listen to these 10 articles. We've combed through hundreds of Harvard Business Review articles and selected the most important ones to help you manage culturally diverse employees, whether they're dispersed around the world or you're working with a multicultural team in a single location. This book will inspire you to: Develop your cultural intelligence Overcome conflict on a team where cultural norms differ Adopt a common language for more efficient communication Use the diverse perspectives of your employees to find new business opportunities Take varying cultural practices into account when resolving ethical issues Accommodate and plan for your expatriate employees This collection of articles includes "Cultural Intelligence," by P. Christopher Earley and Elaine Mosakowski; "Managing Multicultural Teams," by Jeanne Brett, Kristin Behfar, and Mary C. Kern; "L'Oreal Masters Multiculturalism," by Hae-Jung Hong and Yves Doz; "Making Differences Matter: A New Paradigm for Managing Diversity," by David A. Thomas and Robin J. Ely; "Navigating the Cultural Minefield," by Erin Meyer; "Values in Tension: Ethics Away from Home," by Thomas Donaldson; "Global Business Speaks English," by Tsedal Neeley; "10 Rules for Managing Global Innovation," by Keeley Wilson and Yves L. Doz; "Lost in Translation," by Fons Trompenaars and Peter Woolliams; and "The Right Way to Manage Expats," by J. Stewart Black and Hal B. Gregersen. Members Reviews: How to end miscommunication and inefficiency throughout your enterprise by tapping into the strengths of your diverse workforce This is one in a series of volumes that anthologizes what the editors of the Harvard Business Review consider to be âmust readsâ in a given business subject area, in this instance cultural intelligence. I have no quarrel with any of their selections, each of which is eminently deserving of inclusion. Were all of these ten articles purchased separately as reprints, the total cost would be at least $60 and the practical value of any one of them exceeds that. Given the fact that Amazon US now sells this one for only $16.14, thatâs quite a bargain. The same is true of volumes in other series such as âHBR Guide toââ, âHarvard Business Review onââ, and âHarvard Business Essentials." I also think there is great benefit derived from the convenience of having a variety of perspectives and insights gathered in a single volume. In all of the volumes in the âHBR 10 Must Readsâ series that I have read thus far, the authors and their HBR editors make skillful use of several reader-friendly devices that include âIdea in Briefâ and âIdea in Actionâ sections, checklists with or without bullet points, boxed mini-commentaries (some of which are âguestâ contributions from other sources), and graphic charts and diagrams that consolidate especially valuable information. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Jack-of-All-Trades-Master-of-Two-Audiobook/B01COPHDYY Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Jack of All Trades, Master of Two Subtitle: A Blueprint to Better Business Author: Stanley Genadek Narrator: Stanley Genadek Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 20 mins Language: English Release date: 03-08-16 Publisher: Dirt Monkey University Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 36 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Forget the fluff. It's only the facts in this book. Frustrated with going through business book after business book and not finding actionable advice? This book sets out to create a blueprint for entrepreneurs to build their own business. The original concept behind the book was for a father to teach his children how to create a company that they could run and grow on their own - in his absence. This was meant for their eyes only, so it includes hardcore examples on how to build a business. The curtain is pulled back. Stan uses real examples from real projects that allow you to see how it can be done. Why you should listen to this book? Stan Genadek is a 31-year veteran in the service industry who has built and ran a multi-million dollar corporation. He wrote this book so his kids could do the same if they choose. No theory, no suggestions. Just hardcore. This is what worked. Period. End of story. If you were starting all over again and wanted to avoid the mistakes that plague most companies, here is how to do it. "You get to borrow this book until my kids need it." - Stan Genadek bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Stanley Genadek) Tue, 08 Mar 2016 16:09:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Jack-of-All-Trades-Master-of-Two-Audiobook/B01COPHDYY thebookvoice.com 03:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Jack of All Trades, Master of Two Subtitle: A Blueprint to Better Business Author: Stanley Genadek Narrator: Stanley Genadek Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 20 mins Language: English Release date: 03-08-16 Publisher: Dirt Monkey University Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 36 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Forget the fluff. It's only the facts in this book. Frustrated with going through business book after business book and not finding actionable advice? This book sets out to create a blueprint for entrepreneurs to build their own business. The original concept behind the book was for a father to teach his children how to create a company that they could run and grow on their own - in his absence. This was meant for their eyes only, so it includes hardcore examples on how to build a business. The curtain is pulled back. Stan uses real examples from real projects that allow you to see how it can be done. Why you should listen to this book? Stan Genadek is a 31-year veteran in the service industry who has built and ran a multi-million dollar corporation. He wrote this book so his kids could do the same if they choose. No theory, no suggestions. Just hardcore. This is what worked. Period. End of story. If you were starting all over again and wanted to avoid the mistakes that plague most companies, here is how to do it. "You get to borrow this book until my kids need it." - Stan Genadek Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Jack of All Trades, Master of Two Subtitle: A Blueprint to Better Business Author: Stanley Genadek Narrator: Stanley Genadek Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 20 mins Language: English Release date: 03-08-16 Publisher: Dirt Monkey University Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 36 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: Forget the fluff. It's only the facts in this book. Frustrated with going through business book after business book and not finding actionable advice? This book sets out to create a blueprint for entrepreneurs to build their own business. The original concept behind the book was for a father to teach his children how to create a company that they could run and grow on their own - in his absence. This was meant for their eyes only, so it includes hardcore examples on how to build a business. The curtain is pulled back. Stan uses real examples from real projects that allow you to see how it can be done. Why you should listen to this book? Stan Genadek is a 31-year veteran in the service industry who has built and ran a multi-million dollar corporation. He wrote this book so his kids could do the same if they choose. No theory, no suggestions. Just hardcore. This is what worked. Period. End of story. If you were starting all over again and wanted to avoid the mistakes that plague most companies, here is how to do it. "You get to borrow this book until my kids need it." - Stan Genadek Members Reviews: Thank You! Stan I'd like to thank you for creating this book and really getting into the meat of what really happens in a business. Good for professional service companies This book is straight and to the point. No fluff. I definitely had a handful of action items to attend to after reading. Its a good book for anyone that is within the first 3 years of operating their business. 95% of the story follows the writers landscaping and construction company. So if you are in a different business, it is still useful but you will need to convert the stories into your business scenario. Read it as if you are getting mentored by someone in a different industry. Overall it was worth reading. If you dont have a professional services component of your business (manufacturing, restaurants, entertainment, etc) you may not find it as useful. This guy is the truth. listen to this book over and over. the information here is good for contractors across the board. it's a straight gem. Amazing for beginner and seasoned business owners. Filled with tons of great information. Will recommend this book to anybody thinking about starting a business or anyone looking to improve their business. Thank you Stan. Also, highly recommend checking out his YouTube channel as well. A must read for landscapers! Easy to listen to, iv never had an audiobook that related better to the industry I work in. I was taking notes almost every chapter and I plan on listening to again and again. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Resource-Revolution-Audiobook/B00J5465JW Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Resource Revolution Subtitle: How to Capture the Biggest Business Opportunity in a Century Author: Stefan Heck, Matt Rogers Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 55 mins Language: English Release date: 04-01-14 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 42 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: What do shale gas, Elon Musks Tesla, and the global apparel chain Zara share in common? In Resource Revolution, management experts Stefan Heck and Matt Rogers describe how each in its own way exemplifies a resource revolution - a use of natural resources so effective it defies conventional wisdom and enables breakthrough performance where others see only limits and shortcomings. Resource Revolution shows how to take what is being seen as a worldwide crisis and turn it into the biggest business opportunity of the past 100 years. The rapid urbanization of a new 2.5-billion-person middle class in Asia will create an unprecedented demand for oil, steel, land, food, water, cement, and other commodities over the next two decades. Heck and Rogers explore the ways in which innovators, including startups and global leaders from Cree to GE, have answered the challenge with practical steps to guide managers everywhere. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Stefan Heck) Tue, 01 Apr 2014 15:02:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Resource-Revolution-Audiobook/B00J5465JW thebookvoice.com 07:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Resource Revolution Subtitle: How to Capture the Biggest Business Opportunity in a Century Author: Stefan Heck, Matt Rogers Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 55 mins Language: English Release date: 04-01-14 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 42 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: What do shale gas, Elon Musks Tesla, and the global apparel chain Zara share in common? In Resource Revolution, management experts Stefan Heck and Matt Rogers describe how each in its own way exemplifies a resource revolution - a use of natural resources so effective it defies conventional wisdom and enables breakthrough performance where others see only limits and shortcomings. Resource Revolution shows how to take what is being seen as a worldwide crisis and turn it into the biggest business opportunity of the past 100 years. The rapid urbanization of a new 2.5-billion-person middle class in Asia will create an unprecedented demand for oil, steel, land, food, water, cement, and other commodities over the next two decades. Heck and Rogers explore the ways in which innovators, including startups and global leaders from Cree to GE, have answered the challenge with practical steps to guide managers everywhere. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/685/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Resource Revolution Subtitle: How to Capture the Biggest Business Opportunity in a Century Author: Stefan Heck, Matt Rogers Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 55 mins Language: English Release date: 04-01-14 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 42 votes Genres: Business, Management Publisher's Summary: What do shale gas, Elon Musks Tesla, and the global apparel chain Zara share in common? In Resource Revolution, management experts Stefan Heck and Matt Rogers describe how each in its own way exemplifies a resource revolution - a use of natural resources so effective it defies conventional wisdom and enables breakthrough performance where others see only limits and shortcomings. Resource Revolution shows how to take what is being seen as a worldwide crisis and turn it into the biggest business opportunity of the past 100 years. The rapid urbanization of a new 2.5-billion-person middle class in Asia will create an unprecedented demand for oil, steel, land, food, water, cement, and other commodities over the next two decades. Heck and Rogers explore the ways in which innovators, including startups and global leaders from Cree to GE, have answered the challenge with practical steps to guide managers everywhere. Members Reviews: This book will open your eyes to the future! If you are an investor or just interested in the world to come this book is highly recommended.